TW406031B - Multi-functional material having photo-catalytic function and production method therefor - Google Patents

Multi-functional material having photo-catalytic function and production method therefor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW406031B
TW406031B TW083112001A TW83112001A TW406031B TW 406031 B TW406031 B TW 406031B TW 083112001 A TW083112001 A TW 083112001A TW 83112001 A TW83112001 A TW 83112001A TW 406031 B TW406031 B TW 406031B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
photocatalyst
layer
particles
multifunctional material
patent application
Prior art date
Application number
TW083112001A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Toshiya Watabe
Eiichi Kojima
Keiichiro Norimoto
Tamon Kimura
Mitsuyoshi Machida
Original Assignee
Toto Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP5310165A external-priority patent/JPH07155598A/en
Priority claimed from JP5348073A external-priority patent/JPH07191011A/en
Application filed by Toto Ltd filed Critical Toto Ltd
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW406031B publication Critical patent/TW406031B/en

Links

Abstract

The multi-functional material according to the present invention is divided into a type in which a photo-catalytic layer having a photo-catalytic function is directly disposed on the surface of a substrate (1) and another in which the photo-catalytic layer (2) is indirectly disposed on the surface of the substrate (1) through a binder layer (6). The mode of binding of photo-catalytic particles constituting the photo-catalytic layer (2) includes binding by surface energy and binding by solid phase sintering. The structure of the photo-catalytic layer (2) includes the structure in which fine particles are packed into gaps between the photo-catalytic particles and mother in which they are not. Further, there is a structure in which metals such as Ag and Pt are fixed to the surfaces of the photo-catalytic particles and another in which they are not.

Description

A7 舰G3+卫- 五、發明說明(1 ) 本發明係有關具有脫奥功能,抗菌功能’殺菌功能, 防汚功能等功能之多功能材料及其製造方法· (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 以往,經由照射紫外線,可以對惡臭成份等有機化合 物引起吸附或脫附氧原子•以促進分解(氧化)的物質, 習知者有T i 02,ν20β· ζ η 0,W03等,尤其結晶 型爲銳鈦礦型之T i 02粒子係具有髙度之光觸媒效果, 所以以往即有人提議以其在壁材,磁磚,玻璃(鏡),循 環過濾裝置或衛生陶器等表面形成光觸媒靥· 形成上述光觸媒靥之方法,習知者有利用CVD法, 噴鍍法,電子束蒸鍍法等·在塑膠*陶瓷,樹脂等基材表 面直接形成T i 02粒子等所成光觸媒層· 惟使用CVD法,噴鍍法,電子束蒸鍍法等時,必須 有規模設備,而且製品收率亦不佳,製造成本偏髙· 又,形成光觸媒層之另一方法•習知者還有混捏光觸 媒粒子於粘結劑•藉由噴塗方法等塗佈於基材表面*或用 浸溃塗佈法予以浸漬塗佈後•施予熱處理之方法(特開平 5—201747號公報)· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印襄 惟T i 0 2粒子等光觸媒粒子欲發揮做爲光觸媒之效 果時,必須照射紫外線予光觸媒粒子,而且光觸媒粒子必 須與惡臭氣體等分解對象之物質接觸,如同特開平5 -2 0 1 7 4 7號公報所揭示,混捏光觸媒粒子於粘結劑塗 佈於基材時*多數之光觸媒粒子會被埋沒於粘結劑靥中, 有時會照不到紫外線,有時無法與惡臭物質接觸· 又,另一種形成光觸媒層之方法,習知者有實開平5 • 4 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作社印製 406031 B7五、發明説明(2 ) -7 3 9 4號公報所揭示之醇鹽法。此方法在玻璃基材上 塗佈醇鈦鹽,乾燥後以數1 0 〇°C燒成,形成光觸媒層, 照射紫外線予以光觸媒層,以分解水中有機物者》 上述醇鹽法具有可以在較低溫形成薄膜之優點,做爲 基材之派熱斯玻璃(pyrex glass)或石英玻璃之類的於 5 0 0°C左右仍不會軟化之基材做爲原料時雖然有效,但 若利用鈉玻璃等熔點低之素材做爲基材時,在形成薄膜之 溫度即會使基材軟化,所形成之光觸媒薄膜會埋沒於基材 中’爲此光線無法到達光觸媒層,無法發揮光觸媒功能, 是爲其缺點。 又’特開平1 — 2 8 8 3 2 1號公報中係揭示噴塗 T i 〇2溶膠於纖維質材料之陶瓷紙,經4 0 0〜 7 0 0°C熱處理後,噴塗S η 02溶膠,經4 0 0〜 7 0 0 °C熱處理,以形成可提高醛類之氧化分解的光觸媒 層。 依特開平1 一 2 8 8 3 2 1號公報所揭示之方法時被 膜之全部表面會被活性較低於T i 〇2之S η 02所覆蓋。 另外,欲提高膜強度時容易發生龜裂。即,如第1圖(a )所示,在磁磚1 0 0之表面塗佈含T i 〇2粒子1 〇 1 之溶膠,再予熱處理(燒結)時,會發生如第1圖(b) 所示之龜裂1 0 2。根據推測其原因應爲相轉移爲金紅石 時會產生體積收縮(提高密度)之外,燒結前如第2圖( a )所示,T i 02粒1 〇 1間之間隔係L。,燒結爲金紅 石型後即如第2圖(b )所示,體積會擴散至對方,粒子 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) " -5 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製 __B7__五、發明説明(3 ) 間之間隔即縮短爲LiCLiSL。) ’結果產生龜裂。 另一方面,特公平4 一 4 6 6 0 9號公報中係揭示可 以分解車箱內空氣中臭氧所含惡臭物質或改善其品質以淨 化車箱內臭氧之方法,照射光予半導體上載持金屬或金屬 氧化物之半導體上固體光觸媒,同時使應淨化之車箱內空 氣接觸予該光镯媒,藉由光化.學反應分解該空氣中臭氧所 含惡臭物質,或改善其品質爲特徵之車箱內臭氧淨化方法 〇 惟例如在污水中或在外壁之類環境使用基材表面塗佈 有光觸媒之基材時,極易藉由大氣中或水中所含高分子, 塵埃,菌類等附著污垢,有時會有所附著污垢之種類而降 低光觸媒功能。 以往對於因附著污垢而降低光觸媒功能,曾有特公平 6 _ 7 9 0 5號公報提議其對策。該公報係揭示包含半導 韁所成光觸媒層,與其相對被設置之紫外線燈及發熱體, 與送風機所成,可以依序加熱整體光觸媒層,使光觸媒層 或發熱體,或使光觸媒層及發熱體可以移動之藉由光觸媒 脫臭之裝置,藉由加熱至4 0 0 °C左右,而去除高分子, 塵埃所造成之污垢,期能再生光觸媒層者。 惟該再生光觸媒層之方法,對於室內所裝設之設備上 所用構件施予此再生之方法,事實上並不容易。所以根本 解決方法,應該不是附著污垢於光觸媒層再將其去除,應 該開發不易沾污垢之光觸媒層,或開發既使沾污垢亦不會 降低光觸媒功能者爲首要。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) I. -- II ! I - I -I 1 i — -- I --11 ......I I (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -6 - 經濟部中央標隼局員工消费合作社印製 A7--咖封·」7_五、發明説明(4 ) 又,特公平6 — 7 9 0 6號公報曾揭示,照射強烈紫 外線強度之光線予光觸媒,以除去家庭或辦公室內惡臭之 方法。惟照射強烈紫外線強度之光線時,會因光觸媒之構 造而造成不同之惡臭分解率。又,上述先行技術中基材均 爲多孔質者,以含浸等方法雖可得充分之機械性強度,但 基材爲上釉磁磚,較緻密之陶瓷等則並非多孔質,所以無 法得充分之機械性強度》 又,T i 02中有銳鈦礦型,鈣鈦礦型及金紅石型等 不同結晶型者,又,光活性上言,以銳鈦礦型較優,其他 結晶型則光活性不高,又,根據雜誌「表面」1 9 8 7, 第2 5卷中曾有報告指出,金紅石型T i 〇2時可以載持 鈾,銀等金屬即可提高光活性,但惡臭除去率,緻密性及 緊貼性上仍嫌不足。尤其使用銀或氧化銀做爲添加金屬時 ,此等因呈黑色,並不適於磁碑或建材》 ' 又,以水熱法或硫酸法等製作之氧化鈦溶膠係由超微 粒子所成,所以極易凝聚。以凝聚物塗佈於基材表面時會 會成爲光澤不均勻,產生龜裂之原因。爲此以往爲防止其 凝聚,均採用在氧化鈦溶膠表面附著三乙醇胺等有機分散 劑之方法。 惟將此氧化鈦溶膠表面附著三乙醇胺等有機分散劑之 方法所得氧化鈦溶膠塗佈於樹脂基材等耐熱性低的基材。 以3 0 0°C以下燒成固定時,該有機分散劑會被堅牢 地固定於氧化鈦溶膠之活性部位,在燒成工程中無法充分 地蒸發分解,所以採用此方法所得材料並不具充分之光觸 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (请先閲讀背面之注意事項存填寫本頁) -7 - 經濟部中央標準局負工消费合作社印製 _4〇β〇3ΐ b7__ 五、發明説明(5 ) 媒作用,亦不具充分之防臭性或抗菌性。A7 Ship G3 + Wei-V. Description of the invention (1) The present invention is a multifunctional material with functions such as de-Olympic function, antibacterial function, bactericidal function, antifouling function and its manufacturing method. (Please read the note on the back first (This page) In the past, substances that can cause the adsorption or desorption of oxygen atoms to organic compounds such as malodorous components through irradiation of ultraviolet rays • substances that promote decomposition (oxidation), such as T i 02, ν20β · ζ η 0, W03, etc. In particular, T i 02 particles with an anatase crystal type have a photocatalytic effect of high degree. Therefore, in the past, it has been proposed to form photocatalysts on the surface of wall materials, tiles, glass (mirrors), circulating filter devices or sanitary ware.靥 · The method for forming the above-mentioned photocatalyst 靥 is known to the CVD method, the spray method, the electron beam evaporation method, etc. · The photocatalyst layer formed by T 02 particles and the like is directly formed on the surface of the substrate of plastic, ceramic, resin, etc. However, when using the CVD method, sputtering method, electron beam evaporation method, etc., there must be large-scale equipment, and the product yield is not good, and the manufacturing cost is too high. Also, another method of forming a photocatalyst layer. There are kneaded photocatalyst particles on the binder • Coating on the surface of the substrate by spraying method * or after dip coating by dipping coating method • Method of applying heat treatment (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 5-201747) · Economy In the case of photocatalyst particles such as T i 0 2 particles by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau, the photocatalyst particles must be irradiated with ultraviolet rays, and the photocatalyst particles must be in contact with substances that decompose objects such as malodorous gas, as Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 5-2 0 1 7 4 7 discloses that when the photocatalyst particles are kneaded when the binder is applied to the substrate, most of the photocatalyst particles are buried in the binder and may not be exposed to ultraviolet rays. Sometimes, it is impossible to contact with malodorous substances. Also, another method to form a photocatalyst layer is known by Shi Kaiping 5 • 4-This paper size is applicable to Chinese national standards (CNS > A4 specifications (210 X 297 public love)) Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards 406031 B7 V. Invention Method (2) -7 3 9 4. The alkoxide method disclosed in this bulletin. This method applies a titanium alkoxide to a glass substrate and dries it Fired at 100 ° C to form a photocatalyst layer, which is irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a photocatalyst layer to decompose organic matter in water. The above alkoxide method has the advantage of forming a thin film at a lower temperature, and is used as a substrate for Pyrex glass (pyrex glass). glass) or quartz glass, which is not softened at about 500 ° C, is effective as a raw material, but if a low melting point material such as soda glass is used as a substrate, the temperature at which the film is formed Even if the substrate is softened, the formed photocatalyst film will be buried in the substrate. 'This is because the light cannot reach the photocatalyst layer and cannot function as a photocatalyst, which is its disadvantage. Also,' Kaihei 1 — 2 8 8 3 2 1 The bulletin discloses that ceramic paper sprayed with T i 〇2 sol on fibrous materials, after heat treatment at 400 ~ 700 ° C, sprayed with S η 02 sol, and then heat-treated at 400 ~ 700 ° C. A photocatalyst layer is formed to improve the oxidative decomposition of aldehydes. According to the method disclosed in JP-A-Hei 1 2 8 8 3 2 1, the entire surface of the membrane will be covered with S η 02 having a lower activity than T i 〇2. In addition, cracks tend to occur when the film strength is to be increased. That is, as shown in Fig. 1 (a), when a sol containing T i 〇2 particles 1 〇1 is coated on the surface of the tile 100 and then heat-treated (sintered), as shown in Fig. 1 (b), ) The crack shown 10 2. It is speculated that the reason is that the phase shrinkage (increased density) occurs when the phase is changed to rutile. As shown in Fig. 2 (a) before sintering, the interval between T i 02 grains and 101 is L. After sintering to a rutile type, as shown in Figure 2 (b), the volume will diffuse to the other side. The size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) " -5-(Please first (Please read the notes on the back and fill in this page.) __B7__ printed by the Employees' Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. The interval between the description of the invention (3) is shortened to LiCLiSL. ) 'As a result, cracks occur. On the other hand, JP 4-6 6 0 9 discloses a method that can decompose or improve the quality of the odorous substances contained in ozone in the air in the cabin to purify the ozone in the cabin, and irradiate light to the semiconductor carrying metal Or a solid photocatalyst on a semiconductor of a metal oxide, and at the same time, the air in the compartment to be purified is contacted with the photo bracelet medium, and the photochemical reaction is used to decompose the malodorous substances contained in ozone in the air or improve its quality Ozone purification method inside the car. However, for example, when using a substrate coated with a photocatalyst on the surface of the substrate in sewage or in the environment such as the outer wall, it is easy to attach dirt by the polymers, dust, and fungi contained in the atmosphere or water. Sometimes, there are some kinds of dirt attached to reduce the photocatalyst function. Conventionally, there has been a proposal to reduce the photocatalyst function due to the adhesion of dirt. This bulletin discloses that a photocatalyst layer including a semiconducting semiconductor, an ultraviolet lamp and a heating element disposed opposite to the photocatalyst layer, and a blower, can sequentially heat the entire photocatalyst layer to make the photocatalyst layer or heating element, or the photocatalyst layer and heat generation. The device can be moved by a photocatalyst deodorizing device, and by heating to about 400 ° C, the dirt caused by high molecular and dust can be removed, and the photocatalyst layer can be regenerated. However, the method of regenerating the photocatalyst layer is actually not easy to apply the method to the components used on the equipment installed indoors. Therefore, the fundamental solution should not be to attach dirt to the photocatalyst layer and then remove it. It is important to develop a photocatalyst layer that is not easily stained with dirt, or to develop a photocatalyst function that does not reduce dirt. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297mm) I.-II! I-I -I 1 i —-I --11 ...... II (Please read the back first Please note this page before filling in this page) -6-Printed A7-Coffee Seal · by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs "7_V. Description of the Invention (4) Also, Special Fair No. 6-7 9 0 6 It has been revealed that a method for removing a bad odor in a home or an office by irradiating light with a strong ultraviolet intensity to a photocatalyst. However, when irradiated with strong ultraviolet light, different odor decomposition rates will be caused by the structure of the photocatalyst. In the above-mentioned prior art, the substrates are all porous. Although sufficient mechanical strength can be obtained by impregnation and other methods, the substrate is glazed tile, and the denser ceramics are not porous, so it cannot be sufficiently obtained. "Mechanical strength" In Ti 02, there are different crystal types such as anatase type, perovskite type and rutile type. In addition, in terms of photoactivity, anatase type is better, and other crystal types are better. The photoactivity is not high. According to a report in the journal "Surface" 1 987, Vol. 25, rutile T i 〇2 can carry uranium, and silver and other metals can increase the photoactivity, but The malodor removal rate, compactness and adhesion are still insufficient. In particular, when silver or silver oxide is used as the additive metal, these are black and are not suitable for magnetic monuments or building materials. "Furthermore, titanium oxide sols produced by hydrothermal or sulfuric acid methods are made of ultrafine particles, so Extremely easy to aggregate. When the agglomerate is applied to the surface of the substrate, uneven gloss and cracks may occur. For this reason, in the past, in order to prevent aggregation, a method of attaching an organic dispersant such as triethanolamine to the surface of the titanium oxide sol has been used. However, a titanium oxide sol obtained by attaching an organic dispersant such as triethanolamine to the surface of this titanium oxide sol is applied to a substrate having low heat resistance such as a resin substrate. When firing and fixing below 300 ° C, the organic dispersant will be firmly fixed to the active part of the titanium oxide sol, and it cannot be fully evaporated and decomposed during the firing process, so the material obtained by this method is not sufficient. The size of the light-touch paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back and fill in this page) -7-Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy 〇3ΐ b7__ 5. Description of the invention (5) The medium effect does not have sufficient deodorant or antibacterial properties.

又,特開平5 - 2 5 3 5 4 4號公報中係揭示混捏銳 欽礦型氧化欽於粘結劑,將其塗佈於基材表面予以熱處理 之方法。此方法係在構成居住房屋之壁面,地面或天花板 面之板材料料之表面形成粘結劑層,在此粘結劑層之表面 噴塗使一部份以銳鈦礦型氧化鈦爲主體之光觸媒微粉末露 出於粘結劑層附著於其上,繼而以3 0 0 °C以上9 0 0°C 以下範圍加熱以熔融粘結劑層後,冷卻以固定粘結劑層者 0 惟此方法中,以3 0 0°C以上9 0 0°C以下熱處理時 可以提高其脫臭性,但3 0 0 °C以下低溫則無法得良好之 脫臭特性。因此使不具耐熱性之塑膠等基材附加優異脫臭 特性等良好之光觸媒活性乃極困難之事。根據推測其原因 應爲欲均勻地塗佈光觸媒粒子於基材時,必須在預備步驟 '中單分散光觸媒微粒子於懸濁液中,爲此乃添加有機系分 散劑,而該分散劑係在3 0 0 °C以下無法充分地分解,氣 化,殘留下來罩住光觸媒粒子上之活性部位所致。 因此,本發明係以提供可以使光觸媒層露出於基材表 面,可充分發揮光觸媒效果,同時可因基材上保有光觸媒 層而可以成爲具有優異多功能之材料爲其目的者。 又,本發明係以在玻璃,磁磚,金屬,塑膠之類的較 緻密基材上,形成不易剝離之光觸媒層爲目的。 又,本發明係在低熔點之基材,例如在較廉優且易加 工之鈉玻璃等上面,形成光觸媒層爲目的者。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 ~ 8 - A7 B7 406031 五、發明説明(6 ) 又,本發明係以提供不易附著污垢,並且可以防止因 污垢而降低功能’具有抗菌性或防臭性,機械性強度優之 多功能材料爲目的。 又’本發明係以提供即使爲以銳鈦礦型T i 0 2爲主 體之光觸媒層’仍可成爲剝離強度優之多功能材料爲目的 〇 又,本發明係以提.高以金紅石型T i 〇2爲主體之光 觸媒層的光觸媒活性爲目的。 又,本發明係以銀載持於金紅石型τ i 〇2爲主體之 光觸媒層以提高光觸媒活性,同時脫色該光觸媒層以改善 其外觀爲目的。 又’本發明係以3 0 0 °C以下低溫熱處理亦可以提供 具有良好之光觸媒功能之多功能材料爲目的。 本發明之有關多功能材料係在磁磚,衛浴陶器,玻璃 等陶瓷,樹脂,金靥,木材等基材之表面,直接或介著粘 結劑層形成光觸媒層者,特別針對構成光觸媒層之光觸媒 粒子的種類,粒徑,光觸媒粒子間所形成之空隙,氣孔率 ’粘結層與光觸媒層間之關係,光觸媒粒子間之空隙所填 充之粒子,更對光觸媒粒子表面所固定之金屬粒子等予以 考量設計’藉此等使其不但具有脫臭等光觸媒層之光觸媒 效果,並可成爲抗菌性或耐摩損性亦優之多功能材料者。 圖面之簡單說明: 第1圖之(a )係表示以往之T i 02溶膠燒結前狀 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐〉 ^-- (讀先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)In addition, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 5-2 5 3 5 4 4 discloses a method of kneading a rutinite-type oxidizing agent on a binder, applying the same to the surface of a substrate, and heat-treating the substrate. This method forms an adhesive layer on the surface of the wall material, floor or ceiling surface of the residential house, and sprays on the surface of the adhesive layer to make a part of the photocatalyst with anatase titanium oxide as the main body. The fine powder is exposed to the adhesive layer and adhered to it, and then heated in a range of 300 ° C to 90 ° C to melt the adhesive layer, and then cooled to fix the adhesive layer. However, in this method, Deodorization can be improved when heat treatment is performed at a temperature of 300 ° C or higher and 900 ° C or lower, but low deodorization characteristics cannot be obtained at a low temperature of 300 ° C or lower. Therefore, it is extremely difficult to add a good photocatalytic activity such as excellent deodorizing properties to substrates such as plastics without heat resistance. It is speculated that the reason for this is that when photocatalyst particles are to be uniformly coated on the substrate, it is necessary to monodisperse the photocatalyst fine particles in the suspension in the preliminary step '. To this end, an organic dispersant is added, and the dispersant is in Below 0 0 ° C, it can not be fully decomposed, gasified, and left to cover the active sites on the photocatalyst particles. Therefore, the present invention aims at providing a photocatalyst layer which can be exposed on the surface of a substrate, which can fully exert the photocatalytic effect, and at the same time can be a material having excellent versatility because the photocatalyst layer is retained on the substrate. In addition, the present invention aims to form a photocatalyst layer which is difficult to peel off on a relatively dense substrate such as glass, tile, metal, plastic, or the like. In addition, the present invention aims at forming a photocatalyst layer on a low-melting-point base material such as, for example, soda glass which is relatively inexpensive and easy to process. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order ~ 8-A7 B7 406031 V. Description of the invention (6) In addition, the present invention is based on The purpose is to provide a multifunctional material that does not easily adhere to dirt and can prevent the function from being reduced due to dirt. It has antibacterial or deodorizing properties and excellent mechanical strength. Also, the present invention aims to provide a multifunctional material with excellent peel strength even if it is a photocatalyst layer mainly composed of anatase T i 0 2 as a main body. Furthermore, the present invention aims to improve the rutile type. T i 〇2 is for the purpose of photocatalytic activity of the photocatalyst layer of the main body. In addition, the present invention aims to improve the appearance of the photocatalyst layer mainly by supporting the photocatalyst layer with rutile τ i 〇2 as the main body, and decolorizing the photocatalyst layer at the same time. Furthermore, the present invention aims at providing a multifunctional material with a good photocatalyst function even at a low temperature heat treatment below 300 ° C. The related multifunctional materials of the present invention are those that form a photocatalyst layer directly or through an adhesive layer on the surface of substrates such as ceramic tiles, sanitary ware, glass, ceramics, resin, gold tincture, wood, etc., especially for the photocatalyst layer Photocatalyst particle type, particle size, voids formed between photocatalyst particles, porosity, the relationship between the adhesive layer and photocatalyst layer, particles filled with voids between photocatalyst particles, and metal particles fixed on the surface of photocatalyst particles Taking into account the design, it will not only have the photocatalyst effect of the photocatalyst layer such as deodorization, but also become a multifunctional material with excellent antibacterial or abrasion resistance. Brief description of the drawing: (a) in Figure 1 shows the previous T i 02 sol sintered shape. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 mm) ^-(Read the first (Please fill in this page again)

、1T 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作社印製 B8. 丨 406031^___ 五、發明說明(7 ) 態’ (b)表示金紅磷型燒結後之狀態· 第2圖(a )係表示以往T i 02粒子燒結前之狀態 •(b)係表示燒結後之狀態· (請先閱讀背面之注意事窝本頁) 第3圖係本發明有關具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料中 ’構成光觸媒層之光觸媒粒子以位能結合予以之狀態,以 模式表示者· 第4圖係該多功能材料中,構成光觸媒層之光觸媒粒 子爲互相固相燒結予以結合之狀態,以模式圖表示· 第5面係該多功能材料中*構成光觸媒層之光觸媒粒 子間所形成空隙被小粒子所填充之狀態•以模式圖表示· 第6圖係第3圖所示多功能材料之光觸媒粒子表面被 固定有金屬粒子之狀態*以模式圖表示· 第7圖係第4圇所示多功能材料之光觸媒粒子表面被 固定有金靥粒子之狀態*以模式圖表示· 第8圖係第5圖所示多功能材料之光觭媒粒子表面被 固定有金靥粒子之狀態*以模式圖表示· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 第9圖係該多功能材料中,光觸媒層藉著粘著劑被粘 合於基材構成光觸媒册之光觸媒粒子爲互相以位能予以結 合之狀態,以模示圖表示· 第1 0圖係該多功能材料中,藉著粘著劑粘合光觭媒 層於基材,構成光觸媒靥之光觸媒粒子爲互相固相燒結予 以結合之狀態,以模式圖表示· 第11圖係該多功能材料中,藉著粘著劑•光觸媒層 被粘接於基材之光觸媒粒子間所形成空除被小粒子所填充 -10 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 406031Α7 Β7 五、發明說明(8 ) 之狀態,以模式圖表示· 第12圖係第9圖所示多功能材料之光觸媒粒子表面 被固定有金屬粒子之狀態*以模式圖表示· 第13圖係第10圖所示多功能材料之光觸媒粒子表 面被固定有金届粒子之狀態,以模式圖表示· 第14圖係第11圖所示多功能材料之光觸媒粒子表 面被固定有金羼粒子之狀態,以模式圖表示· 第15圖係說明本發明有關具有光觸媒功能之多功能 材料的製造方法圖· 第16圖之(a)及(b)係Ti02粒子間的擴大 圖· 第17圖之(a)〜(c)係說明丁102粒子之燒 結機構圔· 第1 8圖係抗菌性試驗之試驗結果圖· 第1 9圖係在B L B燈照射前插入乾燥步騄時,與不 插入該步騄之C u載持邏:試驗結果比較圖· 第2 0圖係表示C u載持量與C u塗佈量之相關關係 面· 第21圖係表示另一實施例之製造步騄圖· 第2 2圖係抗菌性試驗之試驗結果圆· 第23圖係在BLB燈照射前插入乾燥步K時•與不 插入該步班之C u載持量試驗結果比較圖· 第2 4圈係表示C u載持置與C u塗佈置之相瞄關係 圖· 本紙張尺度適用乍國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公« ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事>^^寫本頁) 裝--------訂--I--I---§· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 __406031 B7 五、發明説明(9 ) 第2 5圖係表*Ag載持量與菌生存率間之相關關係 圖β 第2 6圖係以ΕΡΜΑ (電子線微分析儀)觀察多功 能材料之截面方向時之基本輪廓概念圖。 第27圖係以ΕΡΜΑ(電子線微分析儀)觀察多功 能材料之截面方向時之基本輪廓概念圖。 第2 8圖係示T i 02與S η 02之配合與膜強度及光 活性的相關關係圖》 第2 9圖係表示熱處理溫度與光活性之相關關係圖。 第3 0圖係說明測定光觸媒薄膜之活性的方法圖。 第3 1圖係說明測定光觸媒薄膜之活性的方法圖。 第3 3圖係說明測定光觸媒薄膜之活性的方法圖。 第3 3圖係表示紫外線照射時間與ρ Η值變化量之相 關關係圖。 第3 4圖係表示11 3。與ρ Η值變化量之相關關係圖。 第3 5圖係表示孔隙度與防臭性(R3。)及耐摩損性 之相關關係圖。 經濟部中夬橾準局貝工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 第3 6圖係表示膜厚與防臭性(R3〇)之相關關係圖 〇 第3 7圖係表示膜厚與防臭性(R30)及耐摩損性 之相關關係圖。 第3 8圖係表示S η 02添加量與防臭性(R3。)及 耐摩損性之相關關係圖。 第3 9圖係表示S η 02添加量與不易沾污之相關關 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) -12 - 89. ^ 第83112001號專利申請案 中文說明書修正頁-406031 A7 B7 民國89年5月呈 五、發明說明(10 係圖· 第4 0圖係表示S η 〇2添加量與T i 02層表面之孔 隙度之相關關係圖· 第4 1圖係表示S n〇2添加量與T i 02層表面之孔 隙度之相關關係圖· 第4 2圚係表示S η 02添加量與防臭性R3〇( L ) 及耐剝離性之相關關係圖。 第4 4圖係表示塗佈次數與不易沾污性之相關關係圖 〇 第4 5圖係表塗佈次數與耐摩損性之相關關係圖》 第4 6圖係表塗佈次數與T i 02層表面的孔隙度之 相關關係圖。 第4 7圖係照射紫外線,優先地分解,氣化光觸媒粒 子上之熱硬化性樹脂,使光觸媒粒子露出於外氣之狀態圚 第4 8圖係表示與第4 7圖一樣之另一種實施例圖。 第4 9圖係表示與第4 7圖一樣之另一種實施例圖· 第5 0圖係在光觸媒粒子之空隙間填充小粒子之狀態 圓 第5 1圖係表示利用金紅石型T i 02以製造多功能 材料之製程圖。 第5 2圖係乾燥C u溶液予以光還原時之C u溶液濃 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先W讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ·1111111 ·11111111 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -13 - ,/406031 A7 88-Β· # Τ Β7 五、發明說明(11 ) 度與光活性間之關係圔· 第5 3圖係乾燥C u溶液予以光還原時之C u溶液濃 度與光活性間之關係圖· 第5 4圖係表示載持於金紅石型T i Ο 2薄膜之金靥 爲Cu時,C u溶液濃度與惡臭除去率R3。間之相關關係 圖(金屬離子之還原係乾燥金靥鹽水溶液後施行)· 第5 5圖係以壁磁磚爲基板載持於金紅石型T i 02 薄膜之金屬爲C u時,C u溶液潰度與惡臭除去率113。間 之相關關係圖(金屬離子之還原係乾燥金屬鹽水溶液後施 行)· 第5 6圖係表示形成金紅石型T i ◦ 2薄膜之燒成溫 度與固定C u後之惡臭除去率R3。之圖· 第5 7圖係表示Ag及C u之溶液濃度與色差之相關 關係圇· 第5 8圔係表示孔除度率與R 30及耐摩損性間之關係 第5 9圖係表示銅之載持置與菌生存率間之關係圖· 第6 0圖係表示銅之塗佈置與銅之載持置間之關係圃 第61圖係表示銀之載持置與菌生存率間之關係圖· 第6 2圚係表示銀載持置與色差間之關係面· 第6 3圖係表示藉由K I水溶液之脫色處理效果· 第6 4圖係表示藉由K I水溶液脫色處理之前後, K I水溶液之P Η值變化及惡真除去率R 3。之變化的關係 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐〉 <婧先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 裝· I I ! I 訂----1!·線 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消f合作社印製 ΐ*06031 Α7 __Β7 - _ 五、發明說明(12 ) 圖❶ 第65圓係比較抗菌作用之圓· (請先《讀背面之注意事磺/ 4寫本頁> 第6 6圖係表示對薄膜中氣化錫重童比之耐摩損性圖· 第6 7圖係表示對薄膜中氧化錫重置比之光活性圚· 第6 8圖係表示比較例中對薄膜中氧化鍚重置比之耐 摩損性圓❶ 第6 9圖係表示比較例中對薄膜中氣化鍚重量比之光 活性圖。 第7 0圖係表示銀之載持置與菌生存率之相關關係圓· 〔符號說明〕 一^'- 1 :基材,2 :光觸媒層,3 :光觸媒粒子,4 :小 粒子,5 :電子補獲粒子,6 :黏結劑層 以下爲更詳細說明本發明,根據所附圖面說明如下· 第3圖至第1 4面係將本發明有關之具有光觸媒功能 之多功能材料的構造•分爲各類型表示者•本發明之具有 光觸媒功能之多功能材料係屬於其中任一構造者· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 第3圚所示多功能材料係在基材1之表面直接設置具有 光觸媒功能之光觸媒層2,此光觸媒層2係互相以表面能 或曲面能等位能結合微細之光觸媒粒子3,予以構f者· 第4圖所示多功能材料係在基材1之表面直接設置具 有光觸媒功能之光觸媒層2,此光觸媒層2係光觸媒粒子 3被固相燒結予以構成者· 第5圓所示多功能材料係在基材1之表面直接設置具 有光觸媒功能之光觸媒層2,在構成此光觸媒層2之光觸 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公« ) -15 - 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 " A7 …-1 1____ 五、發明說明(13) 媒粒子3間所與成空隙填充較該空隙更小之粒子4,藉著 此小粒子4,光觸媒粒子3被互相結合予以構成· 又,圖中係表示內部空隙均填充粒子4之構造,但此 粒子4係至少被填充於表層之光觸媒粒子3空隙即可。即 ,光觸媒層之機械性強度係會在到達內部時衰減外力之傅 達,所以仍以最表面之結合爲重要,所以只在表層之光觸 媒粒子空隙填充微粒子即可•惟這時內部之光觸媒粒子係 會藉由位能而結合,光觸媒層若欲獲得足夠之強度,光觸 媒粒子之平均粒徑仍以0. 04#m爲宜· 第6圖所示多功能材料係基材1表面直接所形成構成 光觸媒層2的光觸媒粒子3爲互相以位能予以結合,光觸 媒粒子3之表面上更固定有銀,銅或氧化亞銅等捕捉電子 粒子5 · 第7圖所示多功能材料係基材1表面直接所形成構成 光觸媒層2的光觸媒粒子3爲互相固相燒結予以結合,光 觸媒粒子3之表面上更固定有銀,鉑等金靥粒子5 · 第8圚所示多功能材料係在基材1之表面直接設置具 有光觸媒功能之光觸媒層2,在構成此光觸媒層2之光觸 媒粒子3之間所形成空隙填充較該空隙更小之粒子4,藉 著此小粒子4使光觸媒粒子3互相結合,光觸媒粒子3之 表面更固定有銀,鉑等金屬粒子5· 第9亂之多功能材料係在基材1之表面藉著粘結劑層 6設置具有光觸媒功能之光觸媒層2,此光觸媒層2係表 層部向外露出,同時下層部被埋入粘結劑層6,又,表層 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------ 裝·111!1 訂-----I -滅 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -16 - 88.6.(^ ^6Q3| 五、發明說明(14) 部係微細之光觸媒粒子3互相以位能結合在一起予以構成 者· 第1 0圖所示多功能材料係藉著如上述之粘結劑層6 設置光觸媒靥2,此光觸媒層2之表層部係光觸媒粒子3 互相固相燒結被結合在一起予以構成· 第11圖所示多功能材料係藉著粘著劑層6在基材1 上設置光觸媒層2,在構成此光觸媒層2之光觸媒粒子3 之間所形成空隙填充較該空隙更小之粒子4,藉著此小粒 子4使光觸媒粒子3互相結合· 第12圖之多功能材料係藉著粘結劑層6在基材1之 表面形成光觸媒層2,構成該光觸媒層2的光觸媒粒子3 爲互相以位能予以結合,光觸媒粒子3之表面上更固定有 銀,銅或氧化亞銅等捕捉電子粒子5 · 第13圖之多功能材料係藉著粘結劑層6在基材1之 表面形成光觸媒餍2,構成該光觸媒靥2的光觭媒粒子3 爲互相固相燒結予以結合,光觸媒粒子3之表面上更固定 有銀•銅或氧化亞銅等捕捉電子粒子5 · 第1 4圚之多功能材料係藉著粘著劑層6,在基材1 上設置光觸媒層2 *構成光觸媒靥2之光觸媒粒子3間所 形成空隙上被填充較該空隙小之粒子4,藉著此小粒子4 使光觸媒粒子3互相結合在一起,光觸媒粒子3之表面更 被固定有銀或鉑等金靥粒子5· 以上材料中做爲基材1可爲磁磚,衛浴陶器,玻璃等 陶瓷,樹脂,金屬,木材或其複合物等之任一· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 裝---—訂! I -線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 -17 - 406031 A7 B7 '正 年月 S:,、 1T Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Procurement Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs B8. 丨 406031 ^ ___ V. Description of the invention (7) State '(b) shows the state after sintering of golden red phosphorus type. Figure 2 (a) shows the previous T 02 State before sintering • (b) shows the state after sintering. (Please read the caution on the back page first) Figure 3 shows the photocatalyst that forms the photocatalyst layer in the multifunctional material with photocatalyst function of the present invention The state where the particles are combined with potential energy is indicated by a pattern. Figure 4 shows the state in which the photocatalyst particles constituting the photocatalyst layer are combined with each other by solid-phase sintering in the multifunctional material. Figure 5 shows the state. Multi-functional materials * The state where the gap formed between the photo-catalyst particles constituting the photo-catalyst layer is filled with small particles. • It is shown in a schematic diagram. Figure 6 shows the surface of the photo-catalyst particles of the multi-functional material with metal particles fixed on it. State * is shown in a schematic diagram. Figure 7 shows the state of gold catalyst particles on the surface of the photocatalyst particles of the multifunctional material shown in Figure 4 (4). The surface of the photocatalyst particles of the material is fixed with gold particles on the surface. * It is shown in a schematic diagram. • Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative, Bureau of Intellectual Property, Ministry of Economic Affairs. Figure 9 shows the photocatalyst layer in the multifunctional material. The photocatalyst particles bonded to the substrate to form the photocatalyst book are in a state where they can be combined with each other, and are shown in a model diagram. Figure 10 shows the multifunctional material in which the photocatalyst layer is bonded by an adhesive. The base material, the photocatalyst particles constituting the photocatalyst 为 are combined with each other by solid-phase sintering and are shown in a schematic diagram. Figure 11 shows the photocatalyst of this multifunctional material that is bonded to the base material through an adhesive and a photocatalyst layer. The void formed between the particles is filled with small particles. -10-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 406031Α7 Β7 5. The state of the invention description (8) is shown in a pattern diagram · Figure 12 shows the state where metal particles are fixed on the surface of the photocatalyst particles of the multifunctional material shown in Figure 9. Figure 13 shows a pattern diagram. Figure 13 shows the surface of the photocatalyst particles of the multifunctional material shown in Figure 10 on the surface. grain The state of the child is shown in a schematic diagram. Figure 14 shows the state where gold particles are fixed on the photocatalyst particles of the multifunctional material shown in Figure 11. Figure 15 shows the photocatalyst function of the present invention. Manufacturing method diagram of multifunctional materials. Figure 16 (a) and (b) are enlarged diagrams of Ti02 particles. Figures (a) to (c) of Figure 17 illustrate the sintering mechanism of Ding 102 particles. Figure 18 shows the test results of the antibacterial test. Figure 19 shows the loading logic when the dry step is inserted before the BLB lamp is irradiated. The comparison result of the test results is shown in Figure 20. Fig. 21 shows the relationship between the amount of Cu supported and the amount of Cu applied. Fig. 21 shows the manufacturing steps of another embodiment. Fig. 22 shows the test result circle of the antibacterial test. Fig. 23 When the drying step K is inserted before the BLB lamp is irradiated • Comparison of the test results of the Cu load with and without the step. The second and fourth circle is the relationship between the Cu load and the Cu coating arrangement. · This paper size applies to the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male «) (Please read the notes on the back first> ^^ (This page) -------- Order--I--I --- § · Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs __406031 B7 V. Description of Invention (9) Picture 2 5 Table * Correlation between the load of Ag and the survival rate of bacteria β Figure 26 is the basic outline conceptual diagram when the cross-sectional direction of the multifunctional material is observed with EPA (electronic microanalyzer). Fig. 27 is a conceptual diagram of the basic outline when the cross-sectional direction of a multifunctional material is observed with an EPA (electronic microanalyzer). Figure 28 shows the correlation between the combination of T i 02 and S η 02 with film strength and photoactivity. Figure 29 shows the correlation between heat treatment temperature and photoactivity. Figure 30 is a diagram illustrating a method for measuring the activity of a photocatalyst film. Figure 31 is a diagram illustrating a method for measuring the activity of a photocatalyst film. Figure 33 is a diagram illustrating a method for measuring the activity of a photocatalyst film. Figure 33 is a graph showing the relationship between the ultraviolet irradiation time and the change in ρ ρ value. Figure 3 4 shows 11 3. Correlation diagram with the variation of ρ Η value. Figures 3 and 5 show the correlation between porosity, deodorization (R3.), And abrasion resistance. Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of the China Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Figure 36 shows the relationship between film thickness and deodorization (R3〇). Figure 3 7 It is a graph showing the correlation between film thickness and deodorization (R30) and abrasion resistance. Figure 38 is a graph showing the correlation between the amount of S η 02 added, deodorization (R3.), And abrasion resistance. Figures 3 and 9 show the relationship between the amount of S η 02 and the resistance to staining. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) -12-89. ^ Amendment to the Chinese specification of Patent Application No. 8312001 Page-406031 A7 B7 May 89, Republic of China, 5. Description of the invention (10 series of graphs · 40th graph shows the correlation between the amount of S η 〇2 and the porosity of the surface of the Ti 02 layer · Figure 41 Figure 4 shows the correlation between the amount of Sn02 added and the porosity on the surface of the Ti02 layer. Figure 4-2 shows the relationship between the amount of Sn02 added and the deodorant R30 (L) and peel resistance. Fig. 44 is a graph showing the correlation between the number of coating times and stain resistance. Fig. 4 is a graph showing the correlation between the number of coating times and abrasion resistance. Fig. 4 6 is the number of coating times and T i 02. The correlation diagram of the porosity of the layer surface. Figures 4 and 7 show the state where the thermosetting resin on the photocatalyst particles is decomposed and irradiated with ultraviolet rays, and the photocatalyst particles are exposed to the outside air. Figures 4 and 8 show Fig. 4 is a diagram of another embodiment shown in Fig. 4. Fig. 4 9 shows the same as Fig. 4 and 7 Fig. 50 shows another embodiment of a state where small particles are filled in the spaces between photocatalyst particles. Fig. 51 shows a process diagram for manufacturing multifunctional materials using rutile T i 02. Fig. 5 2 Concentration of Cu solution when dried Cu solution is photo-reduced. The paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) · 1111111 · 11111111 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -13-, / 406031 A7 88-Β · # Τ Β7 V. Description of the invention (11) Relationship between degree and photoactivity 圔 · Figure 5 3 is a dry Cu solution The relationship between the Cu solution concentration and photoactivity during photoreduction. Figure 54 shows the Cu solution concentration and the malodor removal rate R3 when the gold tincture supported on the rutile T i O 2 film is Cu. Correlation diagrams (reduction of metal ions are carried out after drying the gold tincture salt solution). Figure 5 5 shows when the metal supported on the rutile-type T i 02 thin film using a wall tile as the substrate is Cu. Correlation between the degree of solution collapse and odor removal rate 113. (Reduction of metal ions Execute after drying the metal salt solution). Figure 56 shows the firing temperature of the rutile T i ◦ 2 film and the odor removal rate R3 after fixing Cu. Figures 5 and 7 show Ag and C Correlation between the solution concentration and color difference of u 第 · 58 圔 shows the relationship between the porosity degree and R 30 and abrasion resistance. Figure 5 9 shows the relationship between the loading of copper and the survival rate of bacteria. · Figure 60 shows the relationship between the coating arrangement of copper and copper loading. Figure 61 shows the relationship between the loading of silver and the survival rate of bacteria. · Figure 62 shows the loading of silver. Relationship between color and color difference. Fig. 63 shows the effect of decolorization treatment with KI aqueous solution. Fig. 64 shows the change in P value of KI aqueous solution and removal rate of malignant solution before and after decolorization with KI aqueous solution. R 3. The relationship between the changes in this paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) < Jing first read the notes on the back and write this page) Installation · II! I Order ---- 1! · Line Printed by the Cooperative of Intellectual Property of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Fong Cooperative Co., Ltd. * 06031 Α7 __Β7-_ V. Description of the invention (12) Figure 圆 The 65th circle is a circle with comparative antibacterial effect. (Please read "Cautions on the back side / 4 Write this page> Figures 6 and 6 are graphs showing the abrasion resistance to the weight-to-weight ratio of vaporized tin in thin films. Figure 6 and 7 are the photoactivities of the reset ratio of tin oxide in films. Figure 6 and 8 Figure 6 shows the abrasion resistance of the rubidium oxide reset ratio in the thin film in the comparative example. Figures 6 and 9 show the photoactivity diagrams of the weight ratio of vaporized plutonium in the thin film in the comparative example. Figure 70 shows the support of silver. Correlation between the location of bacteria and the survival rate of circle. [Symbols] ^ '-1: substrate, 2: photocatalyst layer, 3: photocatalyst particles, 4: small particles, 5: electron recovery particles, 6: binder layer The following is a more detailed description of the present invention. According to the drawings, the description is as follows. Figures 3 to 14 show the photocatalyst function related to the present invention. Structure of multifunctional materials • Divided into various types of display • The multifunctional material with photocatalyst function of the present invention belongs to any of the constructors • The multifunctional material shown in Section 3 printed by the shelling consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A photocatalyst layer 2 having a photocatalyst function is directly provided on the surface of the substrate 1. This photocatalyst layer 2 is formed by combining fine photocatalyst particles 3 with surface energy or curved surface potential and the like. The structure is shown in FIG. 4. The functional material is a photocatalyst layer 2 provided with a photocatalyst function directly on the surface of the substrate 1. The photocatalyst layer 2 is a photocatalyst particle 3 formed by solid-phase sintering. The multifunctional material shown in the fifth circle is on the surface of the substrate 1. Directly set photocatalyst layer 2 with photocatalyst function. The paper size of the photocatalyst that constitutes this photocatalyst layer 2 applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male «) -15 &Quot; A7… -1 1____ 5. Description of the invention (13) The space formed between the medium particles 3 is filled with particles 4 smaller than the space, and by this small particle 4, the photocatalyst particle 3 The structure is combined with each other. Also, the figure shows the structure in which the internal voids are filled with particles 4. However, the particles 4 may be filled at least in the surface of the photocatalyst particles 3 voids. That is, the mechanical strength of the photocatalyst layer will reach When the internal force is attenuated, the external force of Fuda is still important. Therefore, only the surface of the photocatalyst particles can be filled with fine particles. However, at this time, the internal photocatalyst particles will be combined by potential energy. To obtain sufficient strength, the average particle diameter of the photocatalyst particles is still preferably 0.04 # m. The photocatalyst particles 3 constituting the photocatalyst layer 2 are formed directly on the surface of the multifunctional material-based substrate 1 shown in FIG. 6 as potential energy for each other. Combined, the surface of the photocatalyst particles 3 is more immobilized with silver, copper, or cuprous oxide capturing electron particles 5. The photocatalyst particles 3 constituting the photocatalyst layer 2 are formed directly on the surface of the multifunctional material-based substrate 1 shown in FIG. 7. Solid-state sintering is combined with each other, and silver, platinum and other gold particles 5 are fixed on the surface of the photocatalyst particles 3. The multifunctional material shown in Figure 8 is straight on the surface of the substrate 1. A photocatalyst layer 2 having a photocatalyst function is provided, and the gap formed between the photocatalyst particles 3 constituting the photocatalyst layer 2 is filled with particles 4 smaller than the gap. The photocatalyst particles 3 are combined with each other by the small particles 4 and the photocatalyst particles 3 On the surface, silver, platinum and other metal particles are fixed 5. The 9th chaotic multifunctional material is a photocatalyst layer 2 having a photocatalyst function provided on the surface of the substrate 1 through an adhesive layer 6. The photocatalyst layer 2 is a surface layer portion It is exposed to the outside, while the lower layer is buried in the adhesive layer 6, and the paper size of the surface layer is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ------------ Equipment · 111! 1 Order ----- I-Off (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -16-88.6. (^ ^ 6Q3 | V. Description of the invention (14) Fine photocatalyst particles 3 It can be combined with each other to form a potential. The multifunctional material shown in Fig. 10 is provided with a photocatalyst 靥 2 through the adhesive layer 6 as described above. The photocatalyst layer 2 has photocatalyst particles 3 on the surface layer. Phase sintering is combined to form the multifunctional material shown in Figure 11 by bonding The agent layer 6 is provided with a photocatalyst layer 2 on the base material 1, and a gap formed between the photocatalyst particles 3 constituting the photocatalyst layer 2 is filled with particles 4 smaller than the space, and the photocatalyst particles 3 are combined by the small particles 4. · The multifunctional material in FIG. 12 forms a photocatalyst layer 2 on the surface of the substrate 1 through an adhesive layer 6. The photocatalyst particles 3 constituting the photocatalyst layer 2 are combined with each other at a potential energy, and the photocatalyst particles 3 are on the surface. Electron-capturing particles 5 such as silver, copper, or cuprous oxide are further fixed 5. The multifunctional material shown in FIG. 13 forms a photocatalyst 餍 2 on the surface of the substrate 1 through the adhesive layer 6 to constitute the photocatalyst 靥 2. The medium particles 3 are combined by solid-state sintering with each other. The surface of the photocatalyst particles 3 is further fixed with silver, copper, or cuprous oxide capturing electron particles 5. The multifunctional material of the first to the fourth through the adhesive layer 6, A photocatalyst layer 2 is provided on the substrate 1 * The space formed between the photocatalyst particles 3 constituting the photocatalyst 靥 2 is filled with particles 4 smaller than the space, and the photocatalyst particles 3 are combined with each other by the small particles 4, and the photocatalyst particles The surface of 3 is more solid Gold or silver particles such as silver or platinum 5 · As the base material in any of the above materials 1 It can be any of ceramic tiles, sanitary ware, glass and other ceramics, resins, metals, wood or their composites. Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back first and write this page) Install ----- Order! I-line Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -17-406031 A7 B7 'Year S :,

MX 經济部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(15) 又,光觸媒粒子3係具有可以充分地發揮抗菌功能, 脫臭功能等光觸媒功能之光帶間隙(band gap)之半導體 粒子。光觸媒粒子具有抗菌性之理由雖有藉由印加所定以 上之電壓會觸電死之說,但一般則根據推測與脫臭功能一 樣,照射光時會生成活性氧而具備此特性。欲生成活性氧 時,必須半導體之傳導帶之一以光帶模式表示時在於發生 氫《位的上方,且原子價電子帶之上端爲在氧發生電位的 下方。可以滿足此條件之半導體有T i 02,S rTi 03 ,艺11〇,51(:,磷化鎵*0(15,0<156, MO S 3等•又,使其微粒化後傳導帶之位置會向上移動 ,所以若爲1〜1Onm程度之微粒子則Sn02, W03,Fe203,B i20 3等亦可生成活性氧》其中以 化學上較安定,廉價且爲活性高之微粒子,即銳鈦碛型 T i 0 2最佳。 又,電子捕獏粒子係指上述光觸媒被照射光,生成爲 電子與正電子洞(positive hole)時可以捕獲電子,可 以防止電子與正電子洞再結合者而言,具體言可爲銀,銅 ,鉑,鈀,鎳,鈷,鐵,氧化亞銅等。 又,上述粘結劑層6係例如以釉藥,無機玻璃,熱塑 性樹脂,焊料等熱塑性材料所構成。以此等熱塑性材料構 成粘結劑層時,可以藉由簡便且廉價之噴塗等方法,於常 溫塗佈光觸媒於粘著劑層上,僅需加熱處理,即可以堅牢 地使基材1 ,粘著劑層6及光觸媒層2結合,有利於降低 製造成本。 木纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS )八4規格(210X297公釐) ----------¾------ir------A (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -18 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 406031五、發明説明(16 ) 另外,本發明有關具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料,尙 可以在熱塑性材料所成薄片狀粘結劑層上層合或埋入一部 份光觸媒粒子所成之光觸媒層。如上述之薄片狀多功能材 料可以粘貼於已有之磁磚,衛浴陶器,建材等上面,經加 熱,亦可以在已有之磁磚上追加防臭性,防污性,抗菌性 ,抗黴菌性等。 構成上述光觸媒層2之光觸媒粒子3的平均粒徑係爲 增加其比表面積並爲提高其光觸媒活性,以0. 3wm以 下爲宜。 上述光觸媒層2之厚度係以0.lem〜〇. 9vm 爲宜。0. l#m以下時,光觸媒粒子會局部性地被埋入 粘結劑層6內,多功能材料表面會生成無法發揮觸媒活性 之部份,使菌類滯留於該部分,降低其抗菌性。又, 0. 9以上時,厚度會變成不均勻,製品上附著污點 '時很難去除污垢。在此所稱光觸媒層之厚度係指包含光觸 媒薄膜之上表面至被埋入上釉之下層爲止之部分而言,具 體言,施予E PMA (電子線分析儀)等元素分析,求得 自構成上釉層之主成份元素值增加,大約成一定之部份的 最上層至最表面爲止之距離予以測定。 又,改變光觸媒層2之厚度亦可得裝璜上之效果,即 ,使厚度爲0. 2#m以上0. 4#m以下時,可藉由光 線對光觸媒層膜厚部之干擾作用而可造成彩虹色圖案,又 只欲以外觀上基材之底色,圖案或二者之組合形成時’可 製作除去上述受光線干擾作用之部份以外之0. Ivin〜 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梂準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) __^-----------_ 五、發明說明(π) 0. 2iim,或〇· 4#m〜ljwm的光觸媒靥膜厚部, 即可以依該方法,廣泛地應用於磁磚,洗面台,浴槽,大 小便器,流理台,調理台等》 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 僅用光觸媒粒子3互相結合時,只能依靠光觸媒粒子 間互相之位能(吸附)或燒結。惟欲利用光觸媒粒子互相 燒結作用時必須以相當高溫燒結,另一方面依靠吸附時, 光觸媒粒子之比表面積必須增加到相當大,更需改善其填 充性,否則無法充分結合,欲製造只消耗光觸媒粒子之活 性點吸附部份者,具有充分觸媒活性與耐摩損性之多功能 材料時,其方法受到限制* 又,爲強化光觸媒粒子3之結合,使用較光觸媒粒子 3之空隙更大之粒子時,不但無法得充分結合力,還會將 —部份露出於多功能材料表面之光觸媒粒子罩住,在多功 能材料表面生成無法發揮觸媒活性之部份,使菌類滯留於 該部份,顯著降低抗菌性。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 另外,在此所稱光觸媒粒子間的空隙係如第1 6圖( a )所示之光觸媒粒子3,3間之頸部,如第1 6圖(b )所示之光觸媒粒子3,3間之空隙二者而言。因此,在 此所稱粒徑較光觸媒粒子之空隙小之粒子4係指粒子較光 觸媒粒子間之頸部,光觸媒粒子間之空隙中任一較大部份 更小之粒子而言者•欲使光觸媒粒子互相結合時第1 6圚 (b )係最爲有效之手段· 被填充於光觸媒粒子3之空隙的小粒子4係基本上不 受制其材質者,惟最好爲吸附力佳者•吸附能力極差之材 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) : -20 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 __〇31 g_五、發明説明(18 ) 質無法達成使光觸媒粒子互相結合之目的,又,吸附能力 過強之材質則在插入空隙之前即會罩住光觸媒粒子表面活 性真的機會較大。由此點考量,光觸媒粒子之空隙中所填 充之材質以錫,鈦,銀,銅,鋅,鐵,鉑,鈷,鈀,鎳等 金屬或其氧化物爲宜。以往做爲吸附載體使用之沸石,活 性碳,粘土等並適宜。上述金屬或氧化物中,具有適度之 吸附能力者以氧化鍚爲最適宜。又,銀,銅等金屬或其氧 化物除可以使光觸媒粒子互相結合以外,尙具獨特之抗菌 性,防臭性,所以在活用此功能之用途上,尤其不照射光 時還會具有輔助光觸媒之作用,所以極適宜。即,被填充 於上述光觸媒粒子3之空隙上的小粒子4亦可使用上述金 屬粒子5 » 又,被填充於上述光觸媒粒子3之空隙的粒子4平均 粒徑以平均爲4/5以下光觸媒粒子3之平均粒徑爲宜。 埋入光觸媒粒子3之空隙的粒子4,若採現行製造方 法時不但會進入光觸媒粒子間之空隙,還會有些附著於光 觸媒粒子上》而埋入空隙之粒子徑若大於4/5之光觸媒 粒子平均粒徑時,附著於光觸媒粒子表面之可能率會較埋 入光觸媒粒子之空隙者更高,降低光觸媒粒子3間的結合 強度。又,埋入空隙之粒子較光觸媒粒子更大時,會罩住 一部份之光觸媒粒子,多功能材料表面上會生成無法發揮 觸媒活性之部份,在該部份會滯留菌類,尤其會顯著降低 抗菌性。 又,被填充於上述光觸媒粒子3之空隙的粒子平均粒 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ~"~~' -21 - (請先閲讀背面之泣意事項真填寫本萸) 8a 修正 A7 B7 .4QM31 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(19) 徑係0. 0 1/im以下時可以增大其比表面積,獲得適度 之吸附力•所以最爲逋宜· 又·對光觸媒粒子3與填充粒子4之合計量而言,被 填充於上述光觸媒粒子3空隙的粒子4之量係以莫爾比爲 1 0%〜6 0%爲宜·以光觸媒粒子互相不產燒結之溫度 範睡熱處理,藉著粘著劑固定光餳媒靥於基材時,埋入空 嫌之粒子置若太少•光觸媒粒子間會無法堅牢地結合*另 一方面*埋入空除之粒子置太多時則多功能基材表面上會 生成無法發揮觸媒活性之部份,在該部份滯留菌類,顯著 降低抗菌性,所以仍以上述範圔爲宜· 又*構成被填充於上述光觸媒粒子3空隙的粒子4物 質,以選定其蒸汽壓較構成光觸媒粒子之物質更髙者*在 光觸媒粒子間的頸部凝聚填充於光觸媒粒子空隙之粒子爲 最適宜•因爲欲使光觸媒粒子互相堅固地結合,以提高光 觸媒靥之剝離強度*不但只填充而已,仍以經由燒結之方 法較佳所致•選擇如上述蒸汽壓高之物質做爲埋入空隙之 粒子4時,不伹可以做燒結助劑作用,亦可以降低燒結溫 度· 上述蒸汽壓髙之物質有氧化錫’氣化鉍’氧化鋅等’ 惟以安全上言,以氧化錫爲宜· 又,含有上述光觸媒粒子3之空除所填充粒子4之層 ,其厚度以0. 1/im以上爲宜,此層厚若爲0. 1/im 以下時,光觭媒粒子(及因製法之不同有時爲埋入空除之 粒子)會局部被埋入粘著剤層6內,在多功能材料表面生 私纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -22 !!!·裝! —訂·!1 — - (請先閱讀背面之注意事叹窝本頁) i 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 / 7 >).月 〇_X 406031 —4 .. . β·ι - Μι ^五、發明說明(2〇 ) 成無法發揮觸媒活性之部份,該部份會殘留菌類於其中顯 著降低抗菌性*在此所稱含光觸媒粒子的空隙所填充之粒 子在內之層厚度係指最上層表面至埋入粘著劑下餍之部份 爲止的厚度而言,分別平均其凹凸後之厚度· 第15圖係說明本發明有關具有光觭媒功能之多功能 材料的製造方法一例,本發明中係首先如第1 5圖(a ) 所示,準備基材1,如該圖(b)所示在基材1表面形成 粘著劑層6·粘著劑層6係選擇其軟化溫度較基材1之軟 化溫度低之材料所成者•例如基材1爲磁磚•琺瑯或陶瓷 時,粘著劑層6係釉薬層或直接利用印刷層* 繼而如該圖(c )所示,在粘著劑層6上形成 T i 0粒子等光觸媒粒所成光觸媒層2 ·這時光觸媒層2 係以其後經燒成時不會自粘著劑層6脫落之程度的結合力 ,載置於其上· 或在基材1表面上形成粘著劑餍6之前•如圓(b > )所示形成光觸媒層2於粘著劑層6上·將此粘著劑層6 載置於基材1上· 然後以高於粘著劑層之軟化溫度2 0°C以上3 2 OeC 以下,且較基材1之軟化溫度低之氣氛溫度加熱處理*即 可以如該圚(d)或第9〜第14圓所示,光觸媒層2中 上述粘著劑層邊之下層係其一部份被沈稹於粘著劑層,使 粘著劑層凝固,其一部份被埋入粘著劑層內,堅牢地被保 持於其中•又構成光觸媒層2中接觸外氣之表層的光觸媒 粒子3係·互相藉由位能,分子間力量或燒等燒結,如第 n I 1 ϋ ϋ I n I I I · n ·ϋ n · I n *1 1· 1· n I (請先閱讀背面之注意事3'·;寫本買) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱〉 -23 - -η ;ν 肪 ΰ. 4 # 一-一一一~^ Β7 五、發明說明(21 ) 1 6圖(a )—樣有一部份被結合,其他部則如第1 6圖 (b ) —樣脫離•即,實質上表餍中之光觸媒粒子表面係 霣出於外部· 在此使加熱處理溫度較粘著劑層6之软化溫度高 2 0°C以上3 2 0 °(:以下之範囫係因2 0°C以下時必須花 較長時間去軟化粘著劑層•無法充分保持光觸媒粒子3, 另一方面若爲3 2 0 eC以上時,則粘著劑層會急速熔融, 光觸媒粒子會埋入粘著劑餍內,或發生凸凹面,甚至會產 生斷靥或針孔,所以最佳係4 0°C以上3 0 Ot以下· 又,光觸媒粒子3之比重爲《5 t ·轱著劑層6之比重 爲db時•以0客5t-5b彡3,較佳以0. 5彡5t 一5b客2. 0爲宜·此係因光觸媒粒子與粘著劑層間之 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 406031 A7 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項i寫本頁) 比重差太小時,熔融粘著剤層時•光觸媒粒子在粘著劑層 內之垂直方向移動速度會變慢•燒成後之光觸媒粒子極易 剝離•光觸媒粒子與粘著劑層之比重差太大時,會增加光 觸媒粒子之垂直方向移動速度光觸媒粒子會幾乎均埋入粘 著劑層中•又局部發生此狀況時則底部會滯留菌類,降低 抗菌性· 另外,此方法之另一應用方法若必須使δ t — Sb> 3. 0時,則粘著劑靥與光觸媒粒子間可以設置另一〇彡 <5t — 5bS3. 0之第二粘著剤層以期捕救* 又,5 t — 5b<0時可以在加热處理時加壓,即有 增加比重差5 t — 5b之效果•因此藉由HI ΡΛ理,熱 擠β班理,亦可得0彡— 5b彡3· 〇時之同樣效果 -24 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作杜印製 _____406031 b7五、發明説明(μ ) 〇 又,構成自粘著劑層6露出之部份的光觸媒粒子空隙 ’具體言第1 6圖(a )所示光觸媒粒子3 b之頸部,或 第1 6圖(b )所示光觸媒粒子3之間,爲使光觸媒粒子 互相結合,亦可填充較該空隙小粒徑之粒子4 ( S η, Ti 'An'Cu'Zn'Fe,Pt,CO,Pd, Ni等金屬或氧化物等)。 又,另一種製造本發明有關具有光觸媒功能之多功能 材料的方法,可以在陶瓷,樹脂或金屬製等基材1上,形 成熱塑性材料所成粘著劑層6 ,在此粘著劑層6上塗佈溶 膠狀態或以光質物之狀態混合之光觸媒粒子3與粒徑小之 粒子之混合物以形成光觸媒層2,然後軟化上述粘著劑層 6 ,將光觸媒層2之一部份下層埋入粘著劑層6,繼而固 化。 依此方法時極爲簡便,因可以預先以溶膠狀態或以先 質物之狀態混合埋入空隙之粒子4與光觸媒粒子之混合物 塗佈以形成光觸媒層,所以可以方便於控制光觸媒粒子3 與埋入空隙之粒子4間的混合比率。 另一種製造本發明具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的方 法,可以在熱塑性材料所成薄片材粘著劑層6上,塗佈以 溶膠或光質體狀態混合光觸媒粒子3與粒徑小之粒子4所 成混合物以形成光觸媒層2,將此形成光觸媒層之薄片狀 粘著劑層6載置或粘貼於陶瓷,樹脂或金屬製等基材上, 然後軟化上述粘著劑層,埋設光觸媒層之一部份下層於粘 本纸張尺度速用中國國家棣準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) I^i- I- I -I II n I I— 1^1 HI m -¾ 、-a (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -25 - 鯉濟部中央棣準局員工消費合作社印製 406031A7 B7 — _________ 五、發明説明(23 ) 著劑層,繼而予以固化。 又,另一種製造本發明有關具有光觸媒功能之多功能 材料的方法,可以在陶瓷,樹脂或金靥製等基材1上,形 成熱塑性材料所成粘著劑層6,繼而在此粘著劑層6上形 成光觸媒粒子3所成光觸媒層2,然後軟化上述粘著劑層 6 ,將光觸媒層2之一部份下層埋入粘著劑層6,繼而固 化,再塗佈含上述粒徑小粒子之溶液於光觸媒層,經由熱 處理以固定該粒徑小粒子4於光觸媒粒子。 埋入空隙之粒子若爲氧化物時,此方法係極方便易於 實施者,且在作成較多孔質之光觸媒層時可以使其大量附 著埋入空隙之粒子》 另一種製造本發明具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的方 法,可以在熱塑性材料所成薄片狀粘著劑層6上,形成光 觸媒粒子3所成光觸媒層2,繼而將此形成光觸媒層之薄 片狀粘著劑層6載置或粘貼於陶瓷,樹脂或金屬製等基材 1上,然後軟化上述粘著劑層,埋設光觸媒層之一部份下 層於粘著劑層,繼而予以固化,再塗佈含金靥粒子4之溶 液於光觸媒層,經由熱處理以固定上述粒徑小之粒子於光 觸媒粒子3。 又,另一種製造本發明有關具有光觸媒功能之多功能 材料的方法,可以在陶瓷,樹脂或金屬製等基材1上,形 成熱塑性材料所成粘著劑層6,在此粘著劑層6上以形成 光觸媒粒子3所成光觸媒層2,然後軟化上述粘著劑層6 ’將光觸媒層2之一部份下餍埋入粘著劑層,繼而固化粘 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榇準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) I- — I ...... ! S— - - - — 1^1 1 lie I · - - n *νβ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 406031 A7 B7 7.22 經濟部中央標隼局負工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明(24 ) 著劑層,再以含有小金屬粒子4之離子溶液塗佈於光觸媒 層,然後照射含紫外線在內之光線,還原金屬離子,以固 定光觸媒粒子。 此方法若埋入空隙之粒子爲金羼時,較簡便且易於實 施之方法,又,可以在極短時間(數分鐘)固定金靥。又 ,紫外線照射所用燈可爲紫外線燈,BLB燈,氙燈,水 銀燈,螢光燈之任一 * 另一種製造本發明具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的方 法,可以在熱塑性材料所成薄片材粘著劑層6上,形成光 觸媒粒子3所成光觸媒層2,將此形成光觸媒層之薄片狀 粘著劑層6載置或轱貼於陶瓷,樹脂或金屬製等基材上, 然後軟化上述粘著劑層,埋設光觸媒層之一部份下層於粘 著劑層,繼而固化粘著劑層,再以含有小金靥粒子4之離 子溶液塗佈於光觸媒層2,然後照射紫外線在內之光線, 還原金靥離子,以固定光觸媒粒子。 又,本發明具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的另一種製 造方法,可以陶瓷,樹脂或金屬等基材1上,形成熱塑性 材料所成粘著劑層6,耱而在此粘著劑層6上形成光觸媒 粒子3所成光觸媒層2,在此光觸媒層2上塗佈含上述粒 徑小金靥粒子4之離子溶液,然後照射含紫外線在內之光 線以還原金屬離子,固定化光觸媒粒子3 ,再使上述粘著 劑6軟化,使光觸媒層之一部份下層埋入粘著劑餍,繼而 固化粘著劑層。 依此方法時可以一次加熱處理步驟即可完成,提高生 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本纸浪尺度4用十國國家揉牟(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) -27 406(^1 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(25 ) 產效率。 又,本發明之具有光觸媒功能的多功能材料的另一種 製造方法,係在熱塑性材料所成薄片狀粘著劑層上形成光 觸媒粒子3所成光觸媒層2,在此光觸媒層2上塗佈粒徑 小之金屬粒子4的離子溶液,然後照射含紫外線在內之光 線以還原金屬離子,固定化光觸媒粒子3,再將形成光觸 媒層2之薄片狀粘著劑層載置或粘貼於陶瓷,樹脂或金屬 製等基材1上,然後軟化上述粘著劑層6,將光觸媒層2 之一部份下層埋入粘著劑層,繼而固化粘著劑層。 在此可用Ζ η 0做爲上述光觸媒粒子,此光觸媒粒子 之空隙所填充之金屬粒子4可爲銀或氧化銀。A g或氧化 銀粒子不但可以強化光觸媒之Ζ η 0粒子互相結合,還可 以增進Ζ η 0之光觸媒效果,其本身還具有抗菌,防臭效 果。又,選擇Ζ η 0爲光觸媒時,可以解決因銀離子而著 色之問題,配合選擇基材之底色,圖案或經組合以更提高 其裝飾效果》 另外,使含有可以與上述光觸媒粒子空隙所填充之金 屬離子形成爲不溶解性之無色或白色鹽之鹽類的溶液與光 觸媒層接觸,然後照射紫外線等光線亦可。 這時可以不依靠Ζ η 0與A g或A g 0之組合,亦可 以解決埋入空隙中粒子的著色問題,還可以選擇基材之底 色,圖案或二者之結合以提高其裝飾效果。 又,還可用T i 02爲上述光觸媒粒子3,軟化粘著 劑層6之熱處理溫度爲8 0 0 °C以上1 0 0 0 °C以下。採 本紙張尺度適用中國國家搮準(CNS〉A4規格(210X297公釐) —.1 1 I I II - - ml I — 1 - -I - -I- - ----- X» 0¾ 、-'·· (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -28 ~ 經濟部中央標準局貞工消費合作社印製 _4〇6〇31β7_五、發明説明(26 ) 用8 0 0 °C以上時,經由初期燒結可以在T i 02粒子間 生成頸部,可以提高T i 〇2粒子間的結合強度,但 1 ο 〇 o°c以上時則進行至中期燒結過程,由於τ i 〇2 之固相燒結而導致光觸媒層在體積上收縮,極易發生龜裂 〇 又,以T i 02爲上述光觸媒粒子,以a g做爲填充 於此光觸媒粒子空隙之粒子4,含有與此A g離子可形成 爲不溶解性之無色或白色之鹽的鹽類溶液亦可爲K I , KC$ ,F e Cj?3等鹵化物水溶液。Ag係與鹵化鹼之 間形成Ag I ,AgC$等不溶解性,且無色或白色之鹽 ,所以可配合基材之底色,圖案或組合其二者提高其裝飾 效果。 又’塗佈光觸媒粒子於粘著劑層上之步驟前,若欲具 備其分散步驟時,此分散步驟中可以分散成爲光觸媒粒子 之溶膠或先質體於溶液中之分散劑,最好使用比軟化粘著 劑層之熱處理溫度更低溫之下可被氣化者。 以往技術中,於3 2 0 °C以下不具充分之防臭性係 因爲分散步驟中附著於T i 〇2粒子表面之分散劑未被充 分氣化,不被蒸發而殘留下來,使T i 〇2粒子表面無法 充分露出於基材之最上層表面’導致無法充分發揮光觸媒 功能所致者。又,在低溫可以氣化之分散劑係以分子量在 1萬以下之有機分散劑,磷酸系分散劑爲宜。 以下舉具體實施例。 I--------•裝------訂------\ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梂準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐} -29 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作杜印製 A7 ^G6Q^1 b7 五、發明説明(27 ) 實施例1 在1 5 0四方形陶瓷磚基材表面,藉由噴塗方法形成 s i 〇2—Αβ2〇3— Na/K20玻料所成粘結劑層,經 乾燥後,藉噴塗法塗佈1 5%之丁 i 〇 2溶膠水溶液,形 成膜厚0. 8#m之Ti02層,繼而於滾動式窯中每〜 實施例以不同氣氛溫度加熱燒成經層合粘結劑層與 T i 〇 2層所成的基材後,冷卻固化得多功能材料。 在此所稱之T i 02溶膠水溶液係指在熱壓器中於 1 0 0〜2 0 0°C範圍之水熱條件下水解T i C ί得到微 晶徑0. 007〜0. 2;/m在左右之銳鈦礦丁 i02, 使此礦爲溶膠狀態分散數%〜數十%於硝酸,鹽酸等酸性 水溶液或氨等鹸性水溶液中,並爲提高分散性添加0. 5 %以下範圍之三乙胺及三羥甲胺之有機酸鹽,異戊甲·醇, 三羥甲基丙烷等做爲表面處理劑者。又,T i 02溶膠之 粒徑係藉由S EM觀察之畫傢處理,結晶粒徑係自粉末X 線繞射之積分寬計算而得。 又,塗佈方法係施予噴塗之方法,惟浸漬塗佈法,旋 轉塗佈法亦可以得同樣之結果。 針對所對多功能材料評估抗菌性及耐摩損性〃 抗囷性係試驗對大腸菌(Escherichia Coli W3110株 )之殺菌效果。預先以7 0%乙醇殺菌過之多功能材料最 上層表面滴下菌液〇. 15mj?(l〜5xl04CFU ),載置玻璃板(10x10cm)使其緊貼基材之最上 層表面’做爲試料。照射3 0分鐘白色燈(3 5 0 0燭光 本紙張尺度適用中國國豕橾準(CNS > A4規格(210X297公釐) ----------裝------訂------Μ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本耳) 30 _ A7 ___406031 b7 五、發明説明(28 ) )後’以殺菌過紗布擦拭照射之試料與遮光條件下所保持 之試料上菌液,回收於1 〇m{生理食鹽水中,求得菌生 9 存,率,做爲評估指標。 耐摩損性係使用塑膠擦拭橡膠予以滑動摩損,比較其 外觀進行評估。 以下表1中表示以陶瓷磚做爲基材,使用S i 02_ A 5 203 - N a / K20玻料做爲粘結劑時改變燒結溫度 引起之抗菌性耐摩損性上之變化。 表1 基材=磁蜱,粘結劑=S i 02— Α$203— Na/ ~ K 2 0玻料 光觸媒=T i 0 2 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shelley Consumer Cooperative, V. Description of the Invention (15) In addition, the photocatalyst particles 3 are semiconductor particles with a light band gap that can fully exert antibacterial functions and deodorizing functions. . The reason why photocatalyst particles have antibacterial properties is that they may be electrocuted by voltages higher than those specified by the Inca, but it is generally assumed that they have active oxygen generation when they are irradiated with light. To generate active oxygen, one of the conduction bands of the semiconductor must be above the hydrogen generation site when expressed in the optical band mode, and the upper end of the atomic valence electron band is below the oxygen generation potential. Semiconductors that can meet this condition are T i 02, S rTi 03, Y11, 51 (:, Gallium Phosphide * 0 (15, 0 < 156, MO S 3, etc.) The position will move upwards, so if it is 1 ~ 1nm fine particles, Sn02, W03, Fe203, B i20 3, etc. can also generate active oxygen. Among them, it is chemically stable, cheap and highly active fine particles, namely anatase. The type T i 0 2 is the best. In addition, the electron trapping particles refer to the photocatalyst being irradiated with light and generating electrons and positron holes (positive holes), which can trap electrons and prevent recombination of electrons and positron holes. Specifically, it can be silver, copper, platinum, palladium, nickel, cobalt, iron, cuprous oxide, etc. The adhesive layer 6 is made of a thermoplastic material such as glaze, inorganic glass, thermoplastic resin, solder, etc. When the adhesive layer is composed of such thermoplastic materials, a photocatalyst can be applied to the adhesive layer at room temperature by a simple and inexpensive spraying method, etc., and only the heat treatment is needed to firmly make the substrate 1, The combination of the adhesive layer 6 and the photocatalyst layer 2 is beneficial Reduce manufacturing cost. The size of wood paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) 8-4 specification (210X297 mm) ---------- ¾ ------ ir ------ A (Please (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) -18-Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 406031 V. Invention Description (16) In addition, the present invention relates to multifunctional materials with photocatalyst function, which can be used in thermoplastic materials. The photocatalyst layer formed by laminating or burying a part of the photocatalyst particles on the formed sheet-shaped adhesive layer. The above-mentioned sheet-shaped multifunctional material can be pasted onto existing tiles, bathroom ceramics, building materials, etc., and heated It is also possible to add deodorant, antifouling, antibacterial, and antifungal properties to the existing tiles. The average particle diameter of the photocatalyst particles 3 constituting the photocatalyst layer 2 is to increase its specific surface area and increase its photocatalyst. The activity is preferably 0.3 Wm or less. The thickness of the photocatalyst layer 2 is preferably from 0.1 to 0.9 vm. When 0.1 #m or less, the photocatalyst particles are partially buried in the adhesive layer 6 Inside, the surface of multifunctional materials will generate Part of the fungus stays in this part, reducing its antibacterial properties. Moreover, when it is 0.9 or more, the thickness will become uneven, and it will be difficult to remove dirt when stains are attached to the product. The thickness of the photocatalyst layer is referred to here Refers to the part that includes the upper surface of the photocatalyst film and is buried in the lower glazed layer. Specifically, elemental analysis such as E PMA (electron line analyzer) is applied to obtain the value of the main component elements that constitute the glazed layer. Increase, the distance from the uppermost layer to the outermost surface of a certain part is measured. Also, the effect of changing the thickness of the photocatalyst layer 2 can be obtained, that is, the thickness is 0.2 # m ≧ 0. Below 4 # m, rainbow-colored patterns can be caused by the interference of light on the thick part of the photocatalyst layer, and only when the base color of the substrate on the appearance, the pattern or a combination of the two are formed, can be removed 0. Ivin ~ (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) except for the part affected by light interference above. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) __ ^ --- --------_ 5. Description of the invention (π) 0.2iim, or 0.4 # m ~ ljwm of the photocatalyst / thick film thickness section, which can be widely used in this method for tiles, washstands, baths, toilets, fluidizers, conditioning tables, etc. (Please (Read the precautions on the back before filling in this page.) When only photocatalyst particles 3 are combined with each other, you can only rely on the mutual potential energy (adsorption) or sintering between the photocatalyst particles. However, when photocatalyst particles are to be sintered with each other, they must be sintered at a relatively high temperature. On the other hand, when they are adsorbed, the specific surface area of the photocatalyst particles must be increased to a considerable level, and their filling properties need to be improved. Otherwise, they cannot be fully combined. The active point of the particle adsorbs part of the particle, and the method is limited when it is a multifunctional material with sufficient catalytic activity and abrasion resistance. * In addition, in order to strengthen the combination of the photocatalyst particles 3, particles with a larger gap than the photocatalyst particles 3 are used. At the same time, not only can't get sufficient binding force, but also cover-part of the photocatalyst particles exposed on the surface of the multifunctional material, and the part on the surface of the multifunctional material that cannot exert the catalytic activity is formed, so that the fungus stays in that part. Significantly reduces antibacterial properties. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs In addition, the gaps between the photocatalyst particles referred to herein are the necks of the photocatalyst particles 3 and 3 as shown in Fig. 16 (a), as shown in Fig. 16 (b The space between the photocatalyst particles 3 and 3 shown in) is both. Therefore, the particle 4 with a smaller particle size than the photocatalyst particle is referred to as the particle whose diameter is smaller than the neck between the photocatalyst particles and any larger part of the gap between the photocatalyst particles. When the photocatalyst particles are combined with each other, the 16th (b) system is the most effective method. The small particles 4 systems that are filled in the voids of the photocatalyst particles 3 are basically not made of materials, but the ones with the best adsorption power are best. Material with extremely poor capacity The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm): -20-Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs __〇31 g_V. Description of the invention (18 ) Can not achieve the purpose of combining photocatalyst particles with each other, and materials with too strong adsorption capacity will cover the surface activity of photocatalyst particles before they are inserted into the gap. From this point of view, the material to be filled in the gaps of the photocatalyst particles is preferably a metal such as tin, titanium, silver, copper, zinc, iron, platinum, cobalt, palladium, nickel, or an oxide thereof. Zeolite, activated carbon, clay, etc., which have been conventionally used as adsorption carriers are not suitable. Of the above metals or oxides, thorium oxide is most suitable for those with moderate adsorption capacity. In addition, metals such as silver and copper or their oxides can not only combine photocatalyst particles with each other, but also have unique antibacterial and deodorizing properties. Therefore, for applications that make use of this function, they also have auxiliary photocatalysts especially when not exposed to light. Function, so very suitable. That is, the small particles 4 filled in the gaps of the photocatalyst particles 3 can also use the metal particles 5 »In addition, the average particle diameter of the particles 4 filled in the gaps of the photocatalyst particles 3 is 4/5 or less on average An average particle diameter of 3 is preferred. The particles 4 embedded in the voids of the photocatalyst particles 3 will not only enter the gaps between the photocatalyst particles but also adhere to the photocatalyst particles if the current manufacturing method is adopted. If the diameter of the particles buried in the voids is greater than 4/5, the photocatalyst particles At the average particle size, the probability of adhering to the surface of the photocatalyst particles is higher than that of the voids embedded in the photocatalyst particles, and the bonding strength between the photocatalyst particles 3 is reduced. In addition, when the particles buried in the gap are larger than the photocatalyst particles, a part of the photocatalyst particles will be covered. The surface of the multifunctional material will generate a part that cannot exhibit the catalytic activity, and the fungus will be retained in this part, especially Significantly reduces antibacterial properties. In addition, the average particle size of the paper filled in the voids of the photocatalyst particles 3 is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) ~ " ~~ '-21-(Please read the cry on the back first Please fill in this matter 萸) 8a Amendment A7 B7 .4QM31 Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of Invention (19) When the diameter is less than 0 1 / im, the specific surface area can be increased to obtain a moderate Adsorption force • So it ’s most suitable. Also • For the total amount of photocatalyst particles 3 and filler particles 4, the amount of particles 4 filled in the voids of the photocatalyst particles 3 is based on a Mohr ratio of 10% to 60. % Is suitable. • Photocatalyst particles do not produce sintering at a temperature range. When the photocatalyst is fixed on the substrate with an adhesive, too few particles are buried in the air. • The photocatalyst particles cannot be firmly fixed. In combination with * on the other hand, if too many particles are buried and emptied, a part on the surface of the multifunctional substrate that cannot exhibit the catalytic activity will be generated, and the bacteria will be retained in this part, which will significantly reduce the antibacterial property. Fan Ye is suitable Medium particle 3 void particle 4 substance, it is best to choose the vapor pressure of the substance which is more than that of the photocatalyst particle * It is most suitable to aggregate the particles filled in the gap of the photocatalyst particle at the neck between the photocatalyst particles. Ground bonding to improve the peeling strength of photocatalyst 靥 Not only filling, but also by sintering method is better. • When the substance with high vapor pressure is selected as the particle 4 embedded in the void, it can be sintered. Auxiliary effects can also reduce the sintering temperature. The above-mentioned substances with vapor pressure include tin oxide, bismuth gas, zinc oxide, etc. However, for safety reasons, tin oxide is suitable. Also, the photocatalyst particles 3 are removed. The layer of the filled particles 4 preferably has a thickness of more than 0.1 / im, and if the thickness of the layer is less than 0.1 / im, the photocatalyst particles (and sometimes due to differences in manufacturing methods are buried Particles) will be partially buried in the adhesive layer 6, and the Chinese paper standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 mm)) will be applied on the surface of the multifunctional material to the paper size. -22 ·! 1 —-(Please read first Note on the back of this page) i) Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy / 7 >). 〇_X 406031 —4... Β · ι-Μ ^ 5. Description of the invention (2〇 ) Into the part that can not exert the catalytic activity, this part will leave fungi in it, which will significantly reduce the antibacterial property. * The thickness of the layer including the particles filled with the voids containing the photocatalyst particles refers to the top surface to the embedment. In terms of the thickness up to the lower part of the adhesive, the thickness after the unevenness is averaged. Fig. 15 illustrates an example of a method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 15 (a), a substrate 1 is prepared. As shown in FIG. 15 (b), an adhesive layer 6 and an adhesive layer 6 are formed on the surface of the substrate 1. The softening temperature is selected to be higher than that of the substrate 1. Made of a material with a low softening temperature • For example, when the substrate 1 is a ceramic tile • Enamel or ceramic, the adhesive layer 6 is a glaze layer or a printed layer is used directly * Then as shown in the figure (c), Photocatalyst layer 2 made of photocatalyst particles such as T i 0 particles is formed on layer 6. At this time, photocatalyst layer 2 is When the adhesive force does not fall off from the adhesive layer 6 at the time, it is placed on it or before the adhesive 餍 6 is formed on the surface of the substrate 1 • The photocatalyst layer 2 is formed as shown by a circle (b >) On the adhesive layer 6 · Place the adhesive layer 6 on the substrate 1 · Then, it is higher than the softening temperature of the adhesive layer by 20 ° C or higher and 3 2 OeC or lower, and is higher than that of the substrate 1 Atmosphere temperature heating treatment with a low softening temperature *, as shown in this (d) or the 9th to 14th circles, a part of the layer below the edge of the adhesive layer in the photocatalyst layer 2 can be immersed in adhesion The adhesive layer solidifies the adhesive layer, and a part of it is buried in the adhesive layer, and it is firmly held in it. • Photocatalyst particles 3 which constitute the surface layer of the photocatalyst layer 2 that is exposed to outside air. Potential energy, intermolecular force, or sintering, such as n I 1 ϋ ϋ I n III · n · ϋ n · I n * 1 1 · 1 · n I (Please read the note on the back 3 '·; (Buy) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 public love) -23--η; ν ΰ. 4 # 一-一一 一 ~ ^ Β7 V. Description of the invention (21) 1 6 Figure (a) —like One part is combined, the other parts are as shown in Fig. 16 (b) —these are detached, that is, the surface of the photocatalyst particles in the table is essentially outside. Here, the heat treatment temperature is made higher than the adhesive layer 6 The softening temperature is higher than 20 ° C and higher than 3 2 0 ° (: The range below is because it takes a long time to soften the adhesive layer when the temperature is lower than 20 ° C. • The photocatalyst particles 3 cannot be fully maintained. When the temperature is above 3 2 0 eC, the adhesive layer will melt rapidly, the photocatalyst particles will be buried in the adhesive, or the concave and convex surface will occur, and even cracks or pinholes will occur. Therefore, the optimal temperature is 40 ° C. Above 3 0 Ot or less. Also, the specific gravity of the photocatalyst particle 3 is "5 t. When the specific gravity of the adhesive layer 6 is db. 0 to 5 t-5b 彡 3, preferably 0. 5 彡 5t-5b guest 2 0 is better. This is because the photocatalyst particles and the adhesive layer between the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Intellectual Property Bureau of Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives printed 406031 A7 (please read the precautions on the back first to write this page). The specific gravity difference is too small, the melt adhesion During lamination • The vertical movement speed of the photocatalyst particles in the adhesive layer becomes slower. • The photocatalyst particles are easily peeled after firing. When the specific gravity difference between the photocatalyst particles and the adhesive layer is too large, the vertical movement speed of the photocatalyst particles will be increased. The photocatalyst particles will be almost buried in the adhesive layer. When this happens locally, the bottom will retain bacteria, reducing antibacterial activity. In addition, if another application of this method is to make δ t — Sb> 3. 0, a second adhesive of 彡 彡 5t — 5bS3.0 can be set between the adhesive 靥 and the photocatalyst particles. The landing layer is intended to rescue * Also, when 5 t — 5b < 0 can be pressurized during heat treatment, it has the effect of increasing the specific gravity difference by 5 t — 5b • Therefore, by HI PlΛ, hot extrusion β class, also 0 彡 —5b 彡 3 · 〇 The same effect at -24-This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) Printed by the shellfish consumer cooperation of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs _____406031 b7 V. Description of the invention (μ) 〇 In addition, the photocatalyst particle voids constituting the exposed portion of the self-adhesive layer 6 are specifically the neck portion of the photocatalyst particle 3 b shown in FIG. 16 (a), or the first 16 The photocatalyst particles 3 shown in FIG. Binding, the particles may fill the voids smaller than the particle size of 4 (S η, like Ti 'An'Cu'Zn'Fe, Pt, CO, Pd, Ni or a metal oxide). In addition, another method for manufacturing the multifunctional material with photocatalyst function of the present invention can form an adhesive layer 6 made of a thermoplastic material on a substrate 1 made of ceramic, resin, or metal, and the adhesive layer 6 A mixture of photocatalyst particles 3 and particles with a small particle size mixed with a sol state or in a light state is formed to form a photocatalyst layer 2, and then the adhesive layer 6 is softened, and a part of the lower part of the photocatalyst layer 2 is buried. The adhesive layer 6 is then cured. This method is extremely simple, because the mixture of the particles 4 embedded in the voids and the photocatalyst particles can be mixed in advance in a sol state or in the state of a precursor to form a photocatalyst layer, so it is convenient to control the photocatalyst particles 3 and the embedded voids. The mixing ratio between particles 4. Another method for manufacturing the multifunctional material with photocatalyst function of the present invention is to coat the thin film adhesive layer 6 made of a thermoplastic material with a mixture of photocatalyst particles 3 and particles 4 with a small particle size in a sol or photoplasma state. The resulting mixture is used to form a photocatalyst layer 2. The sheet-shaped adhesive layer 6 forming the photocatalyst layer is placed on or adhered to a substrate such as ceramic, resin, or metal, and then the adhesive layer is softened and the photocatalyst layer is buried. A part of the lower layer is adhered to the standard of the adhesive paper. China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) I ^ i- I- I -I II n II— 1 ^ 1 HI m -¾, -a ( Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) -25-Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China 406031A7 B7 — _________ V. Description of Invention (23) The adhesive layer is then cured. In addition, another method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with photocatalyst function according to the present invention can form an adhesive layer 6 made of a thermoplastic material on a substrate 1 made of ceramic, resin, or metal, and then use the adhesive here. A photocatalyst layer 2 made of photocatalyst particles 3 is formed on the layer 6, and then the adhesive layer 6 is softened. A part of the lower part of the photocatalyst layer 2 is buried in the adhesive layer 6, and then cured, and then coated with a small particle size. The solution of the particles is in the photocatalyst layer, and the small particles 4 with a small particle size are fixed to the photocatalyst particles by heat treatment. If the particles embedded in the void are oxides, this method is extremely convenient and easy to implement, and can make a large number of particles embedded in the void when making a more porous photocatalyst layer. The multifunctional material method can form a photocatalyst layer 2 made of photocatalyst particles 3 on a sheet-shaped adhesive layer 6 made of a thermoplastic material, and then place or stick the sheet-shaped adhesive layer 6 formed of a photocatalyst layer on Ceramic, resin or metal, etc., then soften the adhesive layer, bury a part of the photocatalyst layer underneath the adhesive layer, and then solidify, and then apply the solution containing gold rhenium particles 4 to the photocatalyst The layer is fixed to the photocatalyst particles 3 through heat treatment to fix the particles having a small particle size. In addition, another method for manufacturing the multifunctional material with photocatalyst function of the present invention can form an adhesive layer 6 made of a thermoplastic material on a substrate 1 made of ceramic, resin, or metal, and the adhesive layer 6 The photocatalyst layer 2 is formed by forming photocatalyst particles 3, and then the above-mentioned adhesive layer 6 is softened. A part of the photocatalyst layer 2 is buried in the adhesive layer, and then the adhesive paper is cured. CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) I- — I ......! S—---— 1 ^ 1 1 lie I ·--n * νβ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page ) 406031 A7 B7 7.22 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (24) The coating layer is coated with an ionic solution containing small metal particles 4 on the photocatalyst layer and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays The light reduces metal ions to fix the photocatalyst particles. This method is simple and easy to implement if the particles buried in the void are gold tincture, and gold tincture can be fixed in a very short time (a few minutes). In addition, the lamp used for ultraviolet irradiation may be any one of an ultraviolet lamp, a BLB lamp, a xenon lamp, a mercury lamp, and a fluorescent lamp. * Another method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function according to the present invention can be adhered to a sheet made of a thermoplastic material. On the agent layer 6, a photocatalyst layer 2 formed of photocatalyst particles 3 is formed, and the sheet-shaped adhesive layer 6 forming the photocatalyst layer is placed or pasted on a substrate such as ceramic, resin, or metal, and then the adhesion is softened. A part of the photocatalyst layer is buried under the adhesive layer, and then the adhesive layer is cured, and then the photocatalyst layer 2 is coated with an ionic solution containing small gold tincture particles 4 and then irradiated with light including ultraviolet rays to reduce Gold ions to fix photocatalyst particles. In addition, in another method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with photocatalyst function according to the present invention, an adhesive layer 6 made of a thermoplastic material can be formed on a substrate 1 such as ceramic, resin, or metal, and the adhesive layer 6 can be formed on the adhesive layer 6. A photocatalyst layer 2 formed of photocatalyst particles 3 is formed, and an ionic solution containing the above-mentioned small-sized gold tincture particles 4 is coated on the photocatalyst layer 2 and then irradiated with light including ultraviolet rays to reduce metal ions, and the photocatalyst particles 3 are immobilized, and then The adhesive 6 is softened, a part of the lower part of the photocatalyst layer is buried in the adhesive 餍, and then the adhesive layer is cured. In this way, it can be completed in one heating process step (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). This paper scale 4 uses the ten countries and countries (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm)- 27 406 (^ 1 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Procurement Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Production Description (25) Productivity. In addition, another manufacturing method of the multifunctional material with photocatalyst function of the present invention is made of thermoplastic materials. A photocatalyst layer 2 made of photocatalyst particles 3 is formed on the sheet-shaped adhesive layer. An ionic solution of metal particles 4 having a small particle diameter is coated on the photocatalyst layer 2 and then the light including ultraviolet rays is irradiated to reduce metal ions and fixed. The photocatalyst particles 3 are melted, and the thin-film adhesive layer forming the photocatalyst layer 2 is placed on or adhered to a substrate 1 made of ceramic, resin, or metal, and then the adhesive layer 6 is softened to form one of the photocatalyst layers 2 A part of the lower layer is buried in the adhesive layer, and then the adhesive layer is cured. Here, Zn0 can be used as the photocatalyst particles, and the metal particles 4 filled in the spaces of the photocatalyst particles can be silver or silver oxide. A The g or silver oxide particles can not only strengthen the combination of Zn η 0 particles of the photocatalyst, but also enhance the photocatalytic effect of Zn η 0. It also has antibacterial and deodorizing effects. In addition, when Zn η 0 is selected as the photocatalyst, it can solve the problem of silver. The problem of coloring with ions is based on the choice of the base color, pattern or combination of the substrate to improve its decorative effect. In addition, the metal ions that can be filled with the photocatalyst particle voids are formed into insoluble colorless or white salts. It is also possible for the salt solution to be in contact with the photocatalyst layer and then irradiate light such as ultraviolet rays. At this time, it is not necessary to rely on the combination of Z η 0 and A g or A g 0, and it can also solve the problem of the coloration of the particles buried in the gap. The base color, pattern, or a combination of the two can be used to enhance the decorative effect. In addition, T i 02 can also be used as the photocatalyst particles 3 described above, and the heat treatment temperature of the softened adhesive layer 6 is above 80 ° C above 100 °. Below 0 ° C. This paper size applies to China's national standard (CNS> A4 size (210X297 mm) —. 1 1 II II--ml I — 1--I--I------- X »0¾, -'... (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) -28 ~ Printed by Zhengong Consumer Cooperative, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs_4〇06〇31β7_ V. Description of the invention (26) When the temperature is above 80 ° C, After initial sintering, necks can be formed between T i 02 particles, which can increase the bonding strength between T i 〇2 particles. However, when the temperature is above 1 ο 〇o ° C, the intermediate sintering process is performed. Due to the solid phase of τ i 〇2 The photocatalyst layer shrinks in volume due to sintering, and it is easy to crack. T i 02 is the photocatalyst particle described above, and ag is the particle 4 that fills the gap of the photocatalyst particle. Salt solutions of insoluble colorless or white salts can also be aqueous halides such as KI, KC $, and FeCj? 3. Ag is insoluble with Ag I and AgC $, and is colorless or white salt, so it can be matched with the base color, pattern or combination of the substrate to improve its decorative effect. Before the step of coating the photocatalyst particles on the adhesive layer, if it is desired to have a dispersing step, in this dispersing step, a sol or a precursor of the photocatalyst particles can be dispersed in the solution. The heat treatment temperature of the softened adhesive layer can be gasified at a lower temperature. In the prior art, the insufficient deodorizing property below 320 ° C is because the dispersant adhered to the surface of T i 〇2 particles in the dispersing step is not sufficiently vaporized, and remains without being evaporated, so that T i 〇 2 The particle surface cannot be sufficiently exposed on the uppermost surface of the substrate, which results in the failure to fully exert the photocatalytic function. Further, as the dispersant capable of being vaporized at a low temperature, an organic dispersant having a molecular weight of 10,000 or less, and a phosphoric acid-based dispersant is preferred. Specific examples are given below. I -------- • Install ------ Order ------ \ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210X297mm) -29-Consumption cooperation by employees of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed A7 ^ G6Q ^ 1 b7 V. Description of the invention (27) Example 1 On the surface of a 1 500 square ceramic tile substrate, 8 # Spraying method to form an adhesive layer made of si 〇2—Αβ2〇3—Na / K20 glass material, after drying, apply a 15% solution of butyl i 〇2 sol aqueous solution by spraying to form a film thickness of 0.8 # The Ti02 layer of m is then heated and fired at a different atmosphere temperature in a rolling kiln to produce a substrate formed by laminating an adhesive layer and a Ti02 layer, and then cooled and solidified as a functional material. 007〜0. 2; / This is called the T i 02 sol aqueous solution means hydrolyzing T i C ί under hydrothermal conditions in a range of 1 0 ~ 2 0 0 ° C in a hot press to obtain a crystallite diameter of 007 ~ 0. 2; / 5% 的 范围 The m anatase d i02 on the left and right, disperse this ore in a sol state by several% to tens% in an acidic aqueous solution such as nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, or an alkaline aqueous solution such as ammonia, and add 0.5% or less to improve dispersibility. Three Organic surface salts of ethylamine and trimethylolamine, isoamyl alcohol, trimethylolpropane, etc. are used as surface treatment agents. In addition, the particle size of T i 02 sol is treated by a painter observed by S EM The crystal grain size is calculated from the integral width of powder X-ray diffraction. In addition, the coating method is a spray coating method, but the same results can be obtained by the dip coating method and the spin coating method. Multifunctional material evaluates antibacterial and abrasion resistance〃 The antimicrobial effect of the antimicrobial agent test on E. coli (Escherichia Coli W3110 strain). The bacterial solution was dripped on the top surface of the multifunctional material which had been sterilized with 70% ethanol in advance. 0.15mj? (l ~ 5xl04CFU), a glass plate (10x10cm) is placed so that it is close to the top surface of the substrate as a sample. Irradiate a white light for 30 minutes (3500 candles). CNS > A4 specification (210X297mm) ---------- installation ------ order ------ M (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this ear) 30 _ A7 ___406031 b7 V. Description of the invention (28)) After wiping the irradiated sample with sterilized gauze and the sample kept under shading conditions The bacterial solution was recovered in 10m {physiological saline, and the bacterial growth rate was 9%, which was used as the evaluation index. The abrasion resistance was evaluated by sliding frictional damage using a plastic wiping rubber, and its appearance was evaluated. Table 1 below The change in antibacterial abrasion resistance caused by changing the sintering temperature when ceramic tiles are used as the substrate and S i 02_ A 5 203-Na / K20 glass is used as a binder. Table 1 Substrate = Magnetic Tick, Binder = S i 02— Α $ 203— Na / ~ K 2 0 Glass Photocatalyst = T i 0 2 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

No. 1 2 3 4 5 燒成溫度(°C ) 700 780 880 980 1000 與軟化溫度之 20 100 200 300 320 差rc ) 抗菌性 + + + + + + + + - - 耐摩損性 Δ 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) + + +:大腸菌之生存率10%以下 + + :大腸菌之生存率10¾以上30%以下 + :大腸菌之生存率30%以上70%以下 本紙張尺度適Λ中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -31 - 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消费合作社印製 406031 A7 __________ B7五、發明説明(29 ) -:大腸菌之生存率70%以上 ◎:經40次來回摩損未起 〇:經10-40次滑動開始有損傷,光觸媒層(1^〇2膜)剝離 △:經5-1Q次滑動開始損傷,光觸媒層(Ti〇2膜)剝離 X :經5次以下之滑動即見損傷,光觸媒層(Ti〇2膜)剝離 在此做爲粘結劑使用之S i 〇2 - Αί203 - Na/ κ20玻料的比重係2 . 4,塗佈時之膜厚爲2 0 0 /zm ’軟化溫度係6 8 0 °C »又,表1中所得T i ◦ 2係N 0 • 1〜3爲銳鈦礦型,比重係3. 9 N 0 . 4 . 5係金 紅石型,比重係4 . 2 » 表1中NO.1之燒成溫度僅較粘結劑軟化溫度高 2 0 °C,粘結劑之粘性無法充分降低,所以構成光觸媒層 最下層之銳鈦礦型T i 02無法充分埋入粘結劑層中,爲 此在耐摩損試驗中只滑動5〜1 0次即受損傷被剝離。又 ,抗菌性則因使用光觸媒活性優之銳鈦礦,以及3 0 0 °C 以上時以TG - DTA觀察T i 02溶膠之有機成份已幾 乎均分解,氣化,附著T i 02表面之表面處理劑等分散 劑應已氣化,而且燒成溫度又爲7 0 0 °C,所以相當高之 處理溫度而得十+之優異數值β NO. 3〜5係燒成溫度爲800°C以上1000 °C 以下,耐久性上言,均可以耐4 0次以上來回滑動試驗不 起變化成極優異者。其原因應爲表面之T i 02粒子在初 期燒成後生成頸部。又,以1 1 0 〇°C處理時’冷卻固化 本紙張又度適用中國國家標準(CNS〉A4規格(210X297公釐) ' -32 - ----------¾.------,玎------,Α· (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 __4JD6Q31 67 _ 五、發明説明(30 ) 後自滾動式菖取出發現多功能材料面上的T i 〇2層已發 生龜裂,此由TMA測定T i 02試片時判斷,獲知係 T i 02粒子化顯著之體積收縮的中期燒結發生者。 NO. 4,NO. 5之抗菌性均較差,可以猜測出二 種原因,其一係T i 02粒子已相轉移爲金紅石型,另一 應爲燒成溫度較粘結劑軟化溫度高出3 0 0°C,粘結劑之 粘性變成太低,構成光觸媒層之T i 0 2粒子被埋入粘結 劑層中所致。在此T i 0 2粒子相轉移爲金紅石型並非爲 其原因。蓋金紅石型T i 02雖較銳鈦礦型T i 02稍差, 但仍具有若干光觸媒活性。例如直接噴塗T i 〇2溶膠於 多孔質氧化鋁基材,於9 5 0 °C燒成後經冷卻固化之試料 仍具+抗菌性。所以由此可知燒成溫度爲高於粘結劑之軟 化溫度3 0 0 °C,粘結劑之粘性太低,構成光觸媒層之 T i 02粒子被埋入粘結劑層中,應亦爲其一原因。 又,以E PMA等元素分析試料截面方向之τ i及 Si (粘著劑主成份)時可以看到Ti與Si混合層,確 認光觸媒粒子之T i 02已被埋入其中。 由以上實施例1,即,至少光觸媒爲T i 〇2,粘結 劑層爲S i 02_Aj?2〇3— Na/K2〇玻料時可確認以 下事實。 ①燒成溫度較粘結劑之軟化溫度高出2 〇°c,超過 3 0 0 °C之高溫度條件製造多功能材料時,抗菌性及耐摩 損性均隹。其原因係在該溫度中粘結劑之粘性已被調節胃 適於粘結劑層中埋入T i 02之數值所致。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家棵準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) '~~ ------ H-I^i m m ? - --- In 11 <^民 I— I I Ϊ. - - I -- I -i- 丁 In n n n --.___ ^ (锖先閱讀背面之注意事項存填寫本頁) . A7 —--By_ 五、發明説明(31 ) ②①所製作之多功能材料係被確認τ i ο2粒子已埋 入粘著劑層。 ③燒成溫度爲8 0 0°C以上1 〇 〇 〇°c以下時,經 4 0次以上滑動試驗’其耐摩損性均未起變化,成耐摩損 性極優者,根據推測應爲T i 〇2粒子間生成頸部,而得 以堅牢地結合。 實施例2 在1 0〇x 100x5之礬土基材(氧化鋁密度9 6 %)表面,藉由噴塗法形成S i 02 — Aj?203-PbO 玻料所成粘結劑層,經乾燥後,藉噴塗法塗佈1 5 %之 Ti02溶膠水溶液,形成膜厚0. 8#m之Ti02層, 繼而於滾動式窯中每一實施例以不同氣氛溫度加熱燒成經 層合粘結劑層與T i 0 2層所成的基材後,冷卻固化得多 功能材料。 以下在表2中表示以礬土爲基材,使用s i 〇2 — A j?203 — P b 0玻料做爲粘結劑,在改變燒成溫度時引 起之抗菌性,耐摩損性變化。 H— ί I- I tn - - n I ii (^1^1 ^^^1 \9J (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消费合作社印製No. 1 2 3 4 5 firing temperature (° C) 700 780 880 980 1000 and softening temperature 20 100 200 300 320 difference rc) antibacterial + + + + + + + +---abrasion resistance Δ ○ ◎ ◎ ◎ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) + + +: Coliform survival rate is below 10% + +: Coliform survival rate is from 10 ¾ to 30% +: Coliform survival rate is from 30% to 70% Paper size is compliant with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -31-Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 406031 A7 __________ B7 V. Description of the Invention (29)-: The survival rate of coliform % Or more ◎: The wear and tear did not start after 40 times. 0: The damage started after 10-40 slides, and the photocatalyst layer (1 ^ 〇2 film) was peeled. △: The damage started after 5-1Q slides. Film) Peel X: The damage is seen after 5 or less slides, and the photocatalyst layer (Ti〇2 film) is peeled. The specific gravity of S i 〇2-Αί203-Na / κ20 glass used as a binder is 2. 4. The film thickness during coating is 2 0 0 / zm 'Softening temperature is 6 8 0 ° C »Also, T i obtained in Table 1 2 2 N 0 • 1 ~ 3 is anatase type, the specific gravity is 3. 9 N 0. 4. 5 is the rutile type, and the specific gravity is 4. 2 »The firing temperature of NO.1 in Table 1 is only higher than the softening temperature of the binder 2 At 0 ° C, the viscosity of the adhesive cannot be sufficiently reduced, so the anatase T i 02 constituting the bottom layer of the photocatalyst layer cannot be fully embedded in the adhesive layer. Therefore, it only slides 5 to 10 in the abrasion resistance test. Once damaged, it was peeled. In addition, the antibacterial properties are due to the use of anatase with excellent photocatalytic activity and the observation of TG-DTA above 300 ° C. The organic components of Ti 02 sol have almost all decomposed, vaporized, and adhered to the surface of Ti 02 surface. Dispersants such as treatment agents should have been vaporized, and the firing temperature is 7 0 ° C, so a very high processing temperature gives an excellent value of ten + β NO. 3 ~ 5 series firing temperature is 800 ° C or more In terms of durability below 1000 ° C, it can withstand 40 times of back and forth sliding test without changing into extremely excellent ones. The reason is that the surface T i 02 particles form the neck after initial firing. In addition, when treated at 1 100 ° C, 'the paper is cooled and solidified to the Chinese national standard (CNS> A4 specification (210X297 mm)' -32----------- ¾ .-- ----, 玎 ------, Α (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 __4JD6Q31 67 _ V. After the description of the invention (30) The T i 〇2 layer on the surface of the multifunctional material was found to have cracked since it was taken out from the rolling mill. This was judged by TMA when measuring the T i 02 test piece. The antibacterial properties of NO. 4, NO. 5 are poor. Two reasons can be guessed. One is that the T i 02 particles have phase-shifted to the rutile type. The other should be that the firing temperature is higher than the softening temperature of the binder. At 300 ° C, the viscosity of the binder becomes too low, and the T i 0 2 particles constituting the photocatalyst layer are buried in the binder layer. The phase transition of the T i 0 2 particles to the rutile type is not For this reason, although the rutile T i 02 is slightly inferior to the anatase T i 02, it still has some photocatalytic activity. For example, directly spray T i 〇2 sol on porous oxygen The aluminum substrate, after being fired at 950 ° C, still has + antibacterial properties after being cooled and solidified. Therefore, it can be seen that the firing temperature is 300 ° C higher than the softening temperature of the binder. The viscosity is too low, and the T i 02 particles constituting the photocatalyst layer are buried in the binder layer, which should be one of the reasons. In addition, τ i and Si (the main component of the adhesive) ), You can see the mixed layer of Ti and Si, and confirm that T i 02 of the photocatalyst particles has been embedded. From the above embodiment 1, that is, at least the photocatalyst is T i 02 and the binder layer is S i 02_Aj? 2 〇3— The following facts can be confirmed when Na / K2〇 glass is used. ① The firing temperature is higher than the softening temperature of the binder by 20 ° c, and the high-temperature conditions exceeding 300 ° C are antibacterial. The abrasion resistance and abrasion resistance are both poor. The reason is that the viscosity of the adhesive at this temperature has been adjusted by the value of the stomach suitable for embedding T i 02 in the adhesive layer. CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) '~~ ------ HI ^ imm?---- In 11 < ^ 民 I— II Ϊ.--I-I -i- 丁 In nnn- - .___ ^ (锖 Please read the precautions on the back and fill in this page). A7 --- By_ V. Description of the invention (31) ②① The multifunctional material produced is confirmed to be τ i ο2 particles have been embedded in the adhesive layer ③ When the firing temperature is 800 ° C or more and 1000 ° C or less, after 40 or more sliding tests, the abrasion resistance has not changed, and the abrasion resistance is excellent, and it is estimated that it should be T i 〇2 forms a neck between the particles and is firmly bonded. Example 2 An adhesive layer made of S i 02 — Aj? 203-PbO glass was formed on the surface of a 100x100x5 alumina substrate (96% alumina density) by spraying. After drying, 15% of a Ti02 sol aqueous solution was spray-coated to form a Ti02 layer with a film thickness of 0.8 # m, and then each embodiment in a rolling kiln was heated and fired at different atmospheric temperatures to fire the laminated binder layer. After forming the substrate with Ti 0 2 layer, it cools and solidifies much more functional material. Table 2 below shows the changes in antibacterial properties and abrasion resistance caused by changing the firing temperature by using alumina as the base material and using s i 〇2 — A j? 203 — P b 0 glass as a binder. H— ί I- I tn--n I ii (^ 1 ^ 1 ^^^ 1 \ 9J (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page)

釐 公 97 2 4 3 A7 __^〇6n^f_ 五、發明説明(32 ) (表2 ) 基材=礬土板(100x10 0x5), 粘結劑=S i 02— Aj?203— PbO 玻料 光觸媒=T i 0 2 N 〇. 6 7 8 g 10 燒成溫度(°C ) 560 580 740 840 860 與軟化溫度之 20 40 200 300 320 差(°C ) 抗菌性 + + + + + + + + + + + 耐摩損性 Δ 〇 〇 ◎ ◎ 在此所用粘結劑之S i 〇2 — Α ί203_ P b Ο玻料 之軟化溫度係5 4 0 °C比重係3 . 8,塗佈時之膜厚係 1 5 0 。又,所得T i 〇2之結晶型均爲銳鈦礦型。 經濟部中央揉準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 表2之耐摩損性試驗中NO. 6係經10次以下滑動 即受損傷剝離,惟NO· 7,8則滑動10次以上亦不會 受損傷’N0_ 9,NO. 10則滑動40次以上亦不會 受到損傷。 NO. 9,10在4 0次以上滑動時亦不受損傷應爲 燒成溫度爲8 0 0°C以上,在T i 02粒子間生成頸部, T i 02粒子互相堅牢地結合在一起所致。 本紙浪尺度適用ί國國家揉準(CNS ) 格(210父297公着) ' _ 35 _ 經濟部中央橾隼局員工消費合作社印製 A 7 R7—-4060ST-五、發明説明(33 ) NO. 7則滑動1 0次以下即受損傷,剝離,此係因 燒成溫度較粘結劑之軟化溫度高出2 0°C而已,粘結劑之 粘性無法充分降低,構成光觸媒層最下層之銳鈦礦型 T i 02粒子無法充分埋設入粘著劑層中所致。 與之相比N 0 . 7,8則滑動1 0次以上亦不會受損 傷,此應爲雖未達生成頸部之溫度,但燒成溫度與粘著劑 軟化溫度之差異,已可調整粘結劑之粘性爲T i 0 2可適 度地埋入粘著劑中之數值所致。 另一方面表2之抗菌試驗中,NO. 6〜NO. 9可 得+ +十或++之良好結果,但N0.1 〇僅爲+。此係 因燒成溫度較粘結劑軟化溫度更高3 2 0 °C,粘結劑之粘 性太低,構成光觸媒層之T i 02粒被埋入粘著劑層所致 〇 實施例3 在模型內熔融冷卻固化S i 02— Aj?2〇3— B aO 玻料後加工作成1 0 0 X 1 0 0 X 1之玻璃薄片,以噴塗 法在其上塗佈1 5%T i 02溶膠水溶液(與實施例1 一 樣),形成膜厚0. 8/zm之Ti02層。然後將玻璃薄 片載置於礬土基材(100x100x5)上,以 Silicon液爐每一實施例改變其氣氛溫度,經加熱燒成後 ,冷卻固化得多功能材料。 以下表3中表示改變上述多功能材料之燒成溫度時抗 菌性,耐摩損性之變化。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS > A4規格(210X297公釐) ' -36 - I. In !- -I - in I- ------I - 1 - I -I- I — j--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) _406031 ^_ 五、發明説明(34 ) (表3 ) 基材=礬土板(100x100x5), 粘結劑=S i 02— Aj?203-B a 0 薄片 光觸媒=T i 0 2Centimeter 97 2 4 3 A7 __ ^ 〇6n ^ f_ V. Description of the invention (32) (Table 2) Base material = alumina plate (100x10 0x5), binder = S i 02— Aj? 203— PbO glass Photocatalyst = T i 0 2 N 0. 6 7 8 g 10 Firing temperature (° C) 560 580 740 840 860 and softening temperature 20 40 200 300 320 Difference (° C) Antibacterial + + + + + + + + + + + Abrasion resistance Δ 〇〇 ◎ ◎ S i 〇2 — Α 203_ P b 〇 The softening temperature of the glass used is 5 4 0 ° C, the specific gravity is 3.8, the film at the time of coating Thickness is 1 50. The crystal forms of the obtained T i 〇2 were all anatase type. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page). In the abrasion resistance test of Table 2, NO. 6 is damaged and peeled off after 10 slidings, but NO · 7 , 8 will not be damaged by sliding more than 10 times, NO. 10 will not be damaged if sliding more than 40 times. NO. 9,10 is not damaged when sliding for more than 40 times. The firing temperature is above 80 ° C, and necks are formed between T i 02 particles, and T i 02 particles are firmly bonded to each other. To. The scale of this paper is applicable to the National Standard for National Standards (CNS) (210 fathers and 297 publications) '_ 35 _ Printed by the Consumer Affairs Cooperative of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A 7 R7-4060ST-V. Description of the Invention (33) .7, it will be damaged and peeled after sliding less than 10 times. This is because the firing temperature is 20 ° C higher than the softening temperature of the adhesive. The anatase T i 02 particles were not sufficiently embedded in the adhesive layer. In contrast, N 0.7, 8 will not be damaged by sliding more than 10 times. This should be the temperature of the neck, but the difference between the firing temperature and the softening temperature of the adhesive can be adjusted. The viscosity of the adhesive is caused by the value that T i 0 2 can be buried in the adhesive moderately. On the other hand, in the antibacterial test of Table 2, NO. 6 ~ NO. 9 can get good results of ++ or ++, but N0.1 〇 is only +. This is because the firing temperature is 32 ° C higher than the softening temperature of the adhesive, and the viscosity of the adhesive is too low. T i 02 particles constituting the photocatalyst layer are buried in the adhesive layer. Example 3 In S i 02— Aj? 2〇3— B aO glass material was melt-cooled and solidified in the model, and the glass flakes were processed into 1 0 X 1 0 0 X 1 glass flakes, and then sprayed with 1 5% T i 02 sol. 8 / zm 的 Ti02 层。 Aqueous solution (the same as in Example 1). The glass sheet was then placed on an alumina substrate (100x100x5), and the temperature of the atmosphere was changed in each embodiment of the Silicon liquid furnace. After heating and firing, the functional material was cooled and solidified. Table 3 below shows the changes in bacterial resistance and abrasion resistance when the firing temperature of the multifunctional material is changed. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS > A4 size (210X297 mm) '-36-I. In!--I-in I- ------ I-1-I -I- I — j --- (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) _406031 ^ _ V. Description of the invention (34) (Table 3) Substrate = alumina plate (100x100x5), adhesive = S i 02— Aj ? 203-B a 0 sheet photocatalyst = T i 0 2

No. 11 12 13 14 燒成溫度(°C ) 640 740 840 940 與軟化溫度之 20 120 220 320 差(。C ) 抗菌性 + + + + + + + + - 耐摩損性 X 〇 ◎ ◎ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央樣準局貝工消费合作社印製 在此所用S i 02— Α々2〇3—Β a ◦玻料之粘結劑 的軟化溫度係6 2 0 °C,比重係2 . 8,多功能材料上 T i 〇2之結晶型係Ν〇· 1 1〜1 3爲銳鈦礦型,NO .1 4係金紅石型。 表3之耐摩損性試驗中,n〇_ 1 1係1 〇次以下滑 動即受到損傷’剝離,NO. 1 2係滑動1 〇次以上亦未 受損傷,NO. 13,14則即使滑動40次以上亦不會 受損傷,具.極佳結果。 滑動40次以上亦不會受損傷之NO. 13,14係 因燒成溫度達8 0 0 °C以上,T i 02粒子間生成頸部 本纸張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) : ' -37 - 406031 ί: 五、發明説明(35 ) T i 〇2粒子互相堅牢地結合在一起所致。 滑動10次以下即受損傷,剝離之NO. 11係因燒 成溫度僅高於粘結劑軟化溫度2 0°C而已,無法充分降低 粘結劑之粘性,構成光觸媒層最下層之銳鈦型T i 02粒 子無法充分埋入粘結劑中所致。 與之相比,NO.12係經10次以上滑動亦未受損 傷,此係因溫度雖未達生成頸部之溫度,但燒成溫度與粘 結劑軟化溫度之差已可以調節粘結劑之粘性至適度地埋設 T i 0 2至粘結劑層中之數值所致。 另一方面,表3之抗菌性試驗中NO.11〜13係 + + +或++有極佳效果,但Ν Ο · 1 4係一。此係因 T i 02會成爲金紅石型,燒成溫度較粘結劑之軟化溫度 高3 2 0 °C,粘結劑之粘性太低,構成光觸媒層之 T i 〇2粒子被埋入粘結劑中造成之二種原因所致。 由以上可知,預先在粘結劑中塗佈T i 02粒子後, 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 粘貼於基材經燒成以得多功能材料之方法中,亦可以與基 材表面上塗佈粘結劑,然後塗佈T i 02粒子以得多功能 材料之方法一樣得到極佳效果。 實施例4 在1 0 0 X 1 0 0 X 5之聚醯亞胺系樹脂所成基材表 面,塗佈丙烯酸系樹脂粘結劑後,以噴塗法塗佈1 5% Ti02溶膠水溶液,形成〇. 8#m膜厚之Ti02層, 繼而在鎳鉻耐熱合金爐中以1 5 0°C燒成經層合之粘結劑 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210 X 297公釐) _ 38 - 406031 β77 、發明説明(36 ) 層與T i 0 2層之基材,得多功能材料。 以下表4中表示改變上述多功能材料之燒成溫度時 抗菌性,耐摩損性之影響。 (表4 ) 基材==聚醯亞胺樹脂,粘結劑=丙烯酸系樹脂 光觸媒=T i 02,燒成溫度1 5 OtNo. 11 12 13 14 Firing temperature (° C) 640 740 840 940 and softening temperature 20 120 220 320 Poor (.C) Antibacterial resistance + + + + + + + +-Wear resistance X 〇 ◎ ◎ (Please (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) Si 02— Α々2〇3—Β a printed here used by the Central Bureau of Specimen and Consumer Products Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ◦The softening temperature of glass binder 6 At 20 ° C, the specific gravity is 2.8. The crystalline form of T i 〇2 on the multifunctional material is NO. 1 1 ~ 13, which is anatase type, and NO. 14 is rutile type. In the abrasion resistance test shown in Table 3, no. 1 1 series is damaged after 10 times of sliding, and it is peeled off. No. 12 series is not damaged at least 10 times of sliding. No. 13, 14 is 40 Will not be damaged more than two times, with excellent results. No. 13 and 14 will not be damaged after sliding more than 40 times. The firing temperature is above 80 ° C, and the neck is generated between T i 02 particles. The size of this paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4. (210X297 mm): '-37-406031 ί: 5. Description of the invention (35) T i 〇2 particles are firmly bonded to each other. It will be damaged if it slides for less than 10 times. The peeling NO. 11 is because the firing temperature is only 20 ° C higher than the softening temperature of the adhesive. It cannot sufficiently reduce the viscosity of the adhesive. T i 02 particles are not fully embedded in the binder. In comparison, NO.12 is not damaged after 10 or more slides. Although this temperature is not up to the temperature of the neck, the difference between the firing temperature and the softening temperature of the adhesive can adjust the adhesive. The viscosity is caused by burying T i 0 2 in the adhesive layer to a moderate value. On the other hand, in the antibacterial test of Table 3, No. 11 to 13 + + or ++ had excellent effects, but Ν Ο · 1 4 was one. This is because T i 02 will become a rutile type. The firing temperature is 3 2 0 ° C higher than the softening temperature of the adhesive. The viscosity of the adhesive is too low. The T i 〇2 particles that make up the photocatalyst layer are buried in the adhesive. Caused by two reasons in the agent. From the above, after coating T i 02 particles in the binder in advance, it is printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page). In the method of multifunctional materials, the same effect can be obtained as in the method of applying a binder on the surface of the substrate and then coating the T i 02 particles with multiple functional materials. Example 4 at 1 0 0 X 1 0 The surface of the substrate made of polyimide resin of 0 X 5 is coated with an acrylic resin binder, and then a 15% Ti02 sol aqueous solution is spray-coated to form a Ti02 layer having a film thickness of 0.8 # m. Then the laminated adhesive is fired in a nickel-chromium heat-resistant alloy furnace at 150 ° C. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) _ 38-406031 β77, description (36) The base material of the layer and Ti02 layer is a multifunctional material. Table 4 below shows the effects of antibacterial properties and abrasion resistance when the firing temperature of the above-mentioned multifunctional material is changed. (Table 4) = Polyimide resin, Binder = Acrylic resin photocatalyst = T i 02, firing temperature 1 5 Ot

No. 15 16 抗菌性 耐摩損性 〇 + + 〇 又’表4中 15% TiO2溶膠水溶液係依以下 方法改變其調製方法。 NO. 15:直接使用實施例1使用之15% T i 0 2溶膠水溶液》 經濟部中央棣準局員工消費合作社印製 NO. 1 6 :使用在熱壓鍋中於1 1 0〜1 50°C; 解TiCj?水溶液後,以硝酸調整生成物爲pHO. 8 不使用表面改質劑使其分散,繼而除去凝聚物者。噴塗日 係除去凝聚物後立即施行。 在此T i 02之比重係3 . 9,結晶型係銳鈦礦型, 匕 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 丙烯酸系樹脂之比重係〇. 9 ,可以成爲對應於玻璃軟4 點之粘性的溫度係7 0 °C。 本紙浪尺度逋用中國國家榡準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -39 - 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印裝 _ 40603^7__ 五、發明説明(37 ) 耐摩損性上,NO. 15 > N 0 . 16均可在滑動 1 0次以上亦不會受損傷。此係因燒成溫度與粘結劑之軟 化溫度的差,已可將粘結劑之粘性調節爲T i 〇2可適度 地埋入粘結劑中之數值所致。 另一方面,抗菌性試驗中NO.15雖爲一,但NO • 16爲++,此係表示3 0 °C以下亦可製造具有抗菌性 之多功能材料。根據DTA — TG,此不同之抗菌性係因 NO. 15中之Ti02溶膠係可在200〜350 °C分 解’蒸發之成份,即NO.16則未見有此現象,由此可 知有無有機成份罩住T i 02乃成爲其抗菌性不同之處。 又,在此銳鈦磺與丙烯酸系樹脂之比重差爲3,只要 爲這種程度之差異,構成光觸媒層之T i 0 2粒子即不會 被埋入粘結劑層中,確認具有良好之抗菌性。 實施例5 在1 0 0 X 1 0 0 X 5之礬土基材表面,分別以不同 比重之玻料藉由噴塗法成形粘結劑層後,經乾燥噴塗1 5 % 丁102溶膠水溶液形成〇.8/^111膜厚之丁丨〇2層 ,繼而在滾動形富中7 5 0 °C氣氛溫度下加熱燒成經層合_ 之粘結層與T i 0 2所成基材,冷卻固化得多功能材料。 以下表5中表7K改變上述多功能材料之燒成溫度對抗^ 菌性,耐摩損性之影響β 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家標準(CNS ) ( 210X297公釐) ^^1- ^nt m- . n^i 1^1 i ^^^^1 一eJ (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -40 - 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 406031 ^ 五、發明説明(38 ) (表5 ) 基材=礬土板(100X 100X 5),光觸媒=T i 0No. 15 16 Antibacterial and abrasion resistance 〇 + + 〇 The 15% TiO2 sol aqueous solution in Table 4 is prepared by the following method. NO. 15: Directly use the 15% T i 0 2 sol aqueous solution used in Example 1. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Quasi-Economy Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. No. 16: Use in a hot press at 1 1 0 ~ 1 50 ° C; After dissolving TiCj? Aqueous solution, adjust the product to pHO with nitric acid. 8 Disperse without using a surface modifier, and then remove the aggregates. Spraying is carried out immediately after removing condensate. Here, the specific gravity of Ti 02 is 3.9, the crystal type is anatase type, (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The specific gravity of acrylic resin is 0.9, which can correspond to glass softness. The viscosity at 4 points is 70 ° C. The paper scale is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297mm) -39-Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs _ 40603 ^ 7__ V. Description of the invention (37) In terms of abrasion resistance, NO 15 > N 0. 16 can be swiped more than 10 times without damage. This is because the difference between the firing temperature and the softening temperature of the adhesive has caused the viscosity of the adhesive to be adjusted to a value where T i 002 can be buried in the adhesive moderately. On the other hand, in the antibacterial test, No. 15 is one, but NO • 16 is ++, which means that anti-bacterial multifunctional materials can be manufactured below 30 ° C. According to DTA — TG, this different antibacterial property is due to the Ti02 sol in NO. 15 which can decompose the component of evaporation at 200 ~ 350 ° C, that is, this phenomenon is not seen in NO. 16, so it can be known whether there is an organic component Covering T i 02 becomes a difference in antibacterial properties. Here, the specific gravity difference between anatase and acrylic resin is 3, and as long as the difference is such a degree, the T i 0 2 particles constituting the photocatalyst layer are not buried in the adhesive layer, and it is confirmed that the particles have a good Antibacterial. Example 5 After forming an adhesive layer on a surface of alumina substrate of 100 X 1 0 0 X 5 with glass materials of different specific gravity by spraying, a 15% butyl 102 sol aqueous solution was spray-dried. .8 / ^ 111 layer of Ding 丨 〇2 layer, and then heated and fired in a roll-shaped Fuzhong 750 ° C atmosphere temperature to laminate the bonded layer and the substrate made of Ti 02, cooled Cured much more functional materials. Table 7K in Table 5 below changes the firing temperature of the above-mentioned multifunctional materials to combat the effects of bacterial resistance and abrasion resistance β This paper uses the Chinese National Standard (CNS) (210X297 mm) ^^ 1- ^ nt m- n ^ i 1 ^ 1 i ^^^^ 1 eJ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) -40-Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 406031 ^ 5. Description of the invention ( 38) (Table 5) Substrate = alumina plate (100X 100X 5), photocatalyst = T i 0

No. 17 18 1 9 20 粘結劑-種類 Si〇2-Al 2 〇 3 - P b 〇 Si〇2-Al 2 0 3 _ P b ο 拈結劑-比重 5. 3 3.8 2.8 2.4 Ti〇2比重 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 玻料軟化溫度 480 540 620 680 (°C ) 燒成溫度(°c ) 750 750 750 750 抗菌性 + + + + + + + + + + + 耐摩損性 X 〇 〇 〇 抗菌性試驗中,NO.17〜NO. 20均得極佳之 + + +結果。燒成溫度較粘結劑之軟化溫度高3 0°C以上 3 0 0 °C以下,可知燒成溫度與粘結劑之軟化溫度間的差 ,可以將粘結劑之粘性調節至可適度地將T i Ο 2埋入粘 結劑中之數值而得到此結果。 耐摩損性上,NO.17係滑動5次以下即受損傷’ 剝離,但NO. 1 8〜2 0則滑動1 〇次以上亦不致受損 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 406031 A7 __B7 五、發明説明(39 ) 傷。 根據考察其原因應爲Ν Ο · 1 7與其他不同,粘結劑 之比重較T i 02之比重大,所以構成光觸媒層之最下層 的銳鈦礦型T i 〇2粒子無法充分埋入粘結劑層中所致。 因此獲知’多功能材料之耐摩損性亦受到T i 0 2與 粘結劑間之比重的影響,粘著劑之比重較T i 0 2比重大 時亦會造成較差之耐摩損性。 實施例6 在1 5 0四方形瓷磚基材表面形成S i 〇2 — A芡2〇3_B a 0玻料(軟化溫度6 2 0 °C)所成粘結劑 層’在其上噴塗T i 02溶膠與S η 02溶膠經攪拌後之水 溶液,於7 5 0°C燒成,冷卻,固化得多功能材料。 又,T i 〇2溶膠濃度係4〜6重量%,以NH3水溶 液被調整爲pH值1 1 ,T i 02粒子之微晶粒徑係 0. 01/im,SnO2粒子之微晶粒徑係 0 . 0 0 3 5 # m » 在表6中表示如上述製作之多功能材料,改變對 T i 02粒子與S η 02合計量之S π 02量(莫爾比)時 對抗菌性及耐摩損性上之影響,試驗結果示於表中^ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210 X297公釐) I--------批衣------1Τ------^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 42 406031 a7 __ B7 __ 五、發明説明(40 ) (表6 ) 基材=磁磚,粘結劑=S i 02— Aj?203-Ba0玻料 光觸媒=T i 02,空隙粒子=Sn02 (0 · 0 0 3 5 ^ m ) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)No. 17 18 1 9 20 Binder-kind Si〇2-Al 2 〇3-P b 〇Si〇2-Al 2 0 3 _ P b ο Cementing agent-specific gravity 5.3 3.8 2.8 2.4 Ti〇2 Specific gravity 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 Glass softening temperature 480 540 620 680 (° C) Firing temperature (° c) 750 750 750 750 Antibacterial + + + + + + + + + + + Abrasion resistance X 〇〇〇 In the test, NO.17 ~ NO.20 all got excellent + + + results. The firing temperature is higher than the softening temperature of the adhesive by 30 ° C to 300 ° C. It can be seen that the difference between the firing temperature and the softening temperature of the adhesive can adjust the viscosity of the adhesive to a moderate level. This result was obtained by embedding the value of T i Ο 2 in the binder. In terms of abrasion resistance, NO.17 is damaged if it is slid less than 5 times. However, it is not damaged if it is slid more than 10 times for NO. 18 ~ 20 (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm). Printed by Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 406031 A7 __B7 V. Description of the invention (39) Injury. According to the investigation, the reason is that Ν Ο · 17 is different from others. The specific gravity of the binder is larger than that of T i 02, so the anatase T i 〇2 particles that constitute the lowermost layer of the photocatalyst layer cannot be fully embedded in the adhesive. Caused by the cement layer. Therefore, it is learned that the abrasion resistance of the 'multifunctional material' is also affected by the specific gravity between T i 0 2 and the binder. When the specific gravity of the adhesive is larger than that of T i 0 2, it will also cause poor abrasion resistance. Example 6 An adhesive layer formed of S i 〇2 — A 芡 2〇3_B a 0 glass frit (softening temperature 6 2 0 ° C) was sprayed on the surface of a 150 square ceramic tile substrate. 02 sol and S η 02 sol The stirred aqueous solution is fired at 750 ° C, cooled and solidified with more functional materials. 01 / im , The crystallite size of the SnO2 particles is 0. 01 / im, and the microcrystalline particle size of the SnO2 particles is adjusted to a pH value of 1 1 by the NH3 aqueous solution. 0. 0 0 3 5 # m »Table 6 shows the antibacterial and anti-friction properties of the multifunctional material produced as described above, when the amount of S π 02 (mole ratio) for the total amount of T i 02 particles and S η 02 is changed. The test results are shown in the table. ^ This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X297 mm). ----- ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 42 406031 a7 __ B7 __ V. Description of the invention (40) (Table 6) Substrate = tile, adhesive = S i 02— Aj? 203-Ba0 glass photocatalyst = T i 02, void particles = Sn02 (0 · 0 0 3 5 ^ m) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

No. 2 1 22 23 24 25 S n 〇2(mol%) 0 10 20 60 100 抗菌性 + + + + +十 + + + + + - 耐摩損性 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 耐摩損性上言,隨著S η 〇2之量增加可提高耐摩損 -性,添加1 0%以上時,滑動4 0次亦不會受損傷亦不會 發生變化。 抗菌性試驗中,至2 0%以上範圍係與不添加時者一 樣爲+++至60%爲止時可爲++,但再增加添加重時 ,其單位基材表面T i 02粒子之機率大增,抗菌性變差 ,1 0 0 %時則爲—。 因此S η 02之添加量係以莫爾比而言,在T i 02與 S 11〇2合計量之1 〇%以上6 0%以下,較佳在1 0% 以上2 0%以下即可提供抗菌性,耐摩損性均優之多功能 材料。 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) -43 - 經濟部中央樣準局貝工消費合作社印製 406031 A7 __B7___五、發明説明(41 ) S η 02量增加可以提高耐摩損性係依如下之機作者 。艮口,在6 0 0 °C以上高溫時S η 02係較T i 〇2之蒸汽 壓爲高,燒結前T i 0 2粒子3 b之間隔係如第1 7圖( a )所示爲L。’但具有正之曲率表面的T i 02粒子3的 表面係蒸汽壓高’而具有負之曲率的表面’即二個 T i 02粒子3 b對接之頸部表面則蒸汽壓低。結果如第 1 7圖(b )所示頸部係進入蒸汽壓較高於T i 02之 S η 0 2,所以如第1 7圖(c )所示凝結,藉氣化一凝 結機構進行燒結。 而且藉由氣化-凝結機構進行燒結時,燒結後之 T i 0 2粒子的間隔L 2係與燒結前之間隔L Q大約相等, 所以不會發生龜裂等》 如上述介著粘結劑在基材表面被保持有T i 02粒子 層之複合材料中,在露出於最表面之T i 02粒子間空隙 '填充S η 〇2粒子並以6 0 0 °C以上燒成時,即不會發生 龜裂,結合T i ◦ 2粒子間之頸部,而可提高耐摩損特性 p 比較例7 與實施例6 —樣’在1 5 0四方形瓷磚基材表面形成 S i 〇2 — AJ2203-B a Ο 玻料(軟化溫度 6 2 0 °C) 所成粘結劑層,在其上噴塗混合T i 02溶膠與S η 〇2溶 膠經攪拌後之水溶液,於7 5 0。(:燒成,冷卻,固化得多 功能材料。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4规格(210Χ297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -44 - 406031 B7 五、發明説明(42 ) 又,T i 02粒子溶膠濃度係4〜6重量%,以 NH 3水溶液被調整爲pH值1 1 ,微晶粒徑係與實施例 6 —樣爲0 . 0 1 ,S n02粒子之微晶粒徑係使用 較大之0. 008ym。 針對如上述製作之多功能材料進行抗菌性試驗及耐摩 損性試驗,與實施例6比較之結果示如以下表7。 (表7 )No. 2 1 22 23 24 25 Sn 〇2 (mol%) 0 10 20 60 100 Antibacterial + + + + + + + + + + +-Abrasion resistance Cooperative society printed on abrasion resistance. As the amount of S η 02 increases, the abrasion resistance can be improved. When it is added more than 10%, it will not be damaged or changed if it is swiped 40 times. In the antibacterial test, the range of more than 20% is the same as when it is not added. The range is +++ to 60%. It can be ++, but when the weight is added, the probability of T i 02 particles per unit substrate surface is increased. Large increase, antibacterial properties worsen, at 100% is-. Therefore, the addition amount of S η 02 is in terms of mol ratio, and it can be provided in the range of 10% to 60%, preferably 10% to 20% of the total amount of T i 02 and S 11〇2. Multifunctional material with excellent antibacterial and abrasion resistance. This paper uses China National Standards (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -43-Printed by the Shell Consumer Cooperative of the Central Samples Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 406031 A7 __B7___ V. Description of the invention (41) S η 02 Increased Can improve abrasion resistance according to the following authors. That is, at a high temperature above 600 ° C, S η 02 has a higher vapor pressure than T i 〇2, and the interval between T i 0 2 particles 3 b before sintering is shown in Fig. 17 (a). L. 'But the surface of T i 02 particles 3 with a positive curvature surface has a high vapor pressure' and the surface with a negative curvature ', that is, the surface of the neck where two T 02 particles 3 b meet, has a low vapor pressure. As a result, as shown in Fig. 17 (b), the neck system enters S η 0 2 with a vapor pressure higher than T i 02, so it is condensed as shown in Fig. 17 (c) and sintered by a gasification-condensation mechanism. . Moreover, when sintering is performed by the gasification-condensation mechanism, the interval L 2 of the T i 0 2 particles after sintering is approximately equal to the interval LQ before sintering, so no cracks and the like will occur, as described above. In the composite material in which the T i 02 particle layer is held on the surface of the substrate, when the space between the T i 02 particles exposed on the outermost surface is filled with S η 〇2 particles and fired at 60 ° C or higher, it will not Cracking occurred, and combined with the neck between T i ◦ 2 particles, the abrasion resistance characteristics can be improved. Comparative Example 7 and Example 6—Similarly, S i 〇2 was formed on the surface of a 1 500 square ceramic tile — AJ2203- B a 〇 Binder (softening temperature 6 2 0 ° C) formed by the adhesive layer, sprayed on it mixed T i 02 sol and S η 〇2 sol after stirring the aqueous solution at 750. (: Firing, cooling, and solidification are much more functional materials. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 × 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) -44-406031 B7 V. Description of the invention (42) In addition, the sol concentration of the T i 02 particles is 4 to 6% by weight, and the pH value is adjusted to 1 1 with an aqueous NH 3 solution, and the particle size of the crystallites is the same as that in Example 6. 0 1, S The microcrystalline particle size of the n02 particles is 0.0008 μm, which is larger. The antibacterial property test and abrasion resistance test were performed on the multifunctional material produced as described above. The results compared with Example 6 are shown in Table 7 below. (Table 7 )

基材=磁磚,粘結劑=S i 02-A52〇3— B a 0玻料 光觸媒=T i 02,空隙粒子=S n02 (0 · 0 0 8 0 m ),熱處理 75 0 °CBase material = Magnetic tile, Binder = S i 02-A52〇3— B a 0 glass material Photocatalyst = T i 02, void particles = S n02 (0 · 0 0 8 0 m), heat treatment 75 0 ° C

No. 26 27 28 29 30 S η 0 2(mol%) 0 10 20 60 100 抗菌性 + + + + + + + + + + + - 耐摩損性 〇 〇 〇 ◎ ◎ 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 結果獲知0. 008jt/m之Sn02粒子可提高耐摩 損性之效果係較使用0. 0035em之Sn〇2粒子時 弱,對T i 〇2與S n02合計量之莫爾比爲6 0%以上時 才能達到滑動4 0次亦不會受到損傷,起變化之地步。 抗菌性試驗中,與使用0. 0035vm之Sn02 粒子時一樣,2 0%以上爲止範圍尙可以與不添加時一樣 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) -45 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 .Λ Α7__406031 Β7五、發明説明(43 ) 得+ + +結果,6 0%以下爲止則停留於+ + ^更多時貝ij 覆蓋住基材表面之T i 〇2粒子的機率增加,抗菌性惡化 ,1 0 0 %時則爲—。 因此,使用0_ Οίμπι Ti02粒子時添加 0. 0 0 8 ^ m SnO 2粒子,很難提供抗菌性,耐摩 損性均優之多功能材料。此係因粒徑愈大時S η 02粒子 之蒸汽壓會愈小,未氣化而殘留之S η 〇2粒子若爲 0 . 0035iim時會存在於Ti02粒子間之空隙,以 提高結合強度,與之相比,0 . 0 〇 8 時係與 T i 02粒子間之空隙相比,S n02粒子較大,S n02 粒子無法進入空隙中,反而會在T i 02粒子上之機率高 〇 由以上可知,應埋入T i 02粒子之空隙的S η 〇2粒 子大小,以對T i 02粒徑而言4/5以下爲宜。 實施例8 在1 5 0四方瓷磚基材表面形成S n 02— A5203 一 B a 0玻料(軟化溫度6 2 0°C)所成粘結劑層,以噴 塗法在其上塗佈T i 〇2溶膠水溶液後,於7 5 0 °C燒成 ,冷卻固化爲複合材料,再以噴塗法於其上塗佈S η 〇2 溶膠水溶液後於1 1 〇°C熱處理,得多功能材料。這時 T i 02溶膠水溶液係使用與實施例6相同者,而 Sn02溶膠則用〇. 0035卩m者。 針對如上述製作之多功能材料進行抗菌性試驗及耐摩 氏張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) : (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -46 -No. 26 27 28 29 30 S η 0 2 (mol%) 0 10 20 60 100 Antibacterial + + + + + + + + + + +-Abrasion resistance 〇〇〇 ◎ ◎ Employee Consumer Cooperative, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printing (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) As a result, it was found that the effect of Sn02 particles of 0. 008jt / m to improve abrasion resistance is weaker than that of Sn02 particles of 0.035em, which is weaker against T i 〇 When the Mohr ratio of 2 and Sn02 is more than 60%, the sliding can be achieved 40 times without damage, which is the point of change. In the antibacterial test, it is the same as when using the Sn02 particles of 0.035vm, and the range is more than 20%. It can be the same as when it is not added. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -45- Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Λ Α7__406031 Β7 V. Description of Invention (43) + + + results, staying at + + up to 60% ^ ^ more when shell ij covers T The probability of i 〇2 particles increased and the antibacterial property deteriorated, and it was-at 100%. Therefore, when 0_ Οίμπι Ti02 particles are used and 0.00 8 ^ m SnO 2 particles are added, it is difficult to provide a multifunctional material with excellent antibacterial properties and excellent abrasion resistance. This is because the larger the particle size is, the smaller the vapor pressure of the S η 02 particles will be. If the remaining S η 2 particles that are not vaporized are 0. 0035iim, they will exist in the gaps between the Ti02 particles to improve the bonding strength. In contrast, compared with the gap between T i 02 particles at time 0.08, the S n02 particles are larger, and the S n02 particles cannot enter the voids. Instead, the probability is higher on the T i 02 particles. From the above, it can be seen that the size of the S η 2 particles that should be buried in the voids of the T i 02 particles is preferably 4/5 or less for the T i 02 particle size. Example 8 An adhesive layer made of Sn 02—A5203—B a 0 glass frit (softening temperature 6 2 0 ° C) was formed on the surface of a 150 square ceramic tile substrate, and Ti was spray-coated on it. 〇2 sol aqueous solution, then fired at 750 ° C, cooled and solidified into a composite material, and then sprayed with S η 〇2 sol aqueous solution after spraying on the heat treatment at 1 10 ° C, more functional materials. At this time, the Ti 02 sol aqueous solution was the same as that used in Example 6, and the Sn 02 sol was 0.035 μm. The antibacterial test and the Mohs' tensile scale for the multifunctional materials made as described above apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm): (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -46-

經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明(44) 損性試驗,結果示如以下表8 · (表8 )Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (44) Damage test, the results are shown in Table 8 · (Table 8)

基材=磁磚,粘結劑=S i 02—Αί203—Β a 0玻料 光觸媒=T i 〇2,空隙粒子=S n02 (0·0035/ίπι),熱處理 750 eC/110eCBase material = Magnetic tile, Binder = S i 02—Αί203—Β a 0 Glass material Photocatalyst = T i 〇2, Void particle = S n02 (0 · 0035 / ίπι), Heat treatment 750 eC / 110eC

No. 31 32 33 34 35 S η 0 8(molX) 0 10 20 60 100 抗菌性 + + + + + + + + + + + - 耐摩損性 〇 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ 耐摩損性上言,隨著S η 〇2之置增加可提髙耐摩損 性*添加莫爾比2 0%以上時,滑動4 0次亦不會受損傷 亦不會發生變化· 抗菌性試驗中•至2 0 %以上範匾係與不添加者一樣 爲+ + +至6 0%爲止時可爲+十,但再增加添加重時* 其覆蓋基材表面T i 0*粒子之機率大增•抗菌性變差* 1 0 0 %時則爲一· 此試驗中因s η〇2溶膠係在較低之1 1 0°c溫度熱 處理,所以不會發生如實施例6之氣化-凝結機構的燒結 •惟耐摩損性仍能提高,此係因比T i 〇 2粒子的粒徑小 ,即,比表面稹大且吸附力強之s η 〇2粒子已埋入 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I ----------裝----I---訂---------M (請先閲讀背面之注意事項ViS寫本頁) 406031 B7 五、發明説明(45 ) τ i 02粒子間之空隙,而使T i 02粒子互相堅牢地結合 在〜起所致。 實施例9 在1 5 0四方形瓷磚基材表面,形成s i 〇2 — A52〇3 - B a 0玻料(軟化溫度6 2 0°C)所成粘結劑 層’在其上以噴塗法塗佈T i 0 2溶膠水溶液後,於 7 5 〇°C燒成,冷卻固化爲複合材料,在其上塗佈乙酸銅 水溶液經乾燥’然後照射含紫外線之光線以還原銅離子, 一邊固定光觸媒層,得多功能材料。在此使用水銀燈做爲 照射燈。 在此被固定於光觸媒層之Cu粒子係平均0. 004 β m左右之大小》 針對如上述製作之多功能材料進行抗菌性試驗及耐摩 損性試驗,結果如表9所示。 (請先閣讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -48 - 4060.S1 B7 五、發明説明(46 ) (表9 ) 基材=磁磚,粘結劑=S i 〇2— Aj?203_B a 0玻料No. 31 32 33 34 35 S η 0 8 (molX) 0 10 20 60 100 Antibacterial + + + + + + + + + + +-Wear resistance 〇〇 ◎ ◎ η 〇2 Increases the abrasion resistance * When adding more than 20% Mohr ratio, it will not be damaged or changed after 40 times of sliding. In the antibacterial test, it will be more than 20%. It is the same as the non-additive. It can be +10 up to 60%, but when the weight is increased, it will cover the surface of the substrate T i 0. The probability of particles is greatly increased. 0% is one. · In this test, s η〇2 sol is heat treated at a lower temperature of 110 ° C, so sintering of the gasification-condensation mechanism as in Example 6 does not occur. Only wear resistance It can still be improved, because the particle size is smaller than T i 〇2 particles, that is, s η 〇2 particles that are larger than the surface and have strong adsorption force have been embedded in this paper. The Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 specification is applicable. (210 X 297 mm) I ---------- installation ---- I --- order --------- M (Please read the precautions on the back first, ViS write this page ) 406031 B7 V. Description of the invention (45) τ i 02 T i 02 particles are firmly bound to each other. Example 9 On the surface of a 150 square ceramic tile substrate, an adhesive layer formed of si 〇2-A52〇3-B a 0 frit (softening temperature 6 20 ° C) was formed thereon by spraying method. After coating the Ti 02 sol aqueous solution, it was fired at 750 ° C, cooled and solidified into a composite material, and a copper acetate aqueous solution was coated thereon to be dried and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays to reduce copper ions, while fixing the photocatalyst Layers, much more functional materials. Mercury lamps are used here as illumination lamps. The Cu particles fixed to the photocatalyst layer here have an average size of about 0.004 β m. The antibacterial resistance test and the abrasion resistance test were performed on the multifunctional material produced as described above. The results are shown in Table 9. (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) The paper size printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -48-4060.S1 B7 V. Description of the invention (46) (Table 9) Substrate = tile, binder = S i 〇2— Aj? 203_B a 0

T 7 II 理 媒處 觸熱 光’ ο 子 粒 隙 空 uT 7 II heat light at the physical medium ’ο particle gap empty u

Nly m Jw 4 5 原 還 光Nly m Jw 4 5 original also light

No. 36 37 38 39 40 C u 量(raol%) 0 10 20 60 100 抗菌性 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 耐摩損性 〇 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ (請先閲請背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 耐摩損性上言’隨著C U之量增加可提高耐摩損性, 添加莫耳比2 0 %以上時,滑動4 〇次亦不會受損傷亦不 —會發生變化。 抗菌性試驗中,至2 0 %以上範圍係與不添加時者一 樣爲+ + +’ C u時因其本身具抗菌力,所以大量添加亦 未見降低抗菌性。 惟可能係添加少量銅時係受到T i 0 2粒子層的光觸 媒作用所支配,而添加大量銅時係受到銅之作用所支配的 結果。若僅期待銅發揮作用時因銅會在液體中慢慢溶離, 與沒有光觸媒者相比其壽命較短。又,銅之添加量太多時 成本亦較高,所以設定太多量之銅添加量並不具意義。 由此實施例可知,不只可用如S η 02之類的氧化物 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) : -49 - 406031 A7 B7 五、發明説明(47 ) ,例如銅之類的金屬亦可做爲埋入T 粒子。 0 2粒子層空隙之 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 實施例1 0 在1 5 0四方形瓷磚基材表面,形成s i 〇2 — Ai?203— B a 0玻料(軟化溫度6 2 OeC)所成粘結劑 層’在其上以噴塗法塗佈T i 02溶膠水溶液後,於 9 5 0 °C燒成’冷卻固化爲複合材料,在其上塗佈乙酸銅 水溶液,然後照射含紫外線之光線以還原銅離子,一邊固 定光觸媒層,得多功能材料。 這時使用B L B燈照射’照射數分鐘。τ i 02係在 熱處理過程中有銳鈦礦相轉移爲金紅石型。T i 02之膜 厚係在噴塗時調整爲0. 4ym。 對如上述製作之多功能材料進行抗菌性試驗及耐摩損 '性試驗。耐摩損性試驗中未添加者在此溫度範圍亦可得良 好結果。添加或不添加銅均可以經4 0次滑動亦不會受損 傷,不發生變化》 將抗菌性試驗示於第1 8圖》不添加時T i 〇2爲金 紅石型所以爲較差之+。逐以加入銅時可提高抗菌性。而 且不只照射B L B燈時,即使不照射時只要C u載持量爲 0. 7yg/cm2以上即可使抗菌活性爲+ +,Cu載 持量爲1. 2/zg/cm2以上即可使抗菌性爲+十+。 由以上可知,欲提供抗菌性,耐摩損性均優之多功能 材料仍以Cu載持量爲0· 7eg/cm2爲以上爲宜, ----------裝------、玎------·" (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 50 406031 a? _B7_ 五、發明説明(48 ) 更佳爲1- 2jag/cm 2以上。 至於銅載持量係在塗佈乙酸銅水溶液後照射B L B燈 前,如果先施予乾燥步驟則可以顯著提高。將此關係示於 第1 9圖。此係因經過乾燥,光還原時之金靥離子濃度較 高所致。 又,塗佈最適量之銅時銅載持量可達最高(第2 0圖 ,第20圖係Cu濃度1重量%之乙酸銅例),依此第 20圖,欲使塗佈量爲〇. 7/zg/cm2以上時,可以 爲0. 2mg/cm2〜2. 7mg/cm2,欲使其爲 1. 2/zg/cm2以上時可以爲〇. 3mg/cm2〜 2 . 4mg/cm2» 實施例1 1 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在1 5 0四方形瓷磚基材表面,形成s i 02 — A$2〇3_B a 0玻料(軟化溫度6 8 0°C)所成粘結劑 層’在其上以噴塗法塗佈T i 0 2溶膠水溶液後,於 9 5 0 °C燒成,冷卻固化爲複合材料,在其上塗佈硝酸銀 水溶液,然後照射含紫外線之光線以還原銀離子,一邊固 定光觸媒層,得多功能材料。 這時使用BLB燈照射,照射數分鐘。T i 02係在 熱處理過程中銳鈦礦相轉移爲金紅石型。T i 〇2之膜厚 係在噴塗時調整爲0. 4/^m。 對如上述製作之多功能材料進行抗菌性試驗及耐摩損 性試驗。耐摩損性試驗中未添加者在此溫度範圍亦可得良 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ' -51 - 406031 $ 經濟部中央梂準局員工消资合作社印裝 五、發明説明(49 ) 好結果。添加或不添加銀均可以經4 〇次滑動亦不會受損 傷,不發生變化。 將抗菌性試驗示於第7 0圖。不添加時τ i 02爲金 紅石型所以較差。但添加銀時則獲得改善,不僅照射 BLB燈,即使不照射亦在銀載持量爲〇. 〇5μ2/ c m2以上時可以使抗菌性爲+ +。a g載持量爲〇 . 1 # g/cm2以上時抗菌性可達+ + +。 惟銀之載持量多時由褐色變爲黑色,外觀上不佳,惟 銀之載持量在1 β g/ c m2以下時.仍不會著色。 由以上可知’銀之載持量係以〇. 〇5vg/cm2 〜leg/cm2’ 較佳以 〇. leg/cm2〜1 仁 g/ c m 2爲宜。 實施例1 2 在1 5 0四方形瓷磚基材表面,形成S i 〇2一 Aj?203— B a 0玻料(軟化溫度6 8 0°C)所成粘結劑 層,在其上以噴塗法塗佈T i 02溶膠水溶液後,於 9 5 0°C燒成,冷卻固化爲複合材料,在其上塗佈硝酸銀 水溶液經乾燥’然後照射含紫外線之光線以還原銀離子, 一邊固定光觸媒層,得多功能材料》 這時使用B L B燈照射,照射數分鐘^ τ i 02係在 熱處理過程中銳欽礦相轉移爲金紅石型。 對如上述所製作之多功能材料,改變各種T i 02膜 厚,以進行耐摩損性試驗,抗菌性試驗。 ----------裝— (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) _ 52 - 406031 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明( 5( 丨) 1 耐 摩 損 試 驗 中 » 在 此 次 試 驗 之 2 β m 以 內 範 圍 均 具 良 1 1 好 效 果 > 經 4 0 次 來 回 滑 動 亦 不 會 受 損 傷 > 不 起 變 化 0 1 1 抗 菌 性 試 驗 中 9 膜 厚 0 1 U m 以 上 時 爲 + + » 1 I 請 1 I 0 * 2 β m 以 上 時 爲 十 + + 〇 因 此 T i 〇 2膜厚係以 先 閱 1 I 0 讀 1 1 U m 以 上 爲 宜 較 佳 爲 0 2 β m 以 上 〇 背 1 I 之 1 注 I 意 金 I 實 施 例 1 3 爭 項 1 I 再 I 在 1 5 0 四 方 形 瓷 磚 基 材 表 面 » 形 成 S i 0 2 " 窝 本 裝 A 2 〇 3 — B a 0 玻 料 ( 軟 化 溫 度 6 2 0 ec ) 所 成 粘 結 劑 頁 1 1 層 > 在 其 上 以 噴 塗 法 塗 佈 T i 0 2溶膠水溶液後 ,於 1 1 7 5 0 °c 燒 成 冷 卻 固 化 爲 複 合 材 料 在 其 上 塗 佈 硝 酸 銀 1 1 水 溶 液 經 乾 燥 9 然 後 照 射 含 紫 外 線 之 光 線 以 還 原 銀 離 子 固 訂 I 定 於 光 觸 媒 層 〇 其 後 於 9 0 0 °c 1 0 0 0 °c 燒 成 冷 卻 固 1 I 化 得 多 功 能 材 料 0 1 1 I 這 時 照 射 燈 係 使 用 B L B 燈 照 射 數 分 鐘 0 又 1 1 T i 0 2係在熱處理工程中 自銳鈦礦相轉移爲金紅石型 、·/ 1 又 被 固 定 於 表 面 之 銀 係 隨 著 熱 處 理 白 黑 褐 色 機 變 爲 白 色 1 1 > 所 以 可 見 在 燒 成 中 改 變 爲 氧 化 銀 〇 惟 銀 係 分 散 地 附 著固 1 I 定 所 以 根 據 觀 察 燒 /!7〇 成 、,- 刖 後 並 未 見 到 銀 粒 子 之 成 長 〇 1 I 對 如 上 述 製 作 之 多 功 能 材 料 進 行 抗 菌 性 試 驗 及 耐 摩 損 1 1 I 性 試 給 〇 1 1 有 關 耐 摩 損 性 試 驗 中 t 不 添 加 在 此 溫 度 範 圍 亦 可 得 良 1 1 好 結 果 添 加 或 不 添 加 銀 時 均可 以 經 4 0 次 來 回 滑 動 不 受 1 1 損 傷 ♦ 不 起 變化 〇 1 1 張 紙 本 Μ Ns 6 /f\ 準 標 家 國 國 中 用 通 釐 公 97 A7 g7 4〇fiQ31_ 五、發明說明(51 ) 抗菌性試驗係如第7 0圚所示,不添加時由於 T i 〇 2爲金紅石型所以爲較差之但添加銀時可提高 抗菌性· (請先閲讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 實施例1 4 在1 5 0四方形瓷磚基材表面,形成S i 〇2 — Α)22〇3— B a 0玻料(軟化溫度6 2 0°C)所成粘結劑 層,在其上以噴塗法塗佈T i 〇2溶膝水溶液後,於 8 2 0 °C燒成,冷卻固化爲複合材料,在其上塗佈硝酸銀 水溶液經乾燥,然後照射含紫外線之光線以還原銀離子固 定光觸媒層,再於其上塗佈0 . 1 c c / c m 2之0 . 1 莫爾/又K I水溶液,照射5秒鏟紫外線,得多功能材料 •道時銀之載持量係2#g/cm»· 塗佈0. lcc/cm2之0. 1莫爾/芡 KI水 溶液,並再照射5秒鏟紫外線,所以原來爲深褐色之多功 能材料被脫色爲白色•外觀上更佳· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 實施例1 5 在1 5 0四方形瓷磚基材表面形成S i 〇2 — A i2a〇a_B a 0玻料(软化溫度6 2 0 )所成粘著劑層 ,以噴塗法塗佈T i 0»溶膠水溶液於其上,於8 2 0 °C 燒成,冷卻固化爲多功能材料*傾斜配置該材料一且照射 含紫外線在內之光線,一邊在該多功能材料循環連績地滴 下自公共浴室汲取之浴用水,觀察該浴用水之變化•爲比 -54 - 本紙張尺度適用t國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部暫慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 δδ. 6. ^ 40603¾ { _Β7__ 五、發明說明(52 ) 較起見使甩同樣裝置亦滴下浴用水於未設光觸媒層之基材 上•第1 4天後觀察,滴下浴用水於多功能材料之水係與 滴下未設光觸媒層之基材上的浴用水相比,混濁情況並未 看出特別差異,但污泥臭味上卻見差異,即滴下未設光觸 媒層之基材上的浴用水係可聞到污泥臭味,在基材上還可 看到黏液狀之粘液及有機系沈澱物*與之相比,滴下多功 能材料之浴用水卻未見此現象·由以上模擬試驗可知,此 多功能材料可以利用做爲公園,百貨公司等水循環方式之 人造瀑布或噴水池中之舖石· 由上述說明可知,由於藉著較基材之軟化溫度更低之 材料所成粘結劑層固定光觸媒層,尤其使構成光觸媒層表 靥部之光觸媒粒子不致於埋入粘著劑層中*所以光觸媒粒 子係其表面實質上露出於外面之狀態,可充分發揮光觸媒 效果•又•光觸媒粒子中構成光雇媒屢下層之粒子係其一 部份被埋入粘著劑靥中*所以可顯著提髙光觸媒靥之保持 力,很難剝離· 第2 1圖係表示另一實施例之製造步Κ圖•此實施例 中係使用無機玻璃或熱塑性樹脂等熱塑性者做爲基材1, 在此熱塑性基材1之表面直接形成光觸媒曆2· 即•如第21圖(a)所示*準備熱塑性基材1,級 而如該圓(b )所示於熱塑性基材1表面形成T i 02粒 子等光觸媒粒子所成光觸媒層2 ·然後經加熱處理,如該 圖(c )所示光觸媒層2中靠上述熱塑性基材一择之下層 即沈澱入热塑性基材,且熱埴性基材會凝固而被埋入熱塑 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公薏) -55 - -------------- --------I I--I I--^ 1.. (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 406031A7 _B7____ 五、發明説明(53 ) 性基材內,堅牢地被保持。又’光觸媒層2中構成接觸外 氣之表層的光觸媒粒子3係藉由位能’分子間之互相吸附 力或燒結而被結合在一起。 此實施例之較佳條件等係與上述實施例相同’以下具 體說明如下。 實施例1 6 在 1 5 0 四方形 S i 02—Ai2〇3-Na/K20 玻 料組成所成玻璃基材表面,藉噴塗法塗佈1 5%No. 36 37 38 39 40 Cu amount (raol%) 0 10 20 60 100 Antibacterial + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Wear resistance 〇〇 ◎ ◎ (Please read first and back Please pay attention to this page and fill in this page again) Printed by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs said that the abrasion resistance can be improved as the amount of CU increases. Neither will it be damaged nor will it change. In the antibacterial test, the range of more than 20% is the same as when it is not added. + + 'Cu has its antibacterial effect, so the addition of a large amount did not reduce the antibacterial property. However, it is possible that the addition of a small amount of copper is dominated by the photocatalyst effect of the Ti02 particle layer, and the addition of a large amount of copper is the result of the domination of copper. If only copper is expected to function, copper will slowly dissolve in the liquid, and its life will be shorter than those without photocatalyst. In addition, when the amount of copper added is too large, the cost is high, so it is not meaningful to set the amount of copper added too much. From this example, it can be known that not only oxides such as S η 02 can be used. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm): -49-406031 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (47), for example Metals such as copper can also be used as embedded T particles. 0 2 Particle layer voids printed by Example 1 of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives 1 0 On the surface of a 1 500 square tile substrate, si 〇 2 — Ai? 203 — B a 0 glass (softening temperature 6 2 OeC) Adhesive layer 'Coated with Ti 02 sol aqueous solution by spray coating method, fired at 95 ° C to cool and solidify into a composite material, coated with an aqueous copper acetate solution, and Irradiate light containing ultraviolet rays to reduce copper ions, while fixing the photocatalyst layer, it is a more functional material. At this time, the light was irradiated with a B L B lamp for several minutes. In the τ i 02 series, the anatase phase is transformed into the rutile type during the heat treatment. 4ym。 The film thickness of T i 02 is adjusted to 0.4m when spraying. The multifunctional material produced as described above was subjected to an antibacterial test and an abrasion resistance test. Good results can also be obtained in this temperature range without the abrasion resistance test. With or without the addition of copper, it can be swiped for 40 times without damage and no change. "Antibacterial test is shown in Fig. 18." When not added, T i 〇2 is rutile type, so it is worse +. Antibacterial properties can be improved when copper is added one by one. Moreover, when not only the BLB lamp is irradiated, even when not irradiated, as long as the Cu supporting amount is 0.7 yg / cm2 or more, the antibacterial activity can be +, and the Cu supporting amount is 1.2 / zg / cm2 or more. Sex is + ten +. From the above, it is known that for multifunctional materials that provide antibacterial properties and excellent abrasion resistance, it is still preferable that the Cu load be more than 0 · 7eg / cm2. -、 玎 ------ · " (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 50 406031 a? _B7_ V. Description of the invention (48) More preferably, it is 1-2 jag / cm 2 or more. As for the copper carrying capacity, before the B L B lamp is irradiated after the copper acetate aqueous solution is applied, the drying step can be significantly increased. This relationship is shown in FIG. 19. This is due to the high concentration of gold ions during photoreduction after drying. In addition, when the optimum amount of copper is applied, the copper carrying capacity can be the highest (Figure 20, Figure 20 is an example of copper acetate with a copper concentration of 1% by weight). According to Figure 20, the coating amount is intended to be 0. When 7 / zg / cm2 or more, it may be 0.2 mg / cm2 ~ 2.7 mg / cm2, or when it is 1.2 / zg / cm2 or more, it may be 0.3 mg / cm2 ~ 2.4 mg / cm2 » Example 1 1 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). On the surface of a 1 500 square tile substrate, si 02 — A $ 2〇3_B a 0 glass (The softening temperature of 680 ° C) is formed on the adhesive layer by spraying the Ti 0 2 sol aqueous solution by spraying method, and then fired at 95 ° C, and then cooled and solidified into a composite material. It is coated with an aqueous solution of silver nitrate, and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays to reduce silver ions. While fixing the photocatalyst layer, it is a multifunctional material. At this time, use a BLB lamp to irradiate for several minutes. During the heat treatment of Ti 02, the anatase phase is transformed into rutile. The film thickness of T i 〇2 is adjusted to 0.4 / ^ m during spraying. The multifunctional material produced as described above was subjected to an antibacterial test and an abrasion resistance test. Those who are not added in the abrasion resistance test can also obtain good results in this temperature range. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) '-51-406031 $ Staff Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Imprint V. Description of Invention (49) Good result. With or without the addition of silver, it can be swiped for 40 times without damage and no change. The antibacterial test is shown in Figure 70. When not added, τ i 02 is rutile, so it is inferior. However, when silver is added, it is improved, and not only the BLB lamp is irradiated, but even when not irradiated, the antibacterial property can be increased to + + when the silver load is greater than 0.05 μ2 / cm2. When a g load is 0.1 # g / cm2 or more, the antibacterial property can reach + + +. However, when the silver load is changed from brown to black, the appearance is not good, but when the silver load is less than 1 β g / c m2, it will not be colored. From the above, it can be known that the carrying amount of silver is preferably 0.05 leg / cm2 to 1 g / cm2, preferably 0.5 leg / cm2 to 1 leg / cm2. Example 1 2 An adhesive layer formed of S i 〇2—Aj? 203—B a 0 glass (softening temperature 68 ° C.) was formed on the surface of a 150 square ceramic tile substrate. After spraying Ti 02 sol aqueous solution by spraying method, it is fired at 95 ° C, cooled and solidified into a composite material, and a silver nitrate aqueous solution is applied thereon to be dried and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays to reduce silver ions, while fixing the photocatalyst Layers, multi-functional materials. ”At this time, use a BLB lamp to irradiate for several minutes. ^ Τ i 02 system was transformed into a rutile phase during the heat treatment process. For various multifunctional materials produced as described above, various film thicknesses of T i 02 were changed to perform abrasion resistance test and antibacterial test. ---------- Installation— (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The size of the paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) _ 52-406031 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards 5. Description of the invention (5 (丨) 1 In the abrasion resistance test »In this test, the range within 2 β m is good 1 1 Good results > After 40 times sliding back and forth Damage > No change 0 1 1 9 in antibacterial test film thickness 0 + 1 for U m or more + 1 »1 I Please 1 I 0 * 2 for 10 m or more + 10 + therefore T i 〇2 The film thickness is based on the first reading 1 I 0 reading 1 1 U m or more, preferably 0 2 β m or more 0 back 1 I 1 Note I Italian gold I Example 1 3 contention 1 I then I at 1 5 0 Square tile substrate surface »shaped S i 0 2 " Wobenzhuang A 2 〇3 — B a 0 glass (softening temperature 6 2 0 ec) adhesive sheet 1 1 layer > coated with T i 0 by spraying method After the 2 sol aqueous solution, it was fired at 1 1750 ° C to cool and solidify into a composite material. Silver nitrate 1 1 was applied on the aqueous solution and dried 9 and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays to reduce silver ions. I was fixed on the photocatalyst layer. Subsequently, it was fired at 9 0 0 ° c 1 0 0 0 ° c to cool and solidify. 1 I functionalized material 0 1 1 I At this time, the irradiation light was irradiated with a BLB lamp for several minutes. 0 and 1 1 T i 0 2 was heat treated. During the project, the anatase phase was transferred to the rutile type, and the silver system that was fixed on the surface was changed to white 1 1 with the heat treatment of the white and black brown machine. Therefore, it can be seen that it changes to silver oxide during firing. The system is dispersedly attached and fixed, so I did not see it after burning /! 70 %,- Growth of particles 〇1 I Perform antibacterial test and abrasion resistance on the multifunctional material produced as described above 1 1 I test ○ 1 1 In the abrasion resistance test t can be good without adding it in this temperature range 1 1 Good Results With or without the addition of silver, it can slide back and forth for 40 times without being damaged by 1 1 ♦ No change. 1 1 sheet of paper M Ns 6 / f fiQ31_ V. Description of the invention (51) The antibacterial test system is shown in No. 70 圚. When not added, T i 〇2 is rutile, so it is inferior, but when silver is added, the antibacterial property can be improved. (Please read the back first Note on this page) Example 1 4 S 1 〇 2 — Α) 22〇 3 — B a 0 glass frit (softening temperature 6 2 0 ° C) The adhesive layer was coated with a Ti 〇2 knee solution by spray coating, and then fired at 820 ° C, cooled and solidified into a composite material, and an aqueous silver nitrate solution was applied thereon. Dry, and then irradiate with ultraviolet rays to reduce the silver ion to fix the photocatalyst layer, and then apply a 0.1 cc / cm 2 of 0.1 Moore / KI aqueous solution, and irradiate ultraviolet rays for 5 seconds, more functional materials • The carrying capacity of silver is 2 # g / cm »· It is coated with 0.1 lmol / cm2 of 0.1 Moore / 芡 KI aqueous solution, and then irradiated with ultraviolet light for 5 seconds, so it is a dark brown multifunctional The material is decolorized to white. • Better in appearance. • Printed by Example 15 of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative. S 1 〇 2 — A i2a〇a_B a 0 (Softening temperature 6 2 0) The adhesive layer formed by spray coating T i 0 »sol aqueous solution on it, fired at 8 2 0 ° C, cooled and solidified into a multifunctional material. And irradiate light including ultraviolet rays, while continuously dropping the bath water drawn from the public bath in the multifunctional material, and observe the change of the bath water. • The ratio is -54-This paper standard is applicable to national standards (CNS) ) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the temporary Hui Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Δδ. 6. ^ 40603¾ {_B7__ V. Description of the invention (52) For the sake of simplicity, the same device is also dropped and the bath water is dropped on the substrate without the photocatalyst layer. Observed after the 14th day, the bath water was dropped on the multifunctional Compared with the bath water dripped on the substrate without the photocatalyst layer, the turbidity of the material is not particularly different, but there is a difference in the odor of the sludge. The bath water system can smell the sludge odor, and the slime-like slime and organic deposits can also be seen on the substrate. Compared to this, the phenomenon is not seen when the bath water is dripped from the multifunctional material. Tests show that this multifunctional material can be used as paving stones in artificial waterfalls or fountains in water circulation methods such as parks and department stores. From the above description, it can be seen that due to the bonding by the material with a lower softening temperature than the substrate The photocatalyst layer is fixed by the agent layer, so that the photocatalyst particles constituting the surface part of the photocatalyst layer are not buried in the adhesive layer. Therefore, the surface of the photocatalyst particles is substantially exposed to the outside. • And • Part of the particle system that forms the lower layer of the photocatalyst in the photocatalyst particles is partially buried in the adhesive 靥 *, so it can significantly improve the holding power of the photocatalyst ,, and it is difficult to peel off. Figure 21 shows another Illustrating the manufacturing steps of an embodiment • In this embodiment, thermoplastics such as inorganic glass or thermoplastic resin are used as the substrate 1, and a photocatalyst calendar 2 is directly formed on the surface of this thermoplastic substrate 1. That is, as shown in FIG. 21 ( a) as shown * Prepare the thermoplastic substrate 1 and, as shown by the circle (b), form a photocatalyst layer 2 formed of photocatalyst particles such as T i 02 particles on the surface of the thermoplastic substrate 1 and then heat treated as shown in the figure ( c) In the photocatalyst layer 2 shown below, the thermoplastic substrate is selected by the above-mentioned thermoplastic substrate, and the thermoplastic substrate is precipitated, and the thermosetting substrate is solidified and embedded in the thermoplastic paper. The paper is compliant with China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210 X 297 cm) -55--------------- -------- I I--I I-^ 1 .. (Please read the back first (Notes written on this page) 406031A7 _B7____ 5. Description of the invention (53) It is firmly held in the base material. Also, the photocatalyst particles 3 in the photocatalyst layer 2 constituting the surface layer in contact with the outside air are bound together by mutual adsorption or sintering between potential molecules. The preferred conditions and the like of this embodiment are the same as those of the above-mentioned embodiment ', and are described below in detail. Example 1 6 The surface of a glass substrate made of a glass S i 02—Ai2〇3-Na / K20 glass with a square shape of 1 50 was coated by spraying method at 1 5%.

Ti02溶膠水溶液,形成膜厚0. 8em之Ti02層, 繼而將此被層合T i 02層之玻璃基材放入脫膜性極佳之 陶瓷製膜型中,繼而每一實施例以不同之氣氛溫度在滾動 式畜中加熱燒成後,冷卻,固化得多功能玻璃。 在此所稱之T i 0 2溶膠水溶液係指在熱壓器中於 1 0 0〜2 0 0°C範圍之水熱條件下水解T i C文4得到 微晶徑0. 007〜0. 2μτη在左右之銳鈦礦Ti02 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 使此礦爲溶膠狀態分散數%〜數十%於硝酸,鹽酸等酸性. 水溶液或氨等鹸性水溶液中,並爲提高分散性添加0. 5 %以下範圍之三乙胺及三羥甲胺之有機酸鹽,異戊甲醇, 三羥甲基丙烷等做爲表面處理劑者。又,T i 02溶膠之 粒徑係藉由S EM觀察之畫像處理,結晶粒徑係自粉末X 線繞射之積分寬計算而得。 又,塗佈方法係施予噴塗之方法,惟浸漬塗佈法,旋 轉塗佈法亦可以得同樣之結果。 ^張尺度逋用中國國家標隼(CNS ) Μ規格(210X297公嫠> _ 56 _ A7 __406031 b7_ 五、發明説明(54) 針對所對多功能材料評估抗菌性及耐摩損性。Ti02 sol aqueous solution to form a Ti02 layer with a film thickness of 0.8em, and then the glass substrate laminated with the Ti02 layer was put into a ceramic film type with excellent film release properties, and then each embodiment was different. Atmospheric temperature is heated and fired in a rolling animal, and then cooled and solidified. 007〜0. The T i 0 2 sol aqueous solution referred to herein refers to hydrolyzing T i C Wen 4 under hydrothermal conditions in a range of 100 to 2 0 0 ° C in a hot press to obtain a crystallite diameter of 007 ~ 0. 2μτη is printed on the left and right anatase Ti02 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Make this ore dispersed in the sol state by several% to tens% in nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, etc Acid. Aqueous solution or ammonium aqueous solution such as ammonia, and in order to improve the dispersibility, the organic acid salts of triethylamine and trimethylamine in the range of 0.5%, isoamyl alcohol, trimethylolpropane, etc. are added as the surface. Treatment agent. The particle size of the T i 02 sol is obtained through the image processing of S EM observation, and the crystal particle size is calculated from the integral width of the X-ray diffraction of the powder. The coating method is a spray coating method, but the same results can be obtained by the dip coating method and the spin coating method. ^ Zhang Zhiyuan uses the Chinese National Standard (CNS) M specifications (210X297) > _ 56 _ A7 __406031 b7_ V. Description of the invention (54) Evaluation of antibacterial and abrasion resistance for all multifunctional materials.

抗囷性係試驗對大腸菌(Escherichia Coli W3110株 )之殺菌效果。預先以7 0%乙醇殺菌過之多功能材料最 上層表面滴下菌液0. 15mJ? (1〜5xl04CFU ),載置玻璃板(10x10cm)使其緊貼基材之最上 層表面,做爲試料。照射3 0分鐘白色燈(3 5 0 0燭光 )後,以殺菌過紗布擦拭照射之試料與遮光條件下所保持 之試料上菌液,回收於1 〇mi生理食鹽水中,求得菌生 存率,做爲評估指標》 耐摩損性係使用塑膠擦拭橡膠予以滑動摩損,比較其 外觀進行評估。 以下表1 0中表示使用S i 02—Aj?203-Na/ K2◦玻料組成之玻璃基材時,燒成溫度改變時對抗菌性 ,耐摩損性之影響。 ---------批衣------1Τ------^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) Μ规格(2ΐ〇χ297公釐) 406031 A7 B7 五、發明説明(55 ) (表 1 0 ) 基材=S i 〇2-A 又 2〇3— Na/K20 玻璃 光觸媒=T i〇2The test of resistance to tadpoles was for bactericidal effect on coliform (Escherichia Coli W3110 strain). Bacterial solution 0.15mJ? (1 ~ 5xl04CFU) was dripped on the top surface of the multifunctional material sterilized with 70% ethanol in advance, and a glass plate (10x10cm) was placed on the top surface of the base material as a sample. After irradiating a white lamp (3500 candles) for 30 minutes, wipe the irradiated sample with the sterilized gauze and the bacterial solution held under the shading condition, and recover it in 10mi physiological saline to determine the bacterial survival rate. As an evaluation index, the abrasion resistance is a sliding abrasion using a plastic wiping rubber, and the appearance is compared for evaluation. The following Table 10 shows the influence of the glass substrate made of S i 02—Aj? 203-Na / K2◦ on the antibacterial and abrasion resistance when the firing temperature is changed. --------- Batch of clothes ----- 1T ------ ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed on paper by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) M specification (2ΐ〇χ297mm) 406031 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (55) (Table 1 0) Substrate = S i 〇2-A and 2〇3—Na / K20 Glass Photocatalyst = T i〇2

No. 1 2 3 4 5 燒成溫度(°C ) 700 780 880 980 1000 與軟化溫度間之 20 100 200 300 320 差(。C ) 抗菌性 + + + + + + + + - - 耐摩損性 △ 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ + + +:大腸菌之生存率10%以下 + + :大腸菌之生存率10%以上30¾以下 + :大腸菌之生存率30%以上70%以下 -:大腸菌之生‘存率70%以上 ◎:經40次來回摩損未起 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 〇:經10-40次滑動開始有損傷,光觸媒層(^(^膜)剝離 △:經5-10次滑動開始損傷,光觸媒層(Ti〇2膜)剝離 X :經5次以下之滑動即見損傷,光觸媒層(1'丨〇2膜)剝離 在此,S i 02-AJ2203_Na/K20組成之玻璃 基材比重係2. 4,軟化溫度係680 °C»又,表1〇中 所得T i 0 2係N ◦ . 1〜3係銳鈦礦型,比重爲3 . 9 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -58 - 經濟部中央標準局貞工消費合作社印製 A7 __406031 b7_ 五、發明説明(56 ) ,NO. 4,5係金紅石型,比重爲4. 2。 表10中NO.1之燒成溫度僅較玻璃基材軟化溫度 高2 0°C,玻璃基材之粘性無法充分降低,所以構成光觸 媒層最下層之銳鈦礦型T i 02無法充分埋入玻璃基材中 ,爲此在耐摩損試驗中只滑動5〜1 0次即受損傷被剝離 。又,抗菌性則因使用光觸媒活性優之銳鈦礦,以及 3 0 0 °C以上時以TG — DTA觀察T i 02溶膠之有機 成份已幾乎均分解,氣化,附著T i 02表面之表面處理 劑等分散劑應已氣化,而且燒成溫度又爲7 0 0°C,所以 相當高之處理溫度而得++之優異數值。 NO. 3〜5係燒成溫度爲800 °C以上1000°C 以下,耐久性上言,均可以耐4 0次以上來回滑動試驗不 起變化成極優異者。其原因應爲表面之T i 02粒子在初 期燒成後生成頸部。又,以1 1 00 °C處理時,冷卻固化 後自滾動式富取出發現多功能玻璃表面上的T i 0 2層已 發生龜裂,此由TMA測定T i 0 2試片時判斷,獲知係 丁102粒子化顯著之體積收縮的中期燒結發生者。 NO. 4,NO. 5之抗菌性均較差,可以猜測出二 種原因,其一係T i 02粒子已相轉移爲金紅石型,另一 應爲燒成溫度較玻璃基材軟化溫度高出3 0 0°C,玻璃基 材之粘性變成太低,構成光觸媒層之T i 02粒子被埋入 玻璃基材中所致。在此T i 0 2粒子相轉移爲金紅石型並 非爲其原因。蓋金紅石型T i 〇2雖較銳鈦礦型T i 02稍 差,但仍具有若干光觸媒活性。例如直接噴塗T i 〇2溶 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) n^· ^ϋ— »—^1 —^1 It I 士^1^1 t^n m V-丨 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -59 -No. 1 2 3 4 5 Firing temperature (° C) 700 780 880 980 1000 and softening temperature 20 100 200 300 320 Difference (.C) Antibacterial + + + + + + + +---Abrasion resistance △ 〇 ◎ ◎ + +: Coliform survival rate is 10% or less +: Coliform survival rate is 10% or more and 30¾ or less +: Coliform survival rate is 30% or more and 70% or less-: Coliform life is more than 70% ◎: Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs after 40 rounds of wear and tear (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 〇: After 10-40 times of sliding, the photocatalyst layer (^ ( ^ Film) peeling △: damage starts after 5-10 slides, the photocatalyst layer (Ti〇2 film) peels X: damage occurs after 5 or less slides, the photocatalyst layer (1 ′ 丨 〇2 film) peels here, The specific gravity of the glass substrate composed of S i 02-AJ2203_Na / K20 is 2.4, and the softening temperature is 680 ° C. Furthermore, T i 0 2 is obtained in Table 10, and N 1 is an anatase type of 1 to 3, with specific gravity. 3.9 This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -58-Printed by Zhengong Consumer Cooperative, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 __406031 b7_ V. Description of the invention (56), No. 4,5 series rutile type, the specific gravity is 4.2. The firing temperature of NO.1 in Table 10 is only 20 ° C higher than the softening temperature of the glass substrate. The viscosity of the glass substrate cannot be sufficiently reduced, so the anatase T i 02 constituting the lowermost layer of the photocatalyst layer cannot be fully embedded in the glass substrate. For this reason, it was damaged only by sliding 5 to 10 times in the abrasion resistance test. The antibacterial properties are due to the use of anatase with excellent photocatalytic activity and the observation of TG — DTA above 300 ° C. The organic components of T i 02 sol have almost all decomposed, gasified, and adhered to the surface of T i 02 Dispersants such as surface treatment agents should have been gasified, and the firing temperature was 700 ° C, so a very high processing temperature gives an excellent value of ++. NO. 3 ~ 5 series firing temperature is 800 ° Above C and below 1000 ° C, in terms of durability, they can withstand 40 or more times of back-and-forth sliding tests without changing into extremely excellent ones. The reason is that the surface of T i 02 particles formed on the surface after initial firing. , When processed at 1 100 ° C, after cooling and solidifying, it is taken out from the rolling rich and found on the surface of the multifunctional glass The cracking of the Ti 0 2 layer has occurred. This is judged by the TMA measurement of the T i 0 2 test piece, and it is known that the medium-term sintering that caused significant volume shrinkage of Ding 102 occurred. No. 4, NO. 5 antibacterial properties Both are poor. Two reasons can be guessed. One is that the T i 02 particles have phase-shifted to rutile, and the other is that the firing temperature is 300 ° C higher than the softening temperature of the glass substrate. The viscosity becomes too low, and the T i 02 particles constituting the photocatalyst layer are buried in the glass substrate. The T i 0 2 particle phase transition to the rutile type is not the reason here. Although the rutile T i 〇2 is slightly inferior to the anatase T i 02, it still has some photocatalytic activity. For example, the direct spray coating of T i 〇2 solution paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) n ^ · ^ ϋ— »— ^ 1 — ^ 1 It I 士 ^ 1 ^ 1 t ^ nm V- 丨 (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) -59-

0β031Α7 _ Β7 _ 五、發明說明(57 ) 膠於多孔質氧化鋁基材,於9 5 OeC燒成後經冷卻固化之 試料仍具+抗菌性•所以由此可知燒成溫度爲高於玻璃基 材之軟化溫度3 0 Ot,玻璃基材之粘性太低,構成光觸 媒靥之T i 02粒子被埋入玻璃基材中,應亦爲其一原因 又,以ΕΡΜΑ等元索分析試料截面方向之T i及 S i (玻璃基材主成份)時可以看到T i與S i混合層, 確認光觸媒粒子之T i 0 2已被埋入其中· 由以上實施例1 4 ·即*至少光觸媒爲T i 02,玻 璃基材爲S i 〇2—AJ?2〇3 — Na/K20組成時可確認 以下事實· ①燒成溫度較玻璃基材之軟化溫度高出2 0°C,未超 過3 0 0 °C之髙溫度條件製造多功能玻璃時,可製作抗菌 性及耐摩損性均佳之多功能玻璃•其原因係在該溫度中玻 璃基材之粘性已被調節爲逋於玻璃基材中埋入T i 02之 數值所致· ②①所製作之多功能玻璃係被確fgTi 02粒子已埋 入玻璃基材· ③燒成溫度爲8 0 0 °C以上1 0 0 〇eC以下時,經 4 0次以上滑動試驗,其耐摩損性均未起變化,成耐摩損 性極優者*根據推測應爲T i 〇 2粒子間生成頸部,而得 以堅牢地結合· 實施例1 7 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) - ---- I I I ! I 訂· I! I ---- (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 A7406031 b7 五、發明説明(58 ) 在 1 00x1 00x5 之 S i〇2— Αβ2〇3-P b 0組成所成玻璃基材表面,藉噴塗法塗佈1 5% Ti02溶膠水溶液(與實施例16同),形成膜厚 0 . 8em之Ti〇2層,繼而將此被層合Ti02層之玻 璃基材放入脫膜性極佳之陶瓷製膜型中,每一實施例以不 同之氣氛溫度在滾動式畜中加熱燒成後,冷卻,固化得多 功能玻璃》 以下表1 1中表示使用S i 〇2-Aj?203 — PbO 組成之玻璃基材時,燒成溫度改變時對抗菌性,耐摩損性 之影響。 (表 1 1 ) 基材=S i 〇2 — Aj22〇3_PbO 玻璃 光觸媒=T i 0 2 ---------批衣-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)0β031Α7 _ B7 _ V. Description of the invention (57) The sample adhered to the porous alumina substrate and cooled and solidified after firing at 9 5 OeC still has + antibacterial properties. The softening temperature of the material is 30 Ot, the viscosity of the glass substrate is too low, and the T i 02 particles constituting the photocatalyst 靥 are buried in the glass substrate. This should also be one of the reasons. When T i and S i (the main component of the glass substrate), a mixed layer of T i and S i can be seen, and it is confirmed that T i 0 2 of the photocatalyst particles has been embedded in it. · From Example 1 4 above, ie * at least the photocatalyst is T i 02, the glass substrate is S i 〇2—AJ? 2〇3—Na / K20 composition can confirm the following facts ① firing temperature is 20 ° C higher than the softening temperature of the glass substrate, not more than 3 When producing multifunctional glass at a temperature of 0 ° C, it can produce multifunctional glass with excellent antibacterial and abrasion resistance. The reason is that the viscosity of the glass substrate has been adjusted to be immersed in the glass substrate at this temperature. The value of T i 02 is embedded. ②① The multi-functional glass produced is confirmed to have fgTi 02 particles. Into glass substrates. ③ When the firing temperature is more than 800 ° C and less than 100 eC, after 40 or more sliding tests, the abrasion resistance has not changed, and the abrasion resistance is excellent. * Based on It is presumed that necks should be formed between T i 〇2 particles, so that they can be firmly combined. Example 17 7 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm)----- III! I Order · I! I ---- (Please read the note on the back first to write this page) Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7406031 b7 V. Description of Invention (58) S i〇2 at 1 00x1 00x5 — The surface of the glass substrate composed of Αβ2〇3-P b 0 was coated with a 15% Ti02 sol aqueous solution (the same as in Example 16) by spraying to form a Ti〇2 layer with a film thickness of 0.8em. The glass substrate laminated with Ti02 layer is placed in a ceramic film type with excellent release properties. Each example is heated and fired in a rolling animal at a different atmosphere temperature, and then cooled and solidified. Table 1 1 below shows the antibacterial properties when a glass substrate composed of S i 〇2-Aj? 203 — PbO is used and the firing temperature is changed. The impact of the loss of friction. (Table 1 1) Substrate = S i 〇2 — Aj22〇3_PbO Glass Photocatalyst = T i 0 2 --------- Approve clothes-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

.1T 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作社印装.1T Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Procurement Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

No. 6 7 8 9 10 燒成溫度(°C ) 560 580 740 840 860 與軟化溫度間 20 40 200 300 320 差rc ) 抗菌性 + + + + + + + + + + + 耐摩損性 Δ 〇 〇 ◎ ◎ 在此S i 02— AJ?2〇3 — PbO組成玻璃基材之軟 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家棣準(CNS ) A4规格(210X2.97公釐) 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作社印装 μ Α7406031β7五、發明説明.(59 ) 化溫度係5 4 0 aC ’比重係3 · 8 ,所得T i 〇 2之結晶 型均爲銳鈦礦型。 表1 1之耐摩損性試驗中NO. 6係經1 0次以下滑 動即受損傷剝離,惟NO. 7,8則滑動1〇次以上亦不 會受損傷,NO. 9,NO.10則滑動40次以上亦不 會受到損傷。 NO.9 ’10在40次以上滑動時亦不受損傷應爲 燒成溫度爲8 0 0 °C以上,在T i 02粒子間生成頸部, T i 0 2粒子相互堅牢地結合在一起所致。 Ν Ο . 6則滑動1 0次以下即受損傷,剝離,此係因 燒成溫度較玻璃基材之軟化溫度高出2 0°C而已,玻璃基 材之粘性無法充分降低,構成光觸媒層最下層之銳鈦礦型 T i 02粒子無法充分埋設入玻璃基材中所致。 與之相比Ν Ο . 7,8則滑動1 0次以上亦不會受損 傷,此應爲雖未達生成頸部之溫度,但燒成溫度與玻璃基 材軟化溫度之差異,已可調整玻璃基材之粘性爲T i 02 可適度地埋入粘著劑中之數值所致》 另一方面表11之抗菌試驗中,NO. 6〜NO. 9 可得+++或++之良好結果,但NO.10僅爲+»此 係因燒成溫度較玻璃基材軟化溫度更高3 2 0 °C,玻璃基 材之粘性太低,構成光觸媒層之T i 02粒被埋入玻璃基 材所致》 實施例1 8 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) 裝I 訂y (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -62 -No. 6 7 8 9 10 Firing temperature (° C) 560 580 740 840 860 and softening temperature 20 40 200 300 320 difference rc) antibacterial + + + + + + + + + + + abrasion resistance Δ 〇〇 ◎ ◎ Here S i 02 — AJ? 2 03 — PbO is composed of soft paper of glass substrate size, using China National Standards (CNS) A4 specifications (210X2.97 mm) Employees of the Central Procurement Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Cooperative printed μ Α7406031β7 V. Description of the invention. (59) The transformation temperature is 5 4 0 aC 'and the specific gravity is 3 · 8. The crystal forms of the obtained T i 〇2 are all anatase. Table 11 In the abrasion resistance test No. 6 is damaged and peeled off after sliding less than 10 times, but NO. 7, 8 will not be damaged after sliding more than 10 times, NO. 9, and NO. 10 It won't be damaged by sliding more than 40 times. NO.9 '10 is not damaged even if it slides more than 40 times. It should be a firing temperature of 80 ° C or more, and a neck is formed between T i 02 particles, and T i 0 2 particles are firmly bonded to each other. To. Ν Ο .6 is damaged and peeled after sliding for less than 10 times. This is because the firing temperature is 20 ° C higher than the softening temperature of the glass substrate. The viscosity of the glass substrate cannot be sufficiently reduced, which constitutes the most photocatalyst layer. The lower layer of anatase T i 02 particles cannot be fully embedded in the glass substrate. In contrast, NR 0, 7, 8 will not be damaged by sliding more than 10 times. This should be the temperature of the neck, but the difference between the firing temperature and the softening temperature of the glass substrate can be adjusted. The viscosity of the glass substrate is due to the value that T i 02 can be embedded in the adhesive moderately. "On the other hand, in the antibacterial test of Table 11, NO. 6 ~ NO. 9 can be obtained as +++ or ++. As a result, NO.10 is only + »This is because the firing temperature is higher than the softening temperature of the glass substrate by 3 2 0 ° C, the viscosity of the glass substrate is too low, and T 02 particles constituting the photocatalyst layer are buried in the glass Caused by the substrate ”Example 1 8 This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). I order (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -62-

B a 0玻璃 在 S i 02-Aje203—Ba0 組成所成 100X 1 00x5之玻璃基材上,藉噴塗法塗佈1 5%Ti 02 溶膠水溶液(與實施例1同),形成膜厚〇 . 8 # m之 T i 〇2餍,繼而將此被靥合T i 〇2層之玻璃基材放入脫 膜性極佳之陶瓷製模型中,繼而每一實施例以不同之氣氛 溫度在碳化矽發熱髖爐加熱燒成後,冷卻,固化得多功能 玻璃· 以下表12中表示改變上述多功能玻璃之燒成溫度時 對抗菌性,耐摩損性之影響 (表 1 2 ) 基材=S i 02 — AJ?20 光觸媒=T i 0 2B a 0 glass on a 100X 100x5 glass substrate made of Si 02-Aje203-Ba0 composition, coated with a 15% Ti 02 sol aqueous solution (the same as in Example 1) by spraying method to form a film thickness 0.8 # m 的 T i 〇2 餍, and then the glass substrate to which the T i 〇2 layer is bonded is placed in a ceramic mold with excellent film release property, and then each embodiment uses a different atmosphere temperature in silicon carbide Heated hip furnaces are heated and fired and then cooled and solidified much. Functional glass · The following table 12 shows the effect on the antibacterial and abrasion resistance when the firing temperature of the multifunctional glass is changed (Table 12) 02 — AJ? 20 Photocatalyst = T i 0 2

No. 11 12 13 14 燒成溫度(ec ) 640 740 840 940 與軟化溫度間之 20 120 220 320 差) 抗菌性 + + + + + + + + - 耐摩損性 X 〇 ◎ ◎ 在此S i 〇2— AJZ2〇3— B a 0組成之玻璃基材的 軟化溫度係620 ·(:,比重係2. 8·多功能材料上 表紙張尺度適用中S固家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 x 297公藿) ----— — — — — Ill— — . I I---I I ^ 1111111 (請先閱讀背面之注意事WWi#寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -63 - 經濟部中央樣準局舅工消费合作社印製 _406031 s'_ 五、發明説明(61)No. 11 12 13 14 Firing temperature (ec) 640 740 840 940 and 20 120 220 320 difference between softening temperature) Antibacterial + + + + + + + +-Wear resistance X ○ ◎ ◎ Here S i 〇 2— AJZ2〇3— B a 0 composition of the softening temperature of the glass substrate is 620 · (:, specific gravity is 2.8 · multifunctional materials on the table above paper standards applicable to the S solid standard (CNS > A4 specifications (210 x 297 public money) ----— — — — — Ill— —. I I --- II ^ 1111111 (Please read the notice on the back WWi # to write this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs- 63-Printed by the Central Samples Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Masonry Consumer Cooperatives _406031 s'_ V. Description of Invention (61)

Ti02之結晶型係NO. 11〜13爲銳鈦礦型,NO .1 4係金紅石型。 表12之耐摩損性試驗中,NO. 11係5次以下滑 動即受到損傷,剝離,N 0 . 1 2係滑動1 0次以上亦未 受損傷,NO. 1 3,1 4則即使滑動40次以上亦不會 受損傷,具極佳結果。 滑動40次以上亦不會受損傷之NO.13,14係 由燒成溫度達8 0 0°C以上,T i 02粒子間生成頸部, T i 0 2粒子互相堅牢地結合在一起所致。 滑動10次以下即受損傷,剝離之NO.11係因燒 成溫度僅高於玻璃基材軟化溫度2 0°C而已,無法充分降 低玻璃基材之粘性,構成光觸媒層最下層之銳鈦型 T i 02粒子無法充分埋入玻璃基材中所致》 與之相比,N 0 . 1 2係經1 0次以上滑動亦未受損 傷,此係因溫度雖未達生成頸部之溫度,但燒成溫度與玻 璃基材軟化溫度之差已可以調節玻璃基材之粘性至適度地 埋設T i 02至玻璃基材中之數值所致。 另一方面,表12之抗菌性試驗中NO. 11〜13 係+ + +或++有極佳效果,但N0..1 4係一 *此係因 T i 02會成爲金紅石型,燒成溫度較玻璃基材之軟化溫 度高3 2 0 °C,玻璃基材之粘性太低,構成光觸媒層之 T i 02粒子被埋入玻璃基材中造成之二種原因所致。 實施例1 9 本紙^尺度逍用中國國家橾準(〇呢)八4规格(210乂297公釐^ ~ _ 64 — ----------^------iT------Λ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央橾準局身工消費合作杜印裝 A7_406031 B7 五、發明説明(62 ) 各實施例分別使用不同比重之1 ο 〇 X 1 〇 〇 X 5玻 璃基材,在該基材表面,藉噴塗法塗佈1 5% T i 02溶膠水溶液,形成膜厚0 _ 8 4m之T i 〇2層, 繼而將此被層合T i 02層之玻璃基材放入脫膜性極佳之 陶瓷製膜型中,繼而每一實施例以不同之氣氛溫度在滾動 式菖中加熱燒成後,冷卻,固化得多功能玻璃》 以下表13中表示改進上述多功能材料之玻璃基材比 重對抗菌性,耐摩損性之影響。 (表 1 3 ) 光觸媒=T i 0 2 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)The crystalline type of Ti02 NO. 11 ~ 13 is anatase type, and NO.1 4 is rutile type. In the abrasion resistance test of Table 12, NO. 11 series was damaged after 5 slips, peeling, N 0. 12 series was not damaged more than 10 times, and NO. 1 3, 1 4 were 40 It will not be damaged more than twice, with excellent results. No.13,14 which will not be damaged after sliding more than 40 times, is caused by the firing temperature of 80 ° C or more, the neck between the T i 02 particles, and the T i 0 2 particles firmly bonded to each other. . It will be damaged if it slides less than 10 times. The peeling NO.11 is because the firing temperature is only 20 ° C higher than the softening temperature of the glass substrate. It cannot sufficiently reduce the viscosity of the glass substrate and form the anatase type of the bottom layer of the photocatalyst layer. T i 02 particles are not fully embedded in the glass substrate. In contrast, N 0. 12 is not damaged after more than 10 slidings. This is because the temperature does not reach the temperature of the neck. However, the difference between the firing temperature and the softening temperature of the glass substrate can already adjust the viscosity of the glass substrate to a value in which the T i 02 is embedded in the glass substrate appropriately. On the other hand, in the antibacterial test of Table 12, NO. 11 ~ 13 series ++ or ++ has excellent effect, but N0..1 4 series one * This series will become rutile type because of T i 02, burn The forming temperature is 320 ° C higher than the softening temperature of the glass substrate, and the viscosity of the glass substrate is too low, which is caused by two reasons that the T i 02 particles constituting the photocatalyst layer are buried in the glass substrate. Example 1 9 This paper ^ standard is free to use Chinese national standard (0?) 8 4 specifications (210 ~ 297 mm ^ ~ _ 64----------- ^ ------ iT- ----- Λ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Central Labor Department, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer and Industrial Cooperation Du Yinzhuang A7_406031 B7 V. Description of Invention (62) Each embodiment uses a different proportion of 1 ο 〇X 1 〇〇X 5 glass substrate, on the surface of the substrate, a 1 5% T i 02 sol aqueous solution was spray-coated to form a T i 〇2 layer with a film thickness of 0 _ 8 4 m, and then this was The glass substrate laminated with Ti 02 layer is placed in a ceramic film type with excellent release properties. Then, each embodiment is heated and fired in a rolling type at different atmospheric temperatures, and then cooled and solidified. Glass》 The following Table 13 shows the effect of improving the specific gravity of the glass substrate of the above multifunctional materials on antibacterial and abrasion resistance. (Table 1 3) Photocatalyst = T i 0 2 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page )

No. 15 16 1 7 18 玻璃基材種類 Si〇2-Al 2 0 3 ~ P b 〇 Si〇2-Al 2 0 3 - P b 0 玻璃基材比重 5.3 3. 8 2.8 2.4 T i 0 2比重 3. 9 3.9 3.9 3.9 玻璃基材軟化 480 540 620 680 溫度(°c ) 燒成溫度(°c ) 750 750 750 750 抗菌性 + + + + + + + + + + + 耐摩損性 X 〇 〇 〇 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -65 - 經濟部中央揉準局貝工消費合作社印製 406031 g 五、發明説明(63 ) 抗菌性試驗中,NO.15〜18均得極佳之+++ 結果》燒成溫度較玻璃基材之軟化溫度高3 0°C以上 3 0 〇°C以下,可知燒成溫度與玻璃基材之軟化溫度間的 差,可以將玻璃基材之粘性調節至可適度地將T i 02埋 入玻璃基材中之數值而得到此結果。 耐摩損性上,NO. 15係滑動5次以下即受損傷, 剝離,但NO.16〜18則滑動10次以上亦不致受損 傷。 根據考察其原因應爲NO.15與其他不同,玻璃基 材之比重較T i 02之比重大,所以構成光觸媒層之最下 層的銳鈦礦型T i 02粒子無法充分埋入玻璃基材中所致 〇 因此獲知,多功能玻璃基材之耐摩損性亦受到 τ i 02與玻璃基材間之比重的影響,玻璃基材之比重較 T i 〇2比重大時亦會造成較差之耐摩損性。 實施例2 0 在1 5 0四方形之S i 02-A5203-B a 0組成 (軟化溫度6 2 0 °C)所成玻璃基材表面,噴塗混合物 T i 02溶膠與S η 02溶膠經攪拌後之水溶液,於 7 5 0 °C燒成,冷卻,固化得多功能材料。 又,T i 02溶膠濃度係4〜6重量%,以NH3水溶 液被調整爲pH值1 1,T i 02粒子之微晶粒徑係 本紙張尺度適用中國國家棣準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 1.1 裝 訂 I^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) MSL·No. 15 16 1 7 18 Type of glass substrate Si〇2-Al 2 0 3 ~ P b 〇SiO〇2-Al 2 0 3-P b 0 Specific gravity of glass substrate 5.3 3. 8 2.8 2.4 T i 0 2 Specific gravity 3. 9 3.9 3.9 3.9 Glass substrate softening 480 540 620 680 Temperature (° c) Firing temperature (° c) 750 750 750 750 Antibacterial + + + + + + + + + + + Abrasion resistance X 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -65-Printed by the Central Labor Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, 406031 g. 5. Description of the invention (63) Antibacterial test, NO.15 Excellent results are obtained from ~ 18 + + "The firing temperature is higher than the softening temperature of the glass substrate by 30 ° C or more and 300 ° C or less. It can be seen that the difference between the firing temperature and the softening temperature of the glass substrate, This result can be obtained by adjusting the viscosity of the glass substrate to a value where T i 02 can be buried in the glass substrate moderately. In terms of abrasion resistance, No. 15 series is damaged after sliding less than 5 times, but No. 16 ~ 18 is not damaged by sliding more than 10 times. According to the investigation, the reason should be that No.15 is different from others. The specific gravity of the glass substrate is greater than that of T i 02, so the anatase T i 02 particles that constitute the lowermost layer of the photocatalyst layer cannot be fully embedded in the glass substrate. Because of this, it is known that the abrasion resistance of multifunctional glass substrates is also affected by the specific gravity between τ i 02 and the glass substrate. When the specific gravity of the glass substrate is greater than T i 〇2, it will also cause poor abrasion resistance. Sex. Example 2 0 The surface of a glass substrate made of S i 02-A5203-B a 0 (softening temperature 6 2 0 ° C) of 150 square was sprayed with a mixture of Ti 02 sol and S η 02 sol. The subsequent aqueous solution is fired at 75 ° C, cooled, and solidifies more functional materials. In addition, the concentration of the sol of T i 02 is 4 to 6% by weight, and the pH value is adjusted to 1 with NH3 aqueous solution. The crystallite size of the T i 02 particles is the size of this paper. It is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 Mm) 1.1 Binding I ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) MSL ·

40〒 五、發明說明(64) 0. 01#m,Sn〇2粒子之微晶粒徑係 0 . 0 0 3 5 # m · 在表1 4中表示如上述製作之多功能材料*改變對 T i Ο*與Sn02合計SiSnOj*置(莫爾比)時對抗 菌性及耐摩損性上之影響*試驗結果示於表中· (表 1 4 ) 基材=Si02-Ai2〇3 — BaO 玻璃 光觸媒=Ti 02,空隙粒子=Sn02 (0 · 0 0 3 5 jti m )40〒 V. Description of the invention (64) 0. 01 # m, the microcrystalline particle size of the Sn〇2 particles is 0. 0 0 3 5 # m T i Ο * and Sn02 combined SiSnOj * Effect on antibacterial and abrasion resistance when placed (Moore ratio) Photocatalyst = Ti 02, void particles = Sn02 (0 · 0 0 3 5 jti m)

No. 19 20 21 22 23 S η 0 2量(mol X 0 10 20 60 100 抗菌性 + + + + + + + + + + + - 耐摩損性 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 耐摩損性上言•隨著S η 02之置增加可提髙耐摩損 性*添加1 0%以上時•滑動4 0次亦不會受損傷亦不會 發生變化· 抗菌性試驗中》至2 0 %以上範困係與不添加者一樣 *+ + +至60%爲止時可爲+ + ’但再增加添加量時, 其镢蓋基材表面T i 02粒子之機率大增,抗菌性變差, 1 0 0 %時則爲一· 本紙張尺度適用中固國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 X 297公« ) ------I I I I---i — — — — — — — — — — — — (諳先閲讀背面之注意事寫本頁> 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 經濟部中夬揉準局貝工消費合作社印製 406031 at B7五、發明説明(65 ) 因此s η 0 2之添加量係以莫爾比而言,在τ i 0 2與 S 11〇2合計量之1 〇%以上6 0%以下,較佳在1 0% 以上2 0%以下即可提供抗菌性,耐摩損性均優之多功能 玻璃。 在此耐摩損性可以隨著S η 02量之增加而提高,可 以根據上述第1 7圖之說明解釋其機作。 如上述介著玻璃基材在玻璃基材表面被保持有 T i 02粒子層之複合材料中,在露出於最表面之T i 02 粒子間空隙填充S η 0 2粒子並以6 0 0 °C以上燒成時, 即不會發生龜裂,結合T i 02粒子間之頸部,而可提高 耐摩損特性。 比較例2 1 與實施例20 —樣,在1 50四方形S i 02 — Α$203-Β a 0組成(軟化溫度6 2 0 °C)所成基材表 面上,以噴塗法塗佈混合,攪拌T i 02溶膠與S 11〇2溶 膠所成之水溶液後,於7 5 0 °C燒成,冷卻固化得多功能 玻璃。 又,Ti02溶膠之濃度係4〜6重量% ’以氨水水 溶液調整爲pH值1 1 ,微晶粒徑係與實施例2 0 —樣爲 0. 01#!11,511〇2粒子之微晶粒徑係使用較大之0 . 0 0 8 以 m。 針對如上述製作之多功能玻璃進行抗菌性試驗及耐摩 損性試驗,與實施例2 0比較之結果示如以下表1 5。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -68 - 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消费合作社印裝 __406031 b7 五、發明説明(66 ) (表 1 5 )No. 19 20 21 22 23 S η 0 2 (mol X 0 10 20 60 100 Antibacterial + + + + + + + + + + +-Wear resistance ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ Introduction of wear resistance Increasing the position of S η 02 can improve abrasion resistance * When adding more than 10% • It will not be damaged or changed after sliding 40 times. During the antibacterial test, it is more or less than 20%. The same as the additive * + + + can be + + to 60%, but when the amount is increased, the probability of T i 02 particles covering the surface of the substrate is greatly increased, and the antibacterial property is deteriorated. At 100%, 1. This paper size applies the National Solid State Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇X 297 male «) ------ III I --- i — — — — — — — — — — — — — (谙First read the note on the back and write this page> Printed by the Consumer Property Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 406031 at B7 V. Invention Description (65) Therefore s In terms of mol ratio, the added amount is 10% or more and 60% or less of the total amount of τ i 0 2 and S 1102, preferably 10% or more and 20% or less. It can provide antibacterial properties and wear resistance. Loss Multifunctional glass. Here the abrasion resistance can be improved with the increase of the amount of S η 02, and its operation can be explained according to the description of Figure 17 above. As described above, the glass substrate is held on the surface of the glass substrate. In a composite material with a T i 02 particle layer, when the gap between the T i 02 particles exposed on the outermost surface is filled with S η 0 2 particles and fired at 60 ° C or higher, cracks do not occur, and T is combined. i 02 The neck between particles can improve the abrasion resistance. Comparative Example 2 1 Same as Example 20, at 150 square Si i 02 — Α $ 203-Β a 0 composition (softening temperature 6 2 0 ° C ) On the surface of the resulting substrate, coating and mixing by spraying method, stirring the aqueous solution of Ti 02 sol and S 1102 sol, and then firing at 750 ° C, cooling and solidifying the multifunctional glass. The concentration of Ti02 sol is 4 ~ 6% by weight. 'The pH value is adjusted to 1 1 with an aqueous ammonia solution, and the crystallite size is the same as in Example 2 0. The sample size is 0.01 #! 11,511〇2. The larger one is 0.08 to m. The antibacterial test and abrasion resistance test on the multifunctional glass made as described above are compared with actual tests. Example 2 The comparison results are shown in Table 15 below. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -68-Central Ministry of Economic Affairs 橾Printed by the Zhuhai Bureau Shellfisher Consumer Cooperative __406031 b7 V. Description of Invention (66) (Table 1 5)

基材=S i 〇2— Aj2203— B a 0 玻璃 光觸媒=T i 02,空隙粒子=S n02 (0 · 0080em) ,熱處理 750°CBase material = S i 〇2— Aj2203— B a 0 Glass Photocatalyst = T i 02, void particles = S n02 (0 · 0080em), heat treatment 750 ° C

No. 24 25 26 27 28 S η 02量(mol% 0 10 20 60 100 抗菌性 + + + + + + + + + + + - 耐摩損性 〇 〇 〇 ◎ ◎ 結果獲知〇. 〇〇8#m之Sn02粒子可提高耐摩 損性之效果係較使用0· 〇〇35μιη之Sn02粒子時 弱,對T i 02與S η 02合計量之莫爾比爲6 0%以上時 才能達到滑動4 0次亦不會受到損傷,起變化之地步。 抗菌性試驗中,與使用0. 0035μιη之Sn02 粒子時一樣,2 0%以上爲止範圍尙可以與不添加時一樣 得+ + +結果,6 0%以下爲止則停留於+ +。更多時則 覆蓋住玻璃基材表面之T i 02粒子的機率增加,抗菌性 惡化,1 0 0 %時則爲一。 因此,使用0. Oljum Ti02粒子時添加 0. 008#m Sn02粒子,很難提供抗菌性,耐摩 損性均優之多功能玻璃。此係因粒徑愈大時S η 02粒子 本纸伕尺度逋用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) 一 69 - ------- - n n in--- n n T I I I ...... . I WAN (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經涛部中央標準局貝工消費合作杜印製 406031 D / 五、發明説明(67 ) 之蒸汽壓會愈小,未氣化而殘留之S η 0 2粒子若爲 0. 0035#m時會存在於Ti02粒子間之空隙’以 提高結合強度,與之相比,0· 008//m時係與 T i 〇2粒子間之空隙相比,S η 〇2粒子較大’ S η 〇2 粒子無法進入空隙中,反而會在T i 02粒子上之機率高 〇 由以上可知,應埋入T i 0 2粒子之空隙的Sn〇 2粒 子大小,以對T i 0 2粒徑而言4/5以下爲宜。 實施例2 2 在 1 5 0 四方形 S n02— Aj?2〇3-B a 0 組成( 軟化溫度6 2 0°C)所成玻璃基材表面,以噴塗法在其上 噴塗T i 〇 2溶膠水溶液後’於7 5 0 °C燒成,冷卻固化 爲複合材料,再以噴塗法於其上塗佈S η 02溶膠水溶液 後於1 1 0°C熱處理,得多功能材料。這時τ i 02溶膠 水溶液係使用與實施例2 0相同者,而S n 〇 2溶膠則用 0. 0035#m 者。 針對如上述製作之多功能材料進行抗菌性試驗及耐摩 損性試驗,結果示如以下表1 6 » 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) 裝-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)No. 24 25 26 27 28 S η 02 (mol% 0 10 20 60 100 antibacterial + + + + + + + + + + +-abrasion resistance 〇〇〇 ◎ ◎ The result is known. 〇〇8 # m The effect of Sn02 particles on improving abrasion resistance is weaker than when using Sn02 particles of 0. 〇35μιη, and the slip ratio can be reached 40 times when the molar ratio of the total amount of T i 02 and S η 02 is 60% or more. It will not be damaged and will change. In the antibacterial test, it is the same as when using Sn02 particles of 0. 0035μιη, and the range is more than 20%. The result can be the same as when not added, and the result is less than 60%. So far, it stays at + +. More often, the probability of T i 02 particles covering the surface of the glass substrate increases, and the antibacterial property deteriorates, which is one at 100%. Therefore, when using 0. Oljum Ti02 particles, add 0 . 008 # m Sn02 particles, it is difficult to provide multifunctional glass with excellent antibacterial properties and abrasion resistance. This is because the larger the particle size, the larger the particle size of the S η 02 particles, this paper uses the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification ( 210X297 mm) One 69---------nn in --- nn TIII ....... I WAN (Please read the precautions on the back before (Write this page) The Ministry of Tao ’s Central Standards Bureau, Shellfish Consumer Cooperation Du printed 406031 D / V. Description of the invention (67) The vapor pressure will be smaller, and the remaining S η 0 2 particles that are not gasified will be 0.035 There will be voids between Ti02 particles at #m 'to increase the bonding strength. Compared with that, at 0. 008 // m, compared with the voids between T i 〇2 particles, S η 〇2 particles are larger. S η 〇2 particles can not enter the gap, but will have a higher probability on T i 02 particles. From the above, we can know that the size of Sn 02 particles that should be buried in the voids of T i 0 2 particles The diameter is preferably less than 4/5. Example 2 2 The surface of a glass substrate formed with a composition of 1 50 0 square Sn02—Aj? 2〇3-B a 0 (softening temperature 6 2 0 ° C), and T i 〇2 sol aqueous solution was sprayed on it by spraying method, and then fired at 75 ° C, cooled and solidified into a composite material, and then sprayed with S η 02 sol aqueous solution at 1 1 0 ° C. Heat treatment, many functional materials. At this time τ i 02 sol aqueous solution is the same as in Example 20, and Sn 0 2 sol is 0.035 # m. For the production as above The material can be tested for antibacterial resistance and abrasion resistance. The results are shown in the following table. 6 »This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). Packing-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling in (This page)

、1T 701T 70

A7D"7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明(68 ) 406031 (表 1 6 ) 基材=S i 〇2-Αί2〇3— B a 0 玻璃 光觸媒=T i 〇2,空除粒子=Sn02 (0*0035烊111),熱處理750。(:/110乞A7D &7; Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Invention Description (68) 406031 (Table 1 6) Substrate = S i 〇2-Αί2〇3— B a 0 Glass Photocatalyst = T i 〇2, empty Excluding particles = Sn02 (0 * 0035 烊 111), heat treatment 750. (: / 110 begging

No. 29 30 31 32 33 S η 0 2ft (mo 1X 0 10 20 60 100 抗菌性 + + + + + + + + + + + - 耐摩損性 〇 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ 耐摩損性上言*隨著S η 0*之量增加可提髙耐摩損 性•添加莫爾比2 0%以上時,滑動4 0次亦不會受損傷 亦不會發生變化· 抗菌性試驗中•至2 0%以上範圔係與不添加者一樣 爲+ + +至6 0%爲止時可爲+ +,但再增加添加量時, 其覆蓋基材表面Τ 102粒子之機率大增•抗菌性變差* 1 0 0 %時則爲一· 此試驗中因S η 〇2溶膠係在較低之1 1 〇°C溫度熱 處理,所以不會發生如實施例5之氣化一凝結機構的燒結 •惟耐摩損性仍能提高,此係因比T i 02粒子的粒徑小 •即,比表面稹大且吸附力強之S η 02粒子已埤入 T i 〇*粒子間之空嫌•而使T i 〇«粒子互相堅牢地結合 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I ! I _! ei!· — —--^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) Α7 4060οί 五、發明説明(69 ) 在一起所致。 實施例2 3 在1 5 0四方形S i 02-A又203— B a 0組成( 軟化溫度6 2 0 °C)所成玻璃基材表面,在其上以噴塗法 塗佈T i 〇2溶膠水溶液後,於7 5 0°C燒成,冷卻固化 爲複合材料,在其上塗佈乙酸銅水溶液經乾燥,然後照射 含紫外線之光線以還原銅離子,一邊固定光觸媒層,得多 功能材料。在此使用水銀燈做爲照射燈》 在此被固定於光觸媒層之Cu粒子係平均0· 004 μ m左右之大小》 針對如上述製作之多功能玻璃進行抗菌性試驗及耐摩 損性試驗,結果如表1 7所示。 (表 1 7 ) 基材=S i 〇2—入艾2〇3—8 3〇玻璃 光觸媒=Ti〇2,空隙粒子=Cu (0.004#m) ’熱處理7 5 0 t/光還原 I---------¾------1T-------A (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央梯準局員工消費合作社印裝No. 29 30 31 32 33 S η 0 2ft (mo 1X 0 10 20 60 100 Antibacterial + + + + + + + + + + +-Abrasion resistance 〇〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ Increasing the amount of η 0 * can improve abrasion resistance. When the Mohr ratio is added more than 20%, it will not be damaged or changed after 40 times of sliding. In the antibacterial test, it will be more than 20%. It is the same as the non-additive. It can be + + until 60%, but when the amount is increased, the probability of covering T 102 particles on the surface of the substrate is greatly increased. • Antibacterial deterioration * 1 0 0% The time is one. In this test, because the S η 〇2 sol is heat-treated at a lower temperature of 110 ° C, sintering of the gasification-condensation mechanism as in Example 5 does not occur. However, the abrasion resistance is still good. Increase, this is because the particle diameter of T i 02 particles is smaller, that is, S η 02 particles that are larger than the surface and have strong adsorption force have penetrated into the space between T i 〇 * particles, so that T i 〇 «particles Firmly combined with each other This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) I! I _! Ei! · — —-^ (Please read the notes on the back first to write this page) Α7 4060οί The invention description (69) is caused together. Example 2 3 The surface of the glass substrate formed by the composition of 15 0 square S i 02-A and 203 — B a 0 (softening temperature 6 2 0 ° C), The T i 〇2 sol aqueous solution was spray-coated thereon, and then fired at 750 ° C, and cooled to solidify into a composite material. A copper acetate aqueous solution was coated thereon to be dried, and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays to reduce copper Ion, the photocatalyst layer is fixed on one side, and there are many functional materials. Here, a mercury lamp is used as the illumination lamp. Here, the average Cu particle size fixed to the photocatalyst layer is about 0. 004 μm. The antibacterial test and the abrasion resistance test were performed, and the results are shown in Table 17. (Table 17) Substrate = S i 〇2— 入 艾 2〇3—8 3〇 glass photocatalyst = Ti〇2, void particles = Cu (0.004 # m) 'Heat treatment 7 5 0 t / light reduction I --------- ¾ ------ 1T ------- A (Please read the precautions on the back before (Fill in this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

No. 34 35 36 37 38 c u 量(mo1 % ) 0 10 20 60 100 抗菌性 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 耐摩損性 〇 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ ^汉通用肀國國家標準(CNS )- Α4規格(21〇χ 297公羡 -72 406031 A7 B7 五、發明説明(7〇 ) 耐摩損性上言,隨著c U之量增加可提高耐摩損性, 添加莫耳比2 0%以上時,滑動4 0次亦不會受損傷亦不 會發生變化。 抗菌性試驗中,至2 〇 %以上範圍係與不添加者一樣 爲+ + +,C u時因其本身具抗菌力,所以大量添加亦未 見降低抗菌性。 惟可能係添加少量銅時係受到T i Ο 2粒子層的光觸 媒作用所支配,而添加大量銅時係受到銅之作用所支配的 結果。若僅期待銅發揮作用時因銅會在液體中慢慢溶離, 與沒有光觸媒者相比其壽命較短。又,銅之添加量太多時 成本亦較高,所以設定太多量之銅添加量並不具意義。 由此實施例可知,不只可用如S η 02之類的氧化物 ’例如銅之類的金屬亦可做爲埋入T i 02粒子層空隙之 粒子。 實施例2 4 在 1 5 0 四方形 S i 〇2-Aj?2〇3— B a 0 組成( 經濟部中央標準局貞工消费合作社印裝 批衣— (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -率 軟化溫度6 2 0°C)所成玻璃基材表面,以噴塗法塗佈 T i 02溶膠水溶液後,於9 5 0 °C燒成,冷卻固化爲複 合材料,在該材料塗佈乙酸銅水溶液,然後照射含紫外線 在內之光線,一邊還原銅離子,一邊固定光觸媒層,得多 功能玻璃。 這時使用B LB燈照射,照射數分鐘。T i 02係在 熱處理過程中銳鈦礦相轉移爲金紅石型。T i 02之膜厚 本紙張尺度適用中國囷家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -73 經濟部中央榡準局貝工消費合作杜印製 406031 ^ I - __ 五、發明説明(71 ) 係在噴塗時調整爲0. 4em。 對如上述製作之多功能玻璃進行抗菌性試驗及耐摩損 性試驗。耐摩損性試驗中未添加者在此溫度範圍亦可得良 好結果。添加或不添加銅均可以經4 〇次滑動亦不會受損 傷,不發生變化。 將抗菌性試驗示於第2 2圖。不添加時T i 02爲金 紅石型所以較差之+。逐以加入銅時抗菌性可以提高,不 只照射BLB燈時,即使不照射時只要銅載持量爲〇. 7 eg/cm2以上即可使抗菌活性爲+ +,Cu載持量爲 1. 2eg/cm2以上即可使抗菌性爲+++» 由以上可知,欲提供抗菌性,耐摩損性均優之多功能 材料仍以Cu載持量爲〇. 7 eg /cm 2爲以上爲宜, 更佳爲1. 2jt/g/cm2以上。 至於銅載持量係在塗佈乙酸銅水溶液後照射B L B燈 前,如果先施予乾燥步驟則可以顯著提高》將此關係示於 第2 3圖。此係因經過乾燥,光還原時之金屬離子濃度較 高所致。 又,塗佈最適量之銅時銅載持量可達最高(第2 4圖 係Cu濃度1重量%之乙酸銅例),依此第20圖,欲使 塗佈量爲0· 7eg/cm2以上時,可以爲0. 2mg / cm2〜2. 7mg/cm2,欲使其爲 1. 2vg/ (:1112以上時可以爲〇. 3 1118/(:1112〜2.4111叾/ cm2。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) I i 裝 訂^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) _ 74 _ 經濟部中央裸準局貝工消费合作社印製 ___4060“ b7_ 五、發明説明(72 ) 實施例2 5 在1 5 0四方形S i 〇2-Ai203-B a Ο組成( 軟化溫度6 8 0 °C)所成玻璃基材表面,以噴塗法塗佈 T i 〇2溶膠水溶液後,於9 5 0 °C燒成,冷卻固化爲複 合材料’在該材料塗佈硝酸銀水溶液,然後照射含紫外線 在內之光線,一邊還原銀離子,一邊固定光觸媒層,得多 功能玻璃。 這時使用BLB燈照射,照射數分鐘。T i 02係在 熱處理過程中銳鈦礦相轉移爲金紅石型。T i 02之膜厚 係在噴塗時調整爲〇. 4vm。 對如上述製作之多功能玻璃進行抗菌性試驗及耐摩損 性試驗。耐摩損性試驗中未添加者在此溫度範圍亦可得良 好結果。添加或不添加銀均可以經4 0次滑動亦不會受損 傷,不發生變化》 將抗菌性試驗示於第2 5圖。不添加時T i 02爲金 紅石型所以較差。但添加銀時則獲得改善,不僅照射 B L B燈,即使不照射亦在銀載持量爲〇. 〇5//g/ cm2以上時可以使抗菌性爲+ +。Ag載持量爲〇 . 1 μ g/cm2以上時抗菌性可達+ + +。 惟銀之載持量多時由褐色變爲黑色,外觀上不佳,惟 銀之載持量在1 μ g/cm 2以下時仍不會著色》 由以上可知’銀之載持量係以〇 . 〇 5 g/cm2 〜l#g/cm2’較佳以0 - 1以g/cm2〜1以g/ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS > Α4規格(210X297公釐) I---------1------1T------,·^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央橾準局爲工消費合作社印裝 406031 at ___________ B7 五、發明説明(73 ) 實施例2 6 在1 5 0四方形S i 02-A^203— B aO玻料( 軟化溫度6 8 0 °C)所成玻璃基材表面以噴塗法塗佈 T i 〇2溶膠水溶液後,於9 5 0 °C燒成,冷卻固化爲複 合材料,在該材料塗佈硝酸銀水溶液,然後照射含紫外線 在內之光線,一邊還原銀離子,一邊固定光觸媒層,得多 功能玻璃。 這時照射燈係使用B L B燈,照射數分鐘。又 T i 02係在熱處理過程中銳鈦礦相轉移爲金紅石型。 針對如上述所製作之多功能玻璃,改變T i 02膜厚 ,以進行耐摩損性試驗,抗‘菌性試驗》 耐摩損性試驗中,在此次試驗之2 /zm以內範圍均具 良好效果,經4 0次來回滑動亦不會受損傷,不起變化。 抗菌性試驗中,膜厚0. 1#111以上時爲++, 0. 以上時爲+ + +。因此Ti02膜厚係以 0· Ιμιη以上爲宜較佳爲〇· 2μιη以上。 由以上說明可知,使光觸媒粒子固定於熱塑性基材, 其使構成光觸媒層表層部之光觸媒粒子子不致於埋入熱塑 性基材中,所以光觸媒粒子係其表面實質上露出於外面之 狀態,可充分發揮光觸媒效果。又,光觸媒粒子中構成光 觸媒層下層之粒子係其一部份被埋入熱塑性基材中,所以 可顯著提高光觸媒層之保持力,很難剝離。 第26圖及第27圖係以ΕΡΜΑ(電子線微分析儀 本纸it尺度適用中國國家梯準(CNS ) Α4规格(210X297公釐) ----------i------IT------Λ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作社印製 __40G0S1_^__ 五、發明説明(74 ) )觀察多功能材料之截面方向時的基本輪廓概念圖。由此 等可知,自接觸外氣之表面開始首先有一段大約成爲一定 濃度之構成光觸媒層2成份的區域(A區),然後構成光 觸媒層之成份即逐漸減少。又,構成非晶質層(粘結劑層 )之成份則在不存在或以極少量存在於表面,向內部逐漸 增加其濃度。然後達到某一程度之膜厚時即成爲一定濃度 (B區)。在此定義A區爲光觸媒層,B區爲非晶質層, 其中間之C區爲中間層。惟第2 6圖只是爲方便說明所用 概念圖,實際上係如第2 7圖所示,在第2 6圖所說明濃 度一定之部份常因製造過程上之理由而發生濃度上改變。 這時則如第2 7圖所示,將達到相對應於一定區域之區( A /區,B >區)的最小濃度值部份分別視爲A /區與 (:/區,B —區與區之境界。 在此光觸媒層之厚度係指A區或A /區之厚度,中間 '層厚度係指C區域或C >區之厚度而言。 此中間層之厚度係可以藉由控制光觸媒粒子向著軟化 之非晶質內移動的速度,與可能移動時間,即可以改變其 厚度》移動速度可以控制光觸媒粒子與非晶質層之比重差 ,燒成速度,氣氛壓力等。又,可能移動之時間可以改變 非晶質材料保持於軟化溫度之時間予以改變。 此中間層厚度可以使其爲光觸媒層厚度之1/3以上 ,以提高其緊貼性。 以下敘述具體實施例如下。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榇準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ----------裝------訂------4 {請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 406031__B7 _ 五、發明説明(75 ) 實施例2 7 藉由噴塗法在1 〇 cm四方形礬土基板上形成 S i 〇2-Ai?2〇3 — N a/K2◦系非晶質層,經乾燥燒 成後,藉由噴塗法塗佈平均粒徑0 01//1111'102溶 膠水溶液,於8 5 0 °C改變保持其之時間,經燒成以形成 0. 2em,0. 5/^m,l#m膜厚之銳欽礦型 T i 02薄膜。繼而以噴塗法塗佈乙酸銅水溶液於此銳鈦 礦型T i 02薄膜,然後經光還原(光源:20W BLB燈,自光源至試料之距離10cm,照射時間30 秒)得試料。藉由ΕΡΜΑ之截面元素分析(T i ,S i )所得試料,測定膜厚,評估抗菌性,耐摩損性。No. 34 35 36 37 38 cu Amount (mo1%) 0 10 20 60 100 Antibacterial + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Abrasion resistance 〇〇 ◎ ◎ ^ Chinese Standard (CNS)-Α4 specification (21〇χ 297 public envy-72 406031 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (70) Wear resistance As mentioned above, with the increase of the amount of c U, wear resistance can be improved. When it is 0% or more, it will not be damaged or changed if it is swiped 40 times. In the antibacterial test, the range of more than 20% is the same as that of the non-additive. Adding a large amount of copper is not controlled by the photocatalytic action of the T i Ο 2 particle layer, but a large amount of copper is dominated by the effect of copper. When copper is expected to work, copper will slowly dissolve in the liquid, and its life will be shorter than those without photocatalyst. In addition, if the amount of copper added is too much, the cost will be higher, so setting too much amount of copper is not necessary. This example shows that it is not only possible to use oxides such as S η 02 such as copper Metals of the same kind can also be used as particles embedded in the voids of the Ti 02 particle layer. Example 2 4 is composed of 150 square Si 〇2-Aj? 2〇3— B a 0 Industrial and consumer cooperatives printed batches of clothing — (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)-The surface of the glass substrate made of softening temperature 6 2 0 ° C, coated with Ti 02 sol aqueous solution by spraying method, It is fired at 95 ° C, cooled and solidified into a composite material, and coated with an aqueous solution of copper acetate, and then irradiated with light including ultraviolet rays, while reducing copper ions, fixing the photocatalyst layer, and multifunctional glass. At this time, use B The LB lamp is irradiated for several minutes. T i 02 is anatase phase transferred to rutile during heat treatment. The film thickness of T i 02 is in accordance with the Chinese standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm). -73 Printed by the Central Bureau of Quasi-Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China, 406021 ^ I-__ V. The description of the invention (71) is adjusted to 0.4em when spraying. Abrasion resistance test. In addition, good results can also be obtained in this temperature range. With or without addition of copper, it can not be damaged after 40 slidings and does not change. The antibacterial test is shown in Figure 22. T i when not added 02 is rutile type, so it is inferior to +. Antibacterial activity can be improved when copper is added one by one. When not only the BLB lamp is irradiated, as long as the copper carrying capacity is not less than 0.7 eg / cm2, the antibacterial activity can be + +, Cu supporting capacity is 1.2eg / cm2 or more to make the antibacterial property +++ »From the above, it is known that for multifunctional materials that provide antibacterial properties and excellent abrasion resistance, the Cu supporting capacity is still 0. 7 eg / cm 2 is more preferably, more preferably 1.2 jt / g / cm2 or more. As for the copper carrying capacity, before the B L B lamp is irradiated after the copper acetate aqueous solution is applied, the drying step can be significantly improved. This relationship is shown in Fig. 23. This is due to the higher metal ion concentration during photoreduction after drying. In addition, when the optimum amount of copper is applied, the copper carrying capacity can be the highest (Figure 24 shows an example of copper acetate with a copper concentration of 1% by weight). According to Figure 20, the coating amount is intended to be 0.7 · eg / cm2. In the above case, it may be 0.2 mg / cm2 ~ 2.7 mg / cm2. If it is 1.2 vg / (: 1112 or more, it may be 0.3 1118 / (: 1112 ~ 2.4111 叾 / cm2.) This paper size is applicable China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) I i Binding ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) _ 74 _ Printed by the Central Barrier Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, ___4060 "b7_ V. Description of the invention (72) Example 2 5 The surface of a glass substrate formed with a composition of 1 500 square Si 〇2-Ai203-B a 〇 (softening temperature 6 8 0 ° C) was coated with T by spraying method. i 〇2 sol aqueous solution, fired at 95 ° C, cooled and solidified into a composite material 'coated with silver nitrate aqueous solution, and then irradiated with light including ultraviolet rays, while reducing silver ions, fixed photocatalyst layer, to obtain Multifunctional glass. At this time, use a BLB lamp to irradiate for several minutes. T i 02 is anatase phase transferred to gold during heat treatment Stone type. The film thickness of Ti 02 is adjusted to 0.4 vm during spraying. The multifunctional glass produced as described above is subjected to an antibacterial test and abrasion resistance test. Those not added in the abrasion resistance test are also in this temperature range. Good results can be obtained. With or without adding silver, it can be swiped for 40 times without damage and no change. The antibacterial test is shown in Figure 25. When not added, T i 02 is rutile, so it is poor. However, when silver is added, it is improved, and not only the BLB lamp is irradiated, but even when it is not irradiated, the antibacterial property can be increased to +0.5 when the silver load is above 0.05 // g / cm2. The Ag load is 〇. Antibacterial properties can reach + + + when 1 μ g / cm2 or more. However, when the silver carrying capacity changes from brown to black, the appearance is not good, but the silver carrying capacity remains below 1 μ g / cm 2. No coloring "From the above, it can be known that the loading capacity of silver is 0.05 g / cm2 ~ l # g / cm2, preferably 0-1 g / cm2 ~ 1 g / This paper scale applies to China Knead (CNS > Α4 size (210X297 mm) I --------- 1 ------ 1T ------, · ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling (This page) Ministry of Economy The Central Bureau of Standards printed 406031 at ___________ for industrial and consumer cooperatives. B7 V. Description of the invention (73) Example 2 6 In 1 50 0 square S i 02-A ^ 203— B aO glass (softening temperature 6 8 0 ° C) The surface of the resulting glass substrate is coated with an aqueous solution of TiO 2 sol by spraying, and then fired at 95 ° C, cooled and solidified into a composite material, and then coated with an aqueous silver nitrate solution, and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays. The light, while reducing silver ions, while fixing the photocatalyst layer, is more functional glass. At this time, a LB lamp was used, and the irradiation was performed for several minutes. In the T i 02 series, the anatase phase was transferred to the rutile type during the heat treatment. For the multi-functional glass made as above, change the film thickness of T i 02 to perform abrasion resistance test, anti-bacterial test. In the abrasion resistance test, it has a good effect within the range of 2 / zm of this test. After 40 times of sliding back and forth, it will not be damaged and cannot be changed. In the antibacterial test, the film thickness is ++ when the film thickness is 0.1 # or more, and ++ when the film thickness is 0.1 or more. Therefore, the thickness of the Ti02 film is preferably 0.1 μm or more, and more preferably 0.2 μm or more. From the above description, it can be seen that fixing the photocatalyst particles to the thermoplastic base material prevents the photocatalyst particles constituting the surface layer portion of the photocatalyst layer from being buried in the thermoplastic base material. Therefore, the photocatalyst particles have a surface that is substantially exposed to the outside. Play photocatalyst effect. In addition, part of the particles constituting the lower layer of the photocatalyst layer among the photocatalyst particles are embedded in the thermoplastic substrate, so the holding power of the photocatalyst layer can be significantly improved, and it is difficult to peel off. Figures 26 and 27 are based on EPMA (the electronic wire microanalyzer's paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm)) ---------- i ---- --IT ------ Λ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Procurement Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs __40G0S1 _ ^ __ V. Description of the Invention (74)) Observe the multifunctional materials Conceptual drawing of the basic outline in the direction of the cross section. It can be seen from this that, from the surface exposed to the outside air, there is first a region (A region) constituting the component of the photocatalyst layer 2 with a certain concentration, and then the component of the photocatalyst layer gradually decreases. In addition, the components constituting the amorphous layer (binder layer) are absent or present on the surface in a small amount, and the concentration is gradually increased inward. When it reaches a certain film thickness, it becomes a certain concentration (B zone). Here, the A region is defined as a photocatalyst layer, the B region is an amorphous layer, and the middle C region is an intermediate layer. However, Fig. 26 is only a conceptual diagram for the convenience of explanation. In fact, as shown in Fig. 27, the concentration in a certain concentration illustrated in Fig. 26 often changes due to manufacturing process reasons. At this time, as shown in FIG. 27, the minimum concentration values that reach the area corresponding to a certain area (A / area, B > area) are regarded as A / area and (: / area, B-area respectively). The boundary with the area. Here the thickness of the photocatalyst layer refers to the thickness of area A or A /, and the thickness of the intermediate layer refers to the thickness of area C or C >. The thickness of this intermediate layer can be controlled by The speed of the photocatalyst particles moving toward the softened amorphous, and the possible movement time, that is, the thickness can be changed. The speed of movement can control the difference between the specific gravity of the photocatalyst particles and the amorphous layer, the firing speed, the atmospheric pressure, etc. Also, it is possible The moving time can be changed by changing the time that the amorphous material is kept at the softening temperature. The thickness of the intermediate layer can be made to be more than 1/3 of the thickness of the photocatalyst layer to improve its adhesion. The specific examples are described below. Paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) ---------- installation ------ order ------ 4 {Please read the precautions on the back first Fill out this page again) 406031__B7 _ V. Description of the invention (75) Example 2 7 By The spray method is used to form a Si 〇2-Ai? 2 03—N a / K2◦ amorphous layer on a 10 cm square alumina substrate. After drying and firing, the average particle size is coated by the spray method. 0 01 // 1111'102 sol aqueous solution, changing the time to maintain it at 8 50 ° C, and firing to form 0.2em, 0.5 / ^ m, l # m film thickness of Zhiqin type T i 02 film. Then, a copper acetate aqueous solution was spray-coated on this anatase T i 02 film, and then the sample was obtained by light reduction (light source: 20W BLB lamp, distance from the light source to the sample 10 cm, irradiation time 30 seconds). Based on the cross-sectional elemental analysis (T i, S i) of the EPMA sample, the film thickness was measured, and antibacterial properties and abrasion resistance were evaluated.

抗菌性係試驗對大腸菌(Escherichia Coli W3110株 )之殺菌效果。預先以7 0%乙醇殺菌過之多功能材料最 上層表面滴下菌液0. 1 5m又(1〜5x 1 04CFU 經濟部中央棣準局貝工消费合作社印装 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) '),載置玻璃板(10x10cm)使其緊貼基材之最上 層表面,做爲試料。照射3 0分鐘白色燈(3 5 0 0燭光 )後’以殺菌過紗布擦拭照射之試料與遮光條件下所保持 之試料上菌液,回收於1 Omi?生理食鹽水中,求得菌生 存率,做爲評估指標。評估基準係如上述表1所示。 結果一併7F於表1 8,抗菌性均爲+ + +。耐摩損性 亦得◎或〇,均有良好結果,在其中間層之厚度與光觸媒 層厚度之比爲1/3以上試料均爲◎。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -78 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印装 406031 at ____B7 五、發明説明(76 ) (表 1 8) Ti〇2膜厚 (Mm) 中間層厚度 (em) 保持時間 (小時) 中間層厚度/Ti〇2膜厚 抗菌性 耐剝離性 1 0. 42 16 0.42 +++ ◎ 1 0.33 2 0.33 +++ ◎ 1 0.30 1 0.30 十幵 〇 0.5 0.17 2 0. 34 ◎ 0.5 0.13 1 0.26 ++十 〇 0.2 0.08 2 0. 40 +++ ◎ 0.2 0.05 1 0. 25 +++ 〇 1 0 0 +++ Δ ---------νΐ衣------ΐτ------ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 88. 4^6031 五、發明說明(77) 比較例2 8 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項ir#寫本頁) 在1 0 cm四方形之礬土基板上,以噴塗法塗佈平均 粒徑0. 0 1 # m T i Ο 2溶膠的氨水分散液,於 8 50 eC燒成得1 膜厚之銳鈦礦型T i 02薄膜•楢 而以噴塗法塗佈乙酸銅水溶液於此銳鈦礦型T i 02薄膜 ►然後光還原(光源:20W BLB燈,光源至試料距 離1 0 c m,照射3 0秒)*得試料•評估所得試料之抗 菌性及耐摩損性· 結果抗菌性係極佳之+ + +,但掰摩損性係稍嫌不足 之△ · 由以上說明可知·藉著非晶質層在基材表面保持光觸 媒層•而光觸媒層係其上層部被曝露與外氣接觸·且光觸 媒層係粒子間互相被結合而具有光鲔媒功能的多功能材料 中,非晶質層與光觸媒餍之間可以藉由具有可連績地改變 雙方成份溴度之中間層,以更提高光觸薄膜與基材間之緊 貼性,提高耐剝離性,更可以使上述中間層之厚度爲光觭 媒層厚度的1 / 3以上而更提高其緊貼性· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印髮 其次敘述以燒結形成光觸媒層2 ·第1圖(a )係以 往之Ti02粒子燒結前之狀態圖·(b)燒結後狀態圖 *如第1圖(a )所示*在基材1之表面塗佈含T i 02 粒子3之溶膠*爲提高膜強度而施予熱處理(燒結)·即 如第1圖(b)所示極易發生龜裂2a· 根據推測其原因應爲相轉移至金紅石型時會引起髏積 收縮(提髙密度),除此外,燒結前TiO 2粒子101 -80 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印装 A7___406031 B7__五、發明説明(78 ) 間的間隔係L。,燒結爲金紅石型後會向對方之體積擴散 而縮短粒子間的間隔爲1^1(1^1<1^。),結果即發生龜 裂。 所以在燒結後在可被結合之T i 0 2粒子3頸部凝固 Sn02,使頸部變粗以加強Ti 02粒子3互相結合,提 高膜強度。 欲形成如上述之光觸媒層2時係在T i 02溶膠中混 合S η 02溶膠,經攪拌後塗佈於基板1上,以所定溫度 熱處理(燒結)。 另外,T i 〇2溶膠濃度係調整爲4〜6重量%左右 ’以NH3溫度調整爲pHl 1 ,T i 02粒子之平均初期 粒徑係0. 01/im(10nm) ,Sn02溶膠濃度係 妁10重量%,以NH3溶液調整爲pHll ,511〇2粒 子之平均初期粒徑係〇. 0035^m。在此所示平均初 —期粒徑係指自XRD (X線繞射)之繞射線半值寬所求得 之微晶大小(初期粒子)而言者。 在此S η 02係蒸汽壓較T i 〇2高,燒結前T i 02 粒子3之間隔係如第1 7圖(a )爲L。,如氧化鈦粒子 3之具有正曲率表面者係蒸汽壓高,具負曲率之表面,即 二個氧化鈦粒子3對接之頸部表面係蒸汽壓低。結果如第 1 7圖(b )所示,頸部中會有蒸汽壓較氧化鈦高之 Sn02進入,如第17 (c)所示一樣凝固,藉由氣化 -凝固機構進行燒結。 然後藉由氣化-凝固機構進行燒結時,燒結後之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) " -81 - ---------f------1T------A (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消費合作社印策 ___40G€31 b7五、發明説明(79 ) T i 〇 2粒子的間隙L 2係與燒結前之間隔l。大約同等, 所以不會發生龜裂等。 如上述,在燒結前後實質上不改變T i 02粒子之間 隔’並且使其具有5 0 %以上做爲光觸媒被膜的光活性( R3。)時,必須如圖2 8所示一樣,對T i 02而言, S η 〇2之配合比爲2 0〜7 0%。 又,配合比率係以分別含於溶膠之固定成份重量比表 示。又,光活性之評估係進行甲基硫醇之分解,以光照射 3 0分鐘後之除去率(R3。)做爲指標。詳而言,在1 1 L的玻璃容器內放入形成光觸媒被膜之1 5 0四方形磁磚 放置於離光源(4W BLB燈)8cm距離處,注入3 〜5 p pm之甲基硫醇,確認黑暗中不會有吸附後,打開 螢光燈,以氣相層析經時地測定其濃度變化》 在此 R3〇= (X〇-X3。)/ X〇x 1 0 0% 惟其中X0 =初期濃度〔ppm〕,X3O=30分鐘 後之濃度〔p p m〕》 又,膜強度之評估係使塑膠擦拭橡膠進行來回滑動摩 損,比較其外觀變化。評估之基準◎,〇,△,X係如上 述表1所述。 又,第2 9圖係表示熱處理溫度與光活性之相關關係 圖,添加有機安定劑於T i 02溶膠時,雖會降低光活性 ,這時均將熱處理溫度設定爲3 0 0〜8 5 0 °C。此係因 熱處理溫度爲3 0 0 °C以下時很難產生活性,8 5 0°C以 上時T i 02之構造會自銳鈦礦型改變爲金紅石型。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I- 批衣 n ^ I I I I^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 40B031 經濟部中央橾準局員工消費合作社印裝 五、發明説明(80 ) 由以上說明可知,在磁磚上塗佈含氧化鈦粒子與蒸汽 壓較此氧化鈦更高之物在內之溶膠,以所定之溫度燒結, 藉由氣化一凝固機構之燒結以形成被膜,所以在燒結之前 後,氧化鈦粒子之間隔大約同等,不易發生龜裂。又,氧 化鈦粒子間之頸部係會凝固S η 02等在其中,可提高被 膜之剝離強度。 尤其使S η 02之添加量(與T i 02之內比)爲2 〇 〜7 0%,即可滿足膜強度與光活性的雙方,又,在 3 0 0 °C以上8 5 0 °C以下範圍熱處理,即可得充分之光 活性。 至於以氣相層析測定R 30之方法係因測定裝置昂貴, 一台裝置只能測定一張試料而已,效率差。 又,將鉛等金靥載持於T i 02時雖可提高光活性, 此乃習知之事,惟如上述構造之光觸媒薄膜時會有金屬吸 —附氣體,正確之光活性究竟爲何種程度很難判斷。 另外,一旦將磁磚等施工於壁面後,再於其表面所形 成之光觸媒薄膜的活性亦無法以氣相層析測定。 又,不使用氣相層析評估光活性之方法,也許可以考 慮調查,藉由光觸媒照射光後殺滅細胞後之細菌生存率, 但這種方法比氣相層析法之操作更複雜,又,載持金屬之 光觸媒薄膜則只藉由金屬本身之抗菌力亦可殺滅細菌,很 難判斷真正之光活性。爲此可以適用如下測定光觸媒薄膜 之活性之方法。 第1方法係在基板表面形成之以T i 〇2爲主體的光 ------------I-- (請先閎讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)An antibacterial test was performed on the bactericidal effect of Escherichia Coli W3110 strain. Bacterial solution was dripped on the top surface of the multifunctional material sterilized with 70% ethanol in advance 0.15m and (1 ~ 5x 1 04CFU printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back first) Fill in this page) '), place a glass plate (10x10cm) close to the top surface of the substrate as a sample. After irradiating for 30 minutes with a white light (3500 candles), wipe the irradiated sample with the sterilized gauze and the bacterial solution kept under the shading condition, and recover it in 1 Omi? Physiological saline to determine the survival rate of the bacteria. As an evaluation indicator. The evaluation criteria are shown in Table 1 above. The results are shown in Table 18 together with Table 7 and the antibacterial properties are all + + +. The abrasion resistance was also ◎ or ○, both of which had good results, and the samples in which the ratio of the thickness of the intermediate layer to the thickness of the photocatalyst layer was 1/3 or more were ◎. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -78-Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 406031 at ____B7 V. Description of the invention (76) (Table 1 8) Ti〇2 film thickness (Mm) Interlayer thickness (em) Holding time (hours) Interlayer thickness / Ti〇2 Film thickness Antibacterial peel resistance 1 0.42 16 0.42 +++ ◎ 1 0.33 2 0.33 +++ ◎ 1 0.30 1 0.30十 〇0.5 0.17 2 0. 34 ◎ 0.5 0.13 1 0.26 ++ 〇〇0.2 0.08 2 0. 40 +++ ◎ 0.2 0.05 1 0. 25 +++ 〇1 0 0 +++ Δ ----- ---- νΐ 衣 ------ ΐτ ------ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) This paper uses the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) 88. 4 ^ 6031 V. Description of the invention (77) Comparative example 2 8 (Please read the precautions on the back ir # first to write this page) On a 10 cm square alumina substrate, apply the average particle size by spray coating. 0. 0 1 # m T i Ο 2 sol aqueous ammonia dispersion, fired at 8 50 eC to obtain an anatase-type T i 02 film with a thickness of 1 楢, and then apply a copper acetate aqueous solution to this anatase by spraying Mineral type T i 02 film ►Then light reduction (light source: 20W BLB lamp, the distance from the light source to the sample is 10 cm, irradiation for 30 seconds) * Get the sample • Evaluate the antibacterial and abrasion resistance of the obtained sample. Results The antibacterial property is excellent + + +, However, the abrasion resistance is slightly insufficient. △ From the above description, it can be seen that the photocatalyst layer is held on the surface of the substrate by the amorphous layer. The upper part of the photocatalyst layer is exposed to the outside air and the photocatalyst layer particles are in between. Among the multifunctional materials that are combined with each other and have the function of photocatalyst, the amorphous layer and the photocatalyst can have an intermediate layer that can continuously change the bromine content of both components, so as to further improve the photocontact film and the substrate. The adhesion between the two layers can be improved, and the peeling resistance can be improved. The thickness of the intermediate layer can be more than 1/3 of the thickness of the optical layer. The photocatalyst layer 2 is formed by sintering. Fig. 1 (a) is a conventional state diagram of Ti02 particles before sintering. (B) State diagram after sintering. * As shown in Fig. 1 (a). Cloth containing T i 02 particles 3 * to increase film strength And the heat treatment (sintering) is applied, that is, cracking is very easy to occur as shown in Figure 1 (b). It is speculated that the reason should be that the phase transfer to the rutile type will cause the shrinkage of the cross product (raise the density), In addition, TiO 2 particles 101 -80 before sintering-this paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm). Printed by the Bayer Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. A7___406031 B7 ) The interval is L. After sintering to the rutile type, it will diffuse to the other's volume and shorten the interval between the particles to 1 ^ 1 (1 ^ 1 < 1 ^.). As a result, cracking occurs. Therefore, after sintering, Sn02 is solidified at the neck of the Ti02 particles 3 that can be bonded, and the neck is thickened to strengthen the bonding of Ti02 particles 3 to each other and increase the film strength. In order to form the photocatalyst layer 2 as described above, S η 02 sol is mixed in Ti 02 sol, and after stirring, it is coated on substrate 1 and heat-treated (sintered) at a predetermined temperature. In addition, the T i 〇2 sol concentration is adjusted to about 4 to 6% by weight. 'The NH3 temperature is adjusted to pH 1 1. The average initial particle size of the T i 02 particles is 0.01 / im (10 nm), and the Sn02 sol concentration is 妁. 0035 ^ m。 10% by weight, adjusted to pHll with NH3 solution, the average initial particle size of 51102 particles is 0.035 ^ m. The average initial-phase particle size shown here refers to the crystallite size (initial particles) obtained from the half-value width of the diffraction rays of XRD (X-ray diffraction). Here, the S η 02 system has a higher vapor pressure than T i 〇2, and the interval between the T i 02 particles 3 before sintering is L as shown in FIG. 17 (a). For example, the surface of the titanium oxide particles 3 with a positive curvature has a high vapor pressure, and the surface with a negative curvature, that is, the surface of the neck where two titanium oxide particles 3 meet, has a low vapor pressure. As a result, as shown in Fig. 17 (b), Sn02 with a vapor pressure higher than that of titanium oxide enters in the neck, solidifies as shown in Fig. 17 (c), and is sintered by a gasification-solidification mechanism. Then when sintering by the gasification-solidification mechanism, the paper size after sintering applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 mm) " -81---------- f --- --- 1T ------ A (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printing policy of the Central Laboratories Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Paiger Consumer Cooperatives ___ 40G € 31 b7 V. Invention Description (79) T i The gap L 2 of the 〇2 particles is the interval l from the sintering. It is about the same, so no cracks and the like will occur. As described above, when the interval of T i 02 particles is not substantially changed before and after sintering, and it has a photoactivity (R3.) Of 50% or more as a photocatalyst coating, it must be as shown in FIG. In terms of 02, the mixing ratio of S η 〇2 is 20 to 70%. The compounding ratio is expressed by the weight ratio of the fixed components contained in the sol. In addition, the evaluation of photoactivity was based on the decomposition of methyl mercaptan, and the removal rate (R3.) After 30 minutes of light irradiation was used as an index. Specifically, put a 150 square tile forming a photocatalyst film in a 1 L glass container, and place it at a distance of 8 cm from the light source (4W BLB lamp), and inject 3 to 5 p pm of methyl mercaptan, After confirming that there is no adsorption in the dark, turn on the fluorescent lamp and measure the concentration change over time by gas chromatography. Here R3〇 = (X〇-X3.) / X〇x 1 0 0% but X0 = Initial concentration [ppm], X3O = Concentration [ppm] after 30 minutes >> The evaluation of the film strength was performed by sliding back and forth abrasion of the plastic wiping rubber to compare the change in appearance. The evaluation criteria ◎, ○, △, and X are as described in Table 1 above. Fig. 29 is a graph showing the correlation between heat treatment temperature and photoactivity. When adding an organic stabilizer to T i 02 sol, although the photoactivity will be reduced, the heat treatment temperature is set to 3 0 0 ~ 8 5 0 ° at this time. C. This series is difficult to generate activity when the heat treatment temperature is below 300 ° C, and the structure of T i 02 will change from anatase type to rutile type when the temperature is above 850 ° C. This paper size applies to China National Standards (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) I- Approval n ^ IIII ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 40B031 Staff Consumption of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Cooperative printing 5. Description of the invention (80) From the above description, it can be known that a sol containing titanium oxide particles and a substance having a higher vapor pressure than this titanium oxide is coated on the tile, and sintered at a predetermined temperature, by gas The sintering of a solidification mechanism is used to form a film, so before and after sintering, the interval between the titanium oxide particles is about the same, and cracking is unlikely to occur. In addition, the neck system between the titanium oxide particles is solidified with S η 02 and the like, and the peeling strength of the film can be improved. In particular, if the addition amount of S η 02 (within T i 02) is 2 0 to 70%, both the film strength and the photoactivity can be satisfied, and it is more than 300 ° C above 8 5 0 ° C. Heat treatment in the following range can obtain sufficient photoactivity. As for the method for measuring R 30 by gas chromatography, because the measuring device is expensive, only one sample can be measured by one device, and the efficiency is poor. In addition, it is common practice to increase the photoactivity when gold alloys such as lead are supported on Ti 02. However, when the photocatalyst film of the above structure has metal absorption and gas attached, to what extent is the correct photoactivity? It's hard to judge. In addition, once a tile or the like is applied to a wall surface, the activity of a photocatalyst film formed on the surface cannot be measured by gas chromatography. In addition, instead of using gas chromatography to evaluate the photoactivity method, it may be possible to consider investigating the survival rate of bacteria after killing cells by irradiating light with a photocatalyst. The metal-supported photocatalyst film can kill bacteria only by the antibacterial force of the metal itself, and it is difficult to judge the true photoactivity. For this purpose, the following method for measuring the activity of the photocatalyst film can be applied. The first method is to form T i 〇2 as the main light on the surface of the substrate ------------ I-- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

•1T 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) _ 83 _• 1T This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297mm) _ 83 _

經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明(81) 觸媒薄膜表面•滴下碘化鉀或氣化鉀等齒化鹸水溶液,繼 而照射紫外線予滴下之鹵化鹼水溶液經所定時間’自照射 前之鹵化鹼水溶液之P Η值與照射後之p Η值的差’以判 斷光觸媒薄膜之活性大小· 第2方法係在基板表面形成之以T i 02爲主體之光 觸媒薄膜表面*滴下碘化鉀或氯化鉀等_化鹸水溶液中添 加有P Η指示薬所成混合液,繼而對滴下之混合液照射所 定時間之紫外線,以混合液改變之顔色以判斷光觸媒薄膜 的活性· 第3方法係在基板表面形成之以Τ 10 2爲主體之光 觸媒薄膜表面緊貼活性測定薄膜,在此狀態下對該活性測 定薄膜照射所定時間之紫外線•以活性測定薄膜之顏色變 化判斷光觸媒薄膜之活性大小· 第3 0圖係說明第1及第2之活性測定方法的圖面, 此基板1表面形成有以T i 02爲主體之光觸媒層2 ·欲 測試此光觸媒層2是否具光活性時係在光觸媒靥2之表面 滴下碘化鉀或氣化鉀等画化鹼水溶液3 0,繼而對滴下之 鹵化鹸水溶液30·以紫外線燈40照射所定時間之紫外 線*自照射前之鹵化鹼水溶液之pH值與照射後之pH值 的差判斷光觸媒層2之活性大小· 第3 3圖係表示紫外線照射時間與pH值之變化量的 相關關係圖,以鹵化鹼水溶液30之濃度爲0.1莫爾/ 又,紫外線燈4 0使用B L B螢光燈2 0 W,光觸媒層2與 紫外線燈40之拒離爲2 0 cm,照射時間爲6 0分鏟進行 本·紙張尺度適用中國S家標準(CNS〉A4規格(210 * 297公釐) ---111!11· ·!1 訂·111!11 .^^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事寫本頁)Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (81) Catalyst film surface • Drip aqueous solution of osmium osmium such as potassium iodide or potassium vaporized solution, and then irradiate ultraviolet rays to the dripped alkali halide aqueous solution for a predetermined period of time. The difference between the PΗ value of the previous halogenated alkali aqueous solution and the pΗ value after irradiation 'to determine the activity of the photocatalyst film. The second method is to form a photocatalyst film on the surface of the substrate with T i 02 as the main body. Potassium chloride, etc._ Add the P Η indicator 混合 mixed solution to the aqueous solution of plutonium, and then irradiate the dropped mixed liquid with ultraviolet light for a predetermined time, and change the color of the mixed liquid to determine the activity of the photocatalyst film. The third method is on the substrate The photocatalyst film with T 10 2 as the main body formed on the surface is in close contact with the activity measurement film. In this state, the activity measurement film is irradiated with ultraviolet rays for a predetermined time. The activity of the photocatalyst film is judged by the color change of the activity measurement film. 0 is a drawing explaining the first and second activity measurement methods. The surface of this substrate 1 is formed with T i 02 as the main body. Catalyst layer 2 · To test whether this photocatalyst layer 2 is photoactive, drip aqueous alkali solution 30 such as potassium iodide or potassium gasification on the surface of photocatalyst 靥 2, and then drop the lutetium halide aqueous solution 30 · Ultraviolet lamp 40 Ultraviolet irradiation for a predetermined time * Judging the activity of the photocatalyst layer 2 from the difference between the pH value of the halogenated alkali aqueous solution before the irradiation and the pH value after the irradiation. Figure 3 3 shows the correlation between the ultraviolet irradiation time and the amount of change in pH In the figure, the concentration of the halogenated alkali aqueous solution 30 is 0.1 Moore /. The UV lamp 40 uses a BLB fluorescent lamp 20 W, the rejection distance between the photocatalyst layer 2 and the UV lamp 40 is 20 cm, and the irradiation time is 60 minutes. The size of the shovel is in accordance with Chinese standards (CNS> A4 size (210 * 297 mm) --- 111! 11 ··! 1 order · 111! 11. ^^ (Please read the notes on the back first (This page)

Β7 406031 五、發明說明(82) 試驗· ------裝 i I (請先閱讀背面之注意i 寫本頁) 由此圖可知*銳鈦礦型*金靥載持型,金紅石型之任 一型光觸媒贗2均在照射紫外線3 0分鐘以內時,鹵化鹼 水溶液30之pH值均髙· 藉此照射紫外線鹵化酴水溶液3 0之pH值會昇髙係 因有以下之氧化反應與還原反應同時發生,藉由還原反應 會生成OH-(羥離子)所致· 氧化反應:2I-+2h+=I2 還原反應:0*+2H20 + 4e-=40H_ 因此藉由紫外線照射若可提高鹵化鹸水溶液3 0之 p Η值時,此光觸媒層2係表示具有光活性者· --線· 第3 4圖係表示113。與Ρ Η值之變化量的相關關係圖 •在此R 3〇係照射紫外線後3 0分鐘減少之氣體(甲基硫 酵等)的比率(%),由此圄面可知R3〇與pH值之變 化量間呈正比例關係•即· P Η之變化量係有無光活性之 指標· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 上述第1方法中pH值變化置係由pH測儀或pH測 試片5 0進行,第2方法中係滴下添加有p H指示薬在內 之鹵化餘水溶液3 0之混合液於光觸媒層2之表面,繼而 對滴下之混合液照射所定時間紫外線,以混合液之顔色變 化判斷光觸媒靥2之活性大小· p Η指示薬係照射紫外線於鹵化鹼水溶液3 0之前 pH值約爲4. 5,紫外線照射後之p Η爲5 . 5〜 本纸張尺度適用中國因家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 85 B7 40GG〇i 五、發明說明(83) 6. 5·所以以甲基紅爲宜· 又,上述第1方法及第2方法係在光觸媒層2表面滴 (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 下鹵化驗水溶液3 0或鹵化鹼水溶液3 0中添加pH指示 薬之混合液•但滴下基板上之液體在各基板上擴展開之情 形各不相同無法確保一定之液厚*有時毎一基板之反應面 稹均不一樣· 爲解決此問題有第3 1团所示之方法,此方法係滴下 鹵化鍮水溶液3 0等於光觸媒層2之表面後,以玻璃板等 透明板6 0B貼鹵化驗水溶液3 0 *可以使其保有一定厚 度並防止乾燥· 又*鹵化鹼水溶液3 0等之液髏係以基板1之表面爲 水平做爲條件*所以很難判斷已設置之壁面等垂直面或天 花板面形成之光觸媒薄膜的活性· 爲解決此問題可採用如第3 2圚所示方法,此方法係 在基板1表面上形成之光觸媒靥2的表面緊貼活性測定薄 膜70,在此狀態下照射紫外線於該活性測定薄膜70,以活 性測定薄膜70之顔色變化判斷光觸媒層2之活性大小· 經濟部智慧財產局霣工消f合作社印戴 此活性測定薄膜70可以將有機粘結劑中添加碘化鉀 或氯化鉀等鹵化鹼水溶液及p Η指示薬之混合液,予以乾 燥成形爲薄膜狀即可製得· 其次·考察光觸媒層2之孔隙度(porosity)在此孔 除度係指孔隙之百分率而言•孔隙度係1 0 %以上4 0% 以下,較佳以10%〜30%爲宜· 道時光觸媒粒子之結晶粒徑係0. liim以下,較佳 本紙張尺度適用中國因家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公爱)_ _ ' 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印褽 40(^031 B7五、發明説明(84 ) 以0. 04以下爲宜。結晶粒徑愈小,每單位體積之 反應有效面積可增加,所以光觸媒層之膜厚以0. 1/zm 左右即可。將各光觸媒粒子互相固相燒結,以形成頸部時 ,爲提高層強度,微晶粒徑會增大至〇· 1 U τη以上,減 少每單位體積之反應有效面積,所以膜厚爲〇. 5vm以 上,較佳以0. 6em以上爲宜》 又,在構成基材表面所形成光觸媒層的光觸媒粒子間 添加結晶粒徑O.Olem以下,較佳爲〇. 008弘m 以下粒子。藉由添加此等粒子即可埋入光觸媒粒子間之空 隙,以提高粒子填充率及表面平滑性,並藉此提高對剪切 應力之膜強度》提高表面平滑性可以減少受污染》這時雖 會使孔隙度降低,惟在此被埋設之孔隙口徑係結晶粒徑 0. 01"m以下,較佳爲0. 008vm以下粒子進入 之大小而已,與氣體之大小(數A )相比均較大,所以不 -影響其防臭性。 基本上,結晶粒徑0. Olem以下,較佳 0. 008以下之粒子種類係任何均可,但此粒子除 埋入光觸媒粒子之空隙以外,還會有一部份覆蓋到表面, 所以最好爲不影響及光觸媒活性之T i 02,Sn02, ZnO,S rTi 03,Fe203,B i203,W03等氧 化物半導體或Ag,Cu等金靥爲宜。又,基本上添加此 結晶粒徑爲0. 01#m以下,較佳0. 008em以下 粒子之方法可採用任何方法。例如藉由水熱處理等以生成 如上述之超微粒子,然後以適當之分散液分散成爲溶膠, 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0X297公釐) ----------^------1T-------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 406031 五、發明說明(85) (請先閱讀背面之注意事填寫本頁) 藉噴塗法塗佈於光觸媒層’以不致於粒生成之程度的低溫 熱處理,以蒸發有機分散劑•又•將醇鹽或有機金靥鹽塗 佈於光觸媒層上*經熱處理*蒸發稀釋劑*有機成份等亦 可· 另外,還可以固定比基材表面所形成光觸媒靥間隙更 小之金屬粒子•藉由固定金屬粒子,與單獨只有光觸媒層 者相比*藉由電子捕獲效果更提髙光觸媒活性,防臭性亦 更佳· 在此,金屬粒子之種類係只要爲可捕獏電子之物質, 即任何均可•例如可爲Cu,Ag,P t等· 金靥粒子之大小必須爲其平均粒徑較光觸媒層表面之 平均孔隙徑更小者•又*光觸媒層表面之平均孔隙徑係以 電子顯微鏡觀察孔隙度爲1 0%〜4 0%試料時*大約與 光觸媒粒子徑大約相等•所以要求較光觸媒粒子徑爲小者 •較佳比起始原料之光觸媒粒徑小爲宜•光觸媒層之起始 原料係通常使用0. 05以下之原料,所以以 0.05#m以下者爲宜· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 以下舉有關孔隙率具體實施例如下· 實施例2 8 藉由噴塗法,改變塗佈置塗佈結晶粒徑0 . 0 1 iim T i 0 *溶膠之氨解膠型想濁液於1 5公分四方形磁磚 基板,於7 〇 〇°C〜9 0 0 eC燒成形成光觸媒層·針對所 得試料評估銳鈦磷型T i 0 2粒子之結晶粒徑•層表面之 -88 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 406031 at ___B7 _五、發明説明(S6 ) 孔隙度,防臭性,耐摩損性,耐剝離性。 測定R 3。( L )以評估防臭性。R 3。( L )係光照射 後之除去率,具體言,在1 1公升之玻璃容器內配置試料 之形成光觸媒薄膜的一面使其距光源(B L B螢光燈4W )8 cm距離處,以初期濃度可成爲3 ppm注入甲基硫 醇氣體於容器內,測定照射3 0分鐘光線時之濃度變化即 可得。 耐摩損性係使用塑膠橡皮擦進行來回滑動摩擦,比較 其外觀上之變化予以評估。評估指標如上述,示如以下。 ◎:來回40次不起變化 〇:來回滑動1 0次以上4 0次以下即有擦傷,光觸 媒層(T i 0 2膜)剝離 △:來回滑動5次以上1 0次以下即有擦傷,光觸媒 層(T i Ο 2膜)剝離 - X :來回滑動5次以下即有擦傷出現,光觸媒層( T i ◦ 2膜)剝離 耐剝離試驗係以較耐摩損性試驗更嚴之條件試驗,代 替橡皮擦使用可施予大剪切力之矽(粗)橡皮擦(LION TYPEWRITER ERASER 5 0 2 )。具體言係用粗橡皮擦以均等 力量來回摩擦2 0次,以目視比較標準試料與擦傷之狀態 進行評估,其標準如下。 ◎:完全不變 〇:藉光線可看出稍起變化 △:稍起變化 本紙張尺度逍用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ~ ' -89 - (請先閱讀背面之注意^項再填寫本頁) _ 406031 b7 五、發明説明(87) X : —目瞭然看出變化 結果示於第3 5圖〜第3 7圖。 第35圖係表示光觸媒薄膜厚度爲0. 8時之孔 隙度與防臭性及耐摩損性之關係。防臭性係隨著孔隙度提 高而可提高,1 0%即可爲5 0%,3^ %時可達8 0% 以上。相反,耐摩損性係30%爲止時爲◎’ 40%時爲 〇,而更高孔隙度時即爲△或X。所以由以上可知,欲製 作兼具防臭特性與耐摩損性之材料時,光觸媒薄膜之孔隙 度必須爲1 0%〜40%,較佳爲1 0%〜30%。 第3 6圖係改變構成2 0〜3 0%孔隙度之光觸媒薄 膜的光觸媒粒子結晶粒徑時膜厚對防臭性之影響情形。結 晶粒徑爲0· lem時,膜厚對R30(L)有所影響,愈 薄時防臭性愈低。惟0. 0 4 /zm以下時則膜厚對其不影 響,膜厚爲0. 1 Mm時亦有極佳之防臭特性。由以上可 知光觸媒粒子之結晶粒徑係只要在0. l/zm以下,較佳 爲0. 04vm以下,即使令膜厚爲〇. lem左右之薄 膜亦可確保良好之防臭特性》 經濟部中央標率爲貝工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 第3 7圖係改變構成孔隙度2 0〜3 0%之光觸媒薄 膜的光觸媒粒子結晶粒徑以及結合狀態時膜厚度對防臭性 及耐剝離性之影響情況。要求機械性強度數值若提高至耐 剝離性試驗水準時,不具頸部之試料會成爲△或X »欲以 光觸媒粒子互相之固相燒結形成機械性上足夠之頸部結合 ,光觸媒粒子之成長僅爲0. 04ym則仍嫌不足,必須 成長至0· l//m左右。惟使光觸媒粒子成長至 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公羞) 406031 A7 _B7 _ 五、發明説明(88 )Β7 406031 V. Description of the invention (82) Test · ------ Install i I (please read the note on the back first to write this page) From the figure, you can know that * anatase type * gold-carrying type, rutile Any one of the photocatalysts 赝 2 is within 30 minutes of UV irradiation, the pH value of the halogenated alkali aqueous solution 30 is equal to the pH value of the halogenated aqueous solution 酴, which will rise due to the following oxidation reaction. Simultaneous with the reduction reaction, the reduction reaction will be caused by OH- (hydroxy ion). Oxidation reaction: 2I- + 2h + = I2 Reduction reaction: 0 * + 2H20 + 4e- = 40H_ Therefore, it can be improved by ultraviolet irradiation. When the p Η value of the hafnium halide aqueous solution 30 is 0, the photocatalyst layer 2 represents those having photoactivity. The line 34 shows 113. Correlation diagram with the amount of change in pH value • Here, R 30 is the ratio (%) of the gas (methylthiolase, etc.) that is reduced 30 minutes after UV irradiation, from which it can be seen that R 3 0 and pH value There is a proportional relationship between the amount of change. That is, the amount of change in P 无 is an indicator of the presence or absence of photoactivity. • The pH change in the first method printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is set by a pH meter or a pH test piece. In the second method, the second method is to drop a mixed solution of halogenated residual aqueous solution including pH indicator 3 30 on the surface of the photocatalyst layer 2, and then irradiate the dropped mixed solution with ultraviolet light for a predetermined time to change the color of the mixed solution. Judging the activity of photocatalyst 靥 2 · p Η indicates that the pH value is about 4.5 before ultraviolet light is irradiated to the halogenated alkali aqueous solution 30, and the p 后 after ultraviolet irradiation is 5.5. This paper standard is in accordance with Chinese standards ( CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 85 B7 40GG〇i 5. Description of the invention (83) 6. 5 · So methyl red is suitable · Also, the above first method and second method are in the photocatalyst layer 2 Surface drops (please read this note on the back first to write this page) A mixed solution of pH indicator 薬 is added to a halogenated aqueous solution 30 or a halogenated alkaline aqueous solution 30. However, the situation in which the liquid on the substrate drops and spreads on each substrate is different. A certain liquid thickness cannot be ensured. The noodles are different. To solve this problem, there is the method shown in the 31st group. This method is to drip the hafnium halide aqueous solution 30 equal to the surface of the photocatalyst layer 2, and then paste a halogenated test solution 3 on a transparent plate 60 such as a glass plate. 0 * It can keep a certain thickness and prevent drying. Also * Liquid halides such as aqueous halogenated solution 3 are based on the surface of the substrate 1 as the level. * So it is difficult to judge the vertical surface or ceiling surface of the installed wall. The activity of the photocatalyst thin film · To solve this problem, the method shown in Section 3 2 圚 can be used. This method is based on the surface of the photocatalyst 靥 2 formed on the surface of the substrate 1 closely contacting the activity measurement film 70, and in this state, it is irradiated with ultraviolet rays. The activity measurement film 70 can be used to judge the activity of the photocatalyst layer 2 based on the color change of the activity measurement film 70 It can be prepared by adding an aqueous halogenated alkali solution such as potassium iodide or potassium chloride and a mixture of p Η indicator , to the organic binder, and drying and forming into a thin film. Secondly, examine the porosity of the photocatalyst layer 2 Degree refers to the percentage of pores. • Porosity is 10% to 40%, preferably 10% to 30%. The crystal particle size of the photocatalyst particles is 0. liim or less, preferably this paper. The standard is applicable to China Standard for Domestic Standards (CNS) A4 (210 * 297 public love) _ _ '' Staff Consumer Cooperative Cooperatives Seal of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 40 (^ 031 B7 V. Description of the invention (84) It is better to be less than 0.04 . 1 / zm 可以 可以。 The smaller the crystal size, the effective area per unit volume of the reaction can be increased, so the film thickness of the photocatalyst layer is about 0.1 / zm about. Each photocatalyst particle is solid-phase sintered with each other to form a neck. In order to improve the strength of the layer, the crystallite size will increase to above 0.1 U τη, reducing the effective reaction area per unit volume, so the film thickness is 0. 5vm or more, preferably 0.6em or more ", and particles having a crystal size of O. Olem or less, preferably 0.008 or less, are added between the photocatalyst particles constituting the photocatalyst layer formed on the surface of the substrate. By adding these particles, the gaps between the photocatalyst particles can be buried to improve the particle filling rate and surface smoothness, and thereby improve the film strength to shear stress. "Improving surface smoothness can reduce contamination." The porosity is reduced, but the diameter of the pores buried here is less than 0.01 " m, preferably less than 0. 008vm. The size of the particles is only larger than the size of the gas (number A). So not-affect its deodorant. Basically, the particle size of the crystal grains below 0. Olem, preferably below 0. 008 can be any kind, but in addition to being buried in the gaps of the photocatalyst particles, a part of the particles will cover the surface, so it is best to T i 02, Sn02, ZnO, S rTi 03, Fe203, B i203, W03 and other oxide semiconductors or Ag, Cu, etc. which do not affect the photocatalytic activity are suitable. In addition, basically, the method for adding particles having a crystal grain size of 0.01 # m or less, preferably 0.008em or less, may be any method. For example, hydrothermal treatment is used to generate the ultrafine particles as described above, and then dispersed into a sol with an appropriate dispersion liquid. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X297 mm) ------ ---- ^ ------ 1T ------- ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 406031 V. Description of the invention (85) (Please read the notes on the back and fill in (This page) Coating on the photocatalyst layer by spraying method 'Low temperature heat treatment to prevent the formation of particles to evaporate the organic dispersant Diluent * Organic ingredients can also be used · In addition, metal particles with a smaller gap than the photocatalyst 靥 formed on the surface of the substrate can also be fixed Improved photocatalytic activity and better deodorant properties. Here, the type of metal particles is anything as long as it can capture electrons. For example, it can be Cu, Ag, P t, etc. The size of gold particles must be It is the average of its average particle size compared to the surface of the photocatalyst layer The smaller the gap diameter is, the average pore diameter of the surface of the photocatalyst layer is measured with an electron microscope when the porosity is between 10% and 40% of the sample. It is approximately equal to the diameter of the photocatalyst particle. Therefore, it is required to be smaller than the diameter of the photocatalyst particle. • It is preferable that the particle size of the photocatalyst is smaller than the starting material. • The starting material for the photocatalyst layer is usually less than 0.05, so it is better to use it below 0.05 # m. The specific examples of porosity are as follows: Example 2 8 The coating arrangement was changed by spraying to apply a crystal grain size of 0. 0 1 iim T i 0 A square ceramic tile substrate was fired at 700 ° C to 900 eC to form a photocatalyst layer. The crystal size of the anatase phosphorous T i 0 2 particles was evaluated based on the obtained samples. -88 on the surface of the layer-This paper Standards are applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm). Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 406031 at ___B7 _V. Description of the invention (S6) Porosity, deodorant, abrasion resistance, resistance Peelability. R 3 was measured. (L) to evaluate deodorization. R 3. (L) is the removal rate after light irradiation. Specifically, a sample is formed in a 11-liter glass container with a photocatalyst film-forming surface at a distance of 8 cm from the light source (BLB fluorescent lamp 4W). Methyl mercaptan gas was injected into the container at 3 ppm, and the change in concentration when the light was irradiated for 30 minutes was measured. The abrasion resistance was evaluated by using a plastic eraser to slide back and forth and comparing its appearance changes. The evaluation indicators are as described above and as shown below. ◎: Unchanged 40 times back and forth. 0: Scratches after sliding back and forth for more than 10 times and less than 40 times. Photocatalyst layer (T i 0 2 film) peeling. △: Scratches after sliding back and forth for more than 5 times and less than 10 times. Photocatalyst. Layer (T i Ο 2 film) peeling-X: Scratches appear after sliding back and forth 5 times or less. Photocatalyst layer (T i ◦ 2 film) peeling peeling test is performed under stricter conditions than the abrasion resistance test, instead of rubber. Use a silicon (rough) eraser (LION TYPEWRITER ERASER 5 0 2) that can apply high shear force. Specifically, a coarse eraser was used to rub back and forth 20 times with equal force, and the standard sample and the state of the scratch were evaluated by visual comparison. The criteria are as follows. ◎: Completely unchanged 〇: Slight changes can be seen by the light △: Slight changes The dimensions of this paper are in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) ~ '-89-(Please read the back (Note ^, please fill in this page again) _ 406031 b7 V. Description of the invention (87) X: —The change results are shown in Figures 35 to 37. FIG. 35 shows the relationship between the porosity and the deodorization and abrasion resistance when the thickness of the photocatalyst film is 0.8. The deodorant property can be improved with the increase of porosity, 10% can be 50%, and 3 ^% can reach more than 80%. In contrast, the abrasion resistance is ◎ 'at 30% and 0 at 40%, and △ or X at higher porosity. Therefore, it can be seen from the above that when a material having both deodorizing properties and abrasion resistance is to be produced, the porosity of the photocatalyst film must be 10% to 40%, preferably 10% to 30%. Figure 36 shows the effect of film thickness on deodorization when the crystal particle size of the photocatalyst particles of the photocatalyst thin film constituting 20 to 30% porosity is changed. When the crystal grain size is 0 · lem, the film thickness has an effect on R30 (L), and the thinner the thickness, the lower the deodorizing property. However, when the thickness is less than 0.04 / zm, the film thickness does not affect it. When the film thickness is 0.1 Mm, it also has excellent deodorizing properties. From the above, it can be seen that the crystal particle size of the photocatalyst particles is only required to be less than 0.1 / zm, and preferably less than or equal to 0.04 vm. Even if the film thickness is about 0.1 lem, good deodorizing properties can be ensured. Printed for Pakcon Consumer Cooperative (please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Figure 3 7 shows the photocatalyst particle crystal grain size and the film in the bonded state when the photocatalyst film constituting the porosity 20 ~ 30% is changed Effect of thickness on deodorization and peel resistance. If the required mechanical strength value is increased to the level of the peel resistance test, the sample without neck will become △ or X. For 0.4ym, it is still insufficient, and it must grow to about 0.1 l // m. However, if the photocatalyst particles grow to this paper size, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297) will be applied. 406031 A7 _B7 _ V. Description of the invention (88)

0. lym左右時,膜厚會對防臭性有所影響,愈厚之膜 ,其防臭性愈高。具體言,0. 膜厚可使R3Q(L )爲50%以上,0. 6/zin時可達80%以上。由以上 結果可知,互相固相燒結光觸媒粒子’於粒子間生成頸部 ,使結晶粒徑成長至〇·lvm以上時可以充分提高薄膜 強度。這時藉由增大結晶粒徑爲0·l#m以上’而會減 少每單位體積之反應有效面積,所以膜厚必須爲 0. 5ym以上,_較佳爲〇. 6em以上。 實施例2 9 在1 5 c m四方形磁磚基板上,以噴塗法塗佈結晶粒 徑0. 0 1//111之丁丨02溶膠的氨解膠型懸濁液,於 7 5 0°C燒成以形成光觸媒薄膜。此階段之T i 02薄膜 孔隙度係4 5 %,T i 0 2粒子之結晶粒徑係 0 . 0 2 ν m。分別以噴塗法在其上塗佈不同結晶粒徑之When the thickness is about 0. lym, the film thickness will affect the deodorization. The thicker the film, the higher the deodorization. Specifically, a film thickness of R3Q (L) can be 50% or more, and can reach 80% or more at 0.6 / zin. From the above results, it is understood that when the photocatalyst particles sintered with each other are solid-phase, necks are formed between the particles, and when the crystal grain size is increased to 0 · lvm or more, the film strength can be sufficiently improved. At this time, the reaction effective area per unit volume is reduced by increasing the crystal grain size to be greater than or equal to 0 · l # m, so the film thickness must be 0.5 μm or more, and preferably 0.6 μm or more. Example 2 9 On a 15 cm square tile substrate, an ammonia-gel suspension of a sol with a crystalline particle size of 0. 0 1 // 111 and a sol of 02 was spray-coated at 7 5 0 ° C. Fired to form a photocatalyst film. The porosity of the Ti02 thin film at this stage is 45%, and the crystal size of the Ti02 particles is 0.02 ν m. Spray different coatings with different crystal sizes on them.

Sn02溶膠,於1 1 〇°C乾燥,得試料。評估所得試料 之防臭性,耐摩損性。 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 結果示於第3 8圖,改變S η 〇2溶膠之結晶粒徑自 0. 00 3 54m至〇. 〇l/zm爲止,防臭性上不見任 何改變,得良好結果。與之相比,添加3 0重量%以上時 則不同之S η 02溶膠之結晶粒徑,其耐摩損性之效果不 同β即,添加0 . 〇 〇 8 以下粒子時可提高爲◎或〇 ,但0. 0 1/zm時不具有添加效果。 由此可知,在光觸媒粒子間添加結晶粒徑爲〇. 01 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梂準( CNS)A4规格(210X297公釐) — 一 91 _The Sn02 sol was dried at 110 ° C to obtain a sample. The obtained samples were evaluated for deodorization and abrasion resistance. Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) The results are shown in Figure 38, changing the crystal particle size of the S η 〇2 sol from 0.00 3 54m to 〇. 〇l / zm, no change in deodorization, and good results were obtained. In contrast, when adding 30% by weight or more, the crystal particle size of S η 02 sol is different, and the effect of abrasion resistance is different β, that is, when adding particles below 0.08, it can be improved to ◎ or 〇, But 0. 0 1 / zm does not have an added effect. It can be known that the crystal size between the photocatalyst particles is 0.01. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) — a 91 _

五、發明說萌) “ ®以下較佳爲0 . 0 0 8 #m以下之粒子時可提高耐摩 損性· 實施例3 0 改變添加量,以噴塗法將結晶粒徑〇 . 〇 1 jam T i 〇2溶膠的氨解膠型懸濁液塗佈於1 5 cm四方形磁 磚基板,於850 eC燒成,形成爲〇. 2#m膜厚之光觸 媒薄膜•繼而以噴塗法塗佈乙酸銅水溶液於光觸媒薄膜, 然後光還原(光源爲2 0W BLB燈,自光源至試料爲 止之距離爲1 0 cm,照射時間1 〇秒)得試料•這時所 載持之銅:係2 # g/cm2,其粒徑係數nm〜 1 0 n m ·又光觸媒粒子之結晶粒徑係〇 . 1#ιη·評估 所得試料之防奥性,耐摩損性· 結果R3〇( L )係8 9% *耐摩損性係◎•因此與第 3 6圖相比較,由於載持銅,所以R3〇(L)可以自 18%顯著地提高爲89%· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 由上述可知,藉由在基材表面被形成孔隙度爲1 0% 〜40% »較佳爲1 0%〜30%之光觸媒薄膜*而可以 提供兼具有防奥特性與耐摩損性之材料· 其次,針對光觸媒層所生成空隙填充較其空隙爲小之 粒子的實施例說明•此資施例中所稱空隙係指相離開之粒 子間空隙以及頸部凹部二者而言· 另外,光觸媒屠係通常愈敏密*其膜強度,不易沾污 性均倕,但爲此即必須提高形成光觸媒層之溫度,基材之 92 本纸張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 406031 A7 經濟部中央榡隼局貝工消費合作社印装 B7五、發明説明(90 ) 材質因而受限,依據本發明之在後工程於此空隙填充粒子 之方法時’添加粒子於空隙前之光觸媒層孔隙度尙可以爲 10%以上者。又,1〇%以上孔隙度之膜係防臭性優者 ,所以只需適當地調整其填充量,即可提供防污性,防臭 性雙方面均優之多功能材料。 被填充於空隙之較空隙小之粒子最好由無機結晶質材 料所成,更佳係具有光觸媒活性者,以T i 0 2, Sn02,Ζ η 0 > S r T i 03,Fe203,B i2〇3, WO 3之氧化物半導體爲宜。此較空隙爲小之粒子的大小 係基本上較生成之孔隙口徑平均值小即可,考慮到減少空 隙以及減少粒子附著於具有光觸媒功能之粒子表面以提高 表面平滑性,及減少表面缺陷,使其不易沾污,提高膜強 度等方面,具體言以0. 01#m以下,較佳爲 0. 008em以下之小粒子爲宜。惟Ti02薄膜爲銳 '鈦礦型,以8 5 0 °C以下熱處理以固定於基材上時,以電 子顯微鏡觀察,其平均孔隙度係大約與T i 02粒子徑相 等,所以較T i 0 2粒子徑小即可。具有光觸媒活性之 Ti02薄膜的起始原料通常係使用0. 0 5/im以下之 原料,所以最好爲0 . 0 5 # m以下。 在此,使填充粒子於空隙之具有光觸媒功能之層表面 孔隙度爲2 0 %以下,即可以不易沾污。又,其開孔之最 大寬度係以0. 04#m以下爲宜。 在此所指孔隙度係指基材表面之孔隙度而言’開孔之 最大寬度係指構成基材表面之具有光觸媒功能之粒子中相 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作社印裝 406031_^__五、發明説明(91 ) 鄰接二個粒子間空隙距離的最大值(平均值+ 3 X標準偏 差)。 又,若所利用之填充粒子於空隙前,具有光觸媒功能 之層的孔隙度係爲1 0%左右者,則孔隙度會減少至1 0 %以下,在此被埋入設之孔隙度係結晶粒徑0. Ole以 下之粒子可進入之大,比氣體之大小(數A)爲大,所以 不影響防臭性,可以保有同等於預先所製作孔隙度爲1 0 %以上之T i 02薄膜一樣之防臭特性。 又,主要以晶質之光觸媒粒子做爲所形成具有光觸媒 功能之層時,不會有水垢,以附著於玻璃之堅固附著形態 附著成爲污垢,即使附著亦較容易擦拭除去。利用於流水 處時亦比較不會生長出藻類。 在此所稱晶質之光觸媒粒子係指在5 0 KV - 3 0 0 mA條件粉末X線繞射自材料中剝下之光觸媒粒子時,可 -以偵測出其結晶之最大巔峰值(例如T i 0 2粒子時,銳 鈦礦係20=25. 3° ’金紅石型時20=27. 4° )之程度地被結晶化的光觸媒粒子而言者。 填充粒子於上述空隙之方法,可以使用金屬醇鹽,有 機金屬鹽硫酸鹽等,進行塗佈,乾燥’熱處理即可形成。 例如使用金屬醇鹽之工程係以混合金屬醇鹽於適當之稀釋 劑及鹽類之溶液塗佈於光觸媒層之最表面後’經乾燥,熱 處理。在此適當之稀釋劑係乙醇,丙醇’甲醇等醇類爲宜 ,但並不限於此。最好儘量不含水在內。含水時金屬醇鹽 會驟然進行水解,會成爲龜裂之原因。又’添加鹽酸係防 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) " ~-94 - (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁> 406031 A7 ____B7 _ 五、發明説明(92 ) 止乾燥時或熱處理時發生龜裂。塗佈金屬醇鹽之方法通常 係採用澆塗方法,惟並不限於此。澆塗係最好在乾燥空氣 中進行。在一般之空氣(大氣)中塗佈時,會因空氣中之 水份而被促進水解,很難控制膜厚。可塗佈一次,數次亦 無妨。可以由塗佈前之光觸媒層填充性予以決定。其後放 置於乾燥空氣中數分鐘,即可在光觸媒層之空隙中填充入 粒子形成爲膜。 在此,若塗佈填充粒子前之層與填充之粒子係使用相 同之材質者,則其熱膨脹率相同,可形成爲機械性強度優 之膜,最爲理想。 另外,列出具體例更進一步說明使用鈦醇鹽之情形。 在光觸媒層表面再塗佈鈦醇鹽,施予乾燥熱處理之工程中 ,一次之鈦醇鹽塗佈量係換算爲T i 02時爲1 0 /z g/ cm 2以上1 Ο Ο μ g/cm 2以下。塗佈量太少時必須增 •加塗佈次數,效率不佳,相反,塗佈量太多時,一次之塗 佈即會成爲太厚之膜,乾燥時或熱處理時會發生龜裂。 經濟部中央橾準局員工消費合作社印裝 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 上述乾燥熱處理工程中,熱處理溫度係設爲4 0 0°C 〜800°C。400°C以下時不定形Ti 02無法晶化爲 銳鈦礦型T i 02,8 0 0 °C以上時則會驟然促進粒成長 ,降低光活性。 又,塗佈液中對鈦醇鹽之鹽酸量係設定爲1重量%〜 1 0重量%。1重量%以下時不具充分之防止龜裂效果, 1 0重量%以上時,由於鹽酸係通常爲3 6%水溶液,水 份含量太多促進水解,生成龜裂。鹽酸量多時最好係稀釋 本纸張又度通用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -95 - 88. ie Λ丘- 4〇e〇si £ Α7 Β7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消t合作社印製 五、發明說明(93) 劑亦多•因稀釋劑可抑制水解·其比率以鹽酸(除去水份 ):稀釋劑=1:100〜1:1000左右爲宜· 另外•形成具有光觸媒功能之層*在其層表面生成之 空隙中填充較甚空隙更小粒子,再於此層上固定至少一種 銅,銀,鋅,鐵,鈷,鎳,鈀,鉑中之金羼•道種構成時 因有上述金屬預先估有光觸媒功能層之較髙吸附性部位, 在此部份不會有塵埃成份中之鹼金屬,鈣等附著,終致失 去光觸媒活性•因此光觸媒之抗菌作用亦不會受到影#, 還可防止菌類附著•另外*若做爲上述金靥,使用銀,銅 •鋅時*此等金屬本身即具有抗菌性*更可有效防止菌類 之附著•另外還可藉由此等金靥之電子捕獲效果更提髙光 觸媒層之光活性· 所固定之金屬大小*以可以預先佔有光觸媒層之髙吸 附性部位之程度的大•還必須爲可維持髙活性之程度的小 爲宜•由此觀點考置以數nm〜1 Onm左右爲宜· 固定上述金雇之方法可利用光遼原法,熱處理方, 濺鍍法,CVD法等,其中以光還原法可以不必大規模之 設備,較簡便且可以堅牢地固定•所以較適宜•採用光還 原方法時係塗佈含有至少一種銀•銅•鋅,鐵,鈷,鎳, 钯,鉑中之金羼離子的水溶液,照射含紫外線之光線•含 至少一種銀*網•鋅•鐵,鈷,鎳,鈀,鉑中之金篇離子 的水溶液可爲乙酸銅*硝酸銀*碳酸銅,硫酸镅·氣化亞 銅,氣化銅,氯化鉑酸,氣化鈀,氯化鎳,硝酸鋅,氣化 鈷,氯化亞鐵,氯化鐵等•此金靥鹽水溶液之塗佈方法係 — — — — — — — — — — — — — ·1111111 ^ ·1111111 (請先閱讀背面之注意事"本頁) 本纸張尺度適用中國S家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -96 - 經濟部中央橾準局員工消費合作社印製 406031 A7 ___B7 ._五、發明説明(94 ) 基本上言任何方法均可採用,惟以噴塗法或浸漬塗法較簡 便。就使用溶液可以少量’可均勻地塗佈,膜厚易於控制 ’不想塗在背面時可以自由塗佈等觀點而言,以噴塗較爲 適合。含紫外線之光線係只要可照射含紫外線光線者即可 ,具體言可爲紫外線燈,B L B燈,氙燈,水銀燈,螢光 燈之任一。照射含紫外線之光線的方法係配置試料使其可 以垂直地照射到照射面爲宜。這樣即可以提高照射效率。 照射時間以1 0秒〜1 0分鐘左右爲宜。照射時間太短時 上述金靥種無法充分附著於光觸媒層之高吸附性部位,會 附著塵埃成份中之鹼金屬,鈣等而成爲失去光觸媒活性之 原因,時間太長時則過量地附著金屬種,光線無法充分地 到達光觸媒層,降低光觸媒活性。試料距光源之距離係以 1 cm〜3 0 cm爲宜,距離太近時無法均勻地照射整體 試料,不均勻地附著金屬種,距離太遠時所照射光之照度 會反比例於距離之二乘方,很難堅固地附著金屬種。 以下舉具體實施例說明光觸媒層所生成空隙中填充較 該空隙爲小之粒子。 實施例3 1 在1 5 cm四方形磁磚基板上,以噴塗法塗佈結晶粒 徑0. 0 1/^111之丁1〇2溶膠的氨解膠型懸濁液,於 750 °C燒成以形成光觸媒薄膜。此階段之Ti 02薄膜 孔隙度係4 5 %,T i ◦ 2粒子之結晶粒徑係 0 . 0 2 //m。分別以噴塗法在其上塗佈不同結晶粒徑之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梂準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) "-97 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央揉準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 __406031 b7 _ 五、發明説明(95 )Ⅴ, invention said Meng) "® The following is preferably 0. 0 0 8 #m particles can improve abrasion resistance. Example 3 0 The amount of addition is changed, the particle size of the crystal by spraying method 〇1 jam T i 〇2sol suspension of ammonia gel type is coated on a 15 cm square tile substrate, fired at 850 eC to form a photocatalyst film with a film thickness of 0.2 # m. Then, acetic acid is applied by spraying. The copper aqueous solution was applied to the photocatalyst film, and then photoreduced (the light source was a 20W BLB lamp, the distance from the light source to the sample was 10 cm, and the irradiation time was 10 seconds) to obtain the sample. • The copper carried at this time: Department 2 # g / cm2, its particle size coefficient is nm ~ 10 nm. The crystalline particle size of the photocatalyst particles is 0.1 # ιη. The samples obtained were evaluated for their resistance to abrasion and abrasion. Results R30 (L) was 8 9% * Abrasion resistance Compared with Figure 36, R30 (L) can be significantly improved from 18% to 89% due to copper loading. • Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. By forming a photocatalyst film with a porosity of 10% to 40% on the surface of the substrate, preferably 10% to 30%, it can provide both Materials for anti-Olympic properties and abrasion resistance · Second, the description of the embodiment of the particles filled by the photocatalyst layer is smaller than the voids. • The voids in this example refer to the gaps between the particles and the neck. In terms of both concave parts. In addition, photocatalyst slurries are usually more sensitive * The film strength is not easy to stain, but the temperature for forming the photocatalyst layer must be increased for this purpose. The paper size of 92 substrates is applicable to China. CNS A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 406031 A7 Printed by the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives, printed B7 V. Description of the invention (90) The material is limited, and the subsequent works according to the present invention are here In the method of filling particles with voids, the porosity 光 of the photocatalyst layer in which particles are added in front of the voids can be 10% or more. In addition, the film with a porosity of 10% or more has excellent deodorizing properties, so it is only necessary to appropriately adjust its filling amount. It can provide a multifunctional material with excellent antifouling and deodorizing properties. The particles with smaller voids filled in the voids are preferably made of inorganic crystalline materials, and more preferably those with photocatalytic activity. i 0 2, Sn02, Z η 0 > S r T i 03, Fe203, B i2 03, WO 3 oxide semiconductors are preferred. The size of the particles smaller than the voids is basically larger than the pore diameter of the generated The average value can be small, considering the reduction of voids and the reduction of particles attached to the surface of particles with a photocatalyst function to improve surface smoothness, and reduce surface defects, making it less prone to staining, improving film strength, etc., specifically 0.01 Below #m, preferably small particles below 0.008em are preferred. However, the Ti02 film is an anatase type. When heat-treated at a temperature below 85 ° C to fix it on the substrate, the average porosity is about the same as the particle diameter of T i 02 when observed with an electron microscope. 2 particle diameter is sufficient. The starting material of the Ti02 thin film with photocatalytic activity is usually a raw material of less than 0.05 / im, so it is preferably less than 0.05 #m. Here, if the porosity of the surface of the layer having the photocatalytic function of the filled particles in the void is 20% or less, it is difficult to be stained. Moreover, the maximum width of the opening is preferably 0.04 # m or less. The porosity here refers to the porosity of the surface of the substrate. The maximum width of the openings refers to the phase of the particles with photocatalytic function that constitute the surface of the substrate (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). Paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 406031 _ ^ __ V. Description of the invention (91) The maximum value of the gap between two adjacent particles ( Mean + 3 X standard deviation). In addition, if the used filler particles are in front of the void, the porosity of the layer with photocatalyst function is about 10%, the porosity will be reduced to less than 10%, and the porosity system buried here will crystallize. Particles with a particle size of less than 0.1 Ole can be larger than the size (number A) of the gas, so it does not affect the deodorization, and can maintain the same as the T i 02 film with a porosity of 10% or more. Its deodorant properties. In addition, when the crystalline photocatalyst particles are mainly used as the layer having the photocatalyst function, there is no scale, and the solid adhered form attached to the glass becomes dirt. Even if it is attached, it is easier to wipe and remove. It is also less likely to grow algae when used in flowing water. The crystalline photocatalyst particles herein refer to the photocatalyst particles peeled from the material when the powder X-rays are diffracted from the material under the conditions of 50 KV-3 0 0 mA. In the case of T i 0 2 particles, the photocatalyst particles which are crystallized to an extent of 20 = 25.3 ° in the anatase system and 20 = 27.4 ° in the rutile type). The method for filling the particles with the above-mentioned voids can be formed by applying a metal alkoxide, an organic metal salt sulfate, or the like, and then drying and heat-treating. For example, a process using a metal alkoxide is a method in which a solution of a mixed metal alkoxide in an appropriate diluent and a salt is applied on the outermost surface of the photocatalyst layer and then dried and heat-treated. Suitable diluents here are alcohols, alcohols such as propanol'methanol, etc., but are not limited thereto. It is best not to include water. Metal alkoxides hydrolyze suddenly when they contain water, which can cause cracking. Also 'added hydrochloric acid is used to prevent the size of this paper from applying Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) " ~ -94-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page> 406031 A7 ____B7 _ 5. Description of the invention (92) Prevent cracking during drying or heat treatment. The method of coating metal alkoxide is usually by the pouring method, but it is not limited to this. The pouring system is best performed in dry air. In general air When coating in (atmosphere), it will be hydrolyzed due to the moisture in the air and it is difficult to control the film thickness. It can be applied once or several times. It can be determined by the fillability of the photocatalyst layer before coating. After being placed in dry air for several minutes, the particles in the photocatalyst layer can be filled with particles to form a film. Here, if the layer before filling the filled particles and the filled particles are made of the same material, the thermal expansion coefficient In the same way, it can be formed into a film with excellent mechanical strength. In addition, specific examples will be given to further explain the use of titanium alkoxide. The surface of the photocatalyst layer is coated with titanium alkoxide, and dried and heat treated. During the process, the coating amount of titanium alkoxide at one time is from 10 / zg / cm2 to 1 〇0 μg / cm2 when converted to T i 02. If the coating amount is too small, the number of coatings must be increased. , The efficiency is not good, on the contrary, when the amount of coating is too large, one coating will become too thick film, and cracks will occur when drying or heat treatment. Read the notes on the reverse side and fill in this page) In the above dry heat treatment process, the heat treatment temperature is set to 400 ° C to 800 ° C. When the temperature is below 400 ° C, the amorphous Ti 02 cannot be crystallized into anatase T i When the temperature is higher than 02, 0 0 ° C, the grain growth is suddenly promoted, and the photoactivity is reduced. Also, the amount of hydrochloric acid to the titanium alkoxide in the coating liquid is set to 1% to 10% by weight. When 1% by weight or less It does not have sufficient anti-cracking effect. When the content is more than 10% by weight, the hydrochloric acid is usually a 3 6% aqueous solution. Too much water content promotes hydrolysis and cracking. When the amount of hydrochloric acid is large, it is best to dilute the paper again. GM China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -95-88. ie Λ 丘-4〇e〇si £ Α7 Β7 Printed by the Cooperative of Intellectual Property of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Cooperative Co., Ltd. 5. Description of the invention (93) There are many agents. • Diluent can inhibit hydrolysis. Its ratio is hydrochloric acid (remove water): Diluent = 1: 100 ~ 1: About 1000 is appropriate · In addition • Form a layer with photocatalyst function * Fill the voids generated on the surface of the layer with smaller particles than voids, and then fix at least one kind of copper, silver, zinc, iron, cobalt, nickel on this layer, Gold palladium and platinum in palladium and platinum are composed of the above-mentioned metals, which are estimated to have a relatively high adsorption portion of the photocatalyst functional layer. There will be no adhesion of alkali metals, calcium, etc. in the dust component, which will eventually be lost. Photocatalyst activity • As a result, the antibacterial effect of photocatalysts will not be affected. # It can also prevent the adhesion of fungi. • In addition, * as the above-mentioned gold tincture, when using silver, copper, and zinc * these metals have antibacterial properties * and are more effective Prevents the adhesion of fungi. In addition, the electron capture effect of the gold tincture can further improve the photoactivity of the photocatalyst layer. The size of the fixed metal * is so large that it can occupy the adsorption portion of the photocatalyst layer in advance. Must be available It is advisable to maintain a low level of tritium activity. • From this point of view, it is advisable to use a few nm to 1 Onm. The method of fixing the above-mentioned metal employment can be using the Kyohara method, heat treatment method, sputtering method, CVD method, etc., among which The photoreduction method eliminates the need for large-scale equipment, is simpler and can be firmly fixed. So it is more suitable. When the photoreduction method is used, it contains at least one type of silver. Copper, zinc, iron, cobalt, nickel, palladium, and platinum. Aqueous solution of gold and ions irradiated with ultraviolet rays. Light containing at least one kind of silver * mesh. Zinc. Iron, cobalt, nickel, palladium, and platinum. The aqueous solution of gold ions can be copper acetate * silver nitrate * copper carbonate, rhenium sulfate. · Gas cuprous gas, cuprous gas, platinum chloride, palladium gas, nickel chloride, zinc nitrate, cobalt gaseous, ferrous chloride, ferric chloride, etc. — — — — — — — — — — — — — · 1111111 ^ · 1111111 (Please read the note on the back first " this page) This paper size is applicable to China S Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) %) -96-Printed by the Consumers Cooperatives of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 406031 A7 ___B7 ._ five described (94) substantially invention is made by any method can be used, but to a spray coating method or the dip coating will be relatively simple. From the viewpoint of using a small amount of solution, it can be applied uniformly, and the film thickness is easy to control, and it can be applied freely when it is not intended to be applied to the back surface. As long as the light containing ultraviolet rays can be irradiated with ultraviolet rays, it can be any one of ultraviolet lamps, LB lamps, xenon lamps, mercury lamps, and fluorescent lamps. The method of irradiating the light containing ultraviolet rays is preferably to arrange the sample so that it can irradiate the irradiation surface vertically. This can improve the irradiation efficiency. The irradiation time is preferably about 10 seconds to 10 minutes. When the irradiation time is too short, the above-mentioned species of gold can not fully adhere to the highly adsorbed part of the photocatalyst layer, and alkali metals and calcium in the dust component will be attached to cause the loss of photocatalytic activity. When the time is too long, the metal species will be excessively attached. , The light cannot reach the photocatalyst layer sufficiently, reducing the photocatalytic activity. The distance between the sample and the light source is preferably 1 cm ~ 30 cm. When the distance is too close, the entire sample cannot be uniformly irradiated, and the metal species are unevenly attached. When the distance is too far, the illuminance of the irradiated light will be inversely proportional to the distance doubled. It is difficult to attach metal species firmly. The following specific examples illustrate that the voids generated by the photocatalyst layer are filled with particles smaller than the voids. Example 3 1 On a 15 cm square ceramic tile substrate, an ammonia-gel suspension of a butyl sol of 10 1 / ^ 111 with a crystal grain size of 0.0 1 / ^ 111 was spray-coated, and fired at 750 ° C. To form a photocatalyst film. The porosity of the Ti 02 film at this stage is 45%, and the crystal grain size of T i ◦ 2 particles is 0. 0 2 // m. This paper is coated with different crystal grain sizes by spraying method. Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) " -97-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed by A7 __406031 b7 _ of the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Description of Invention (95)

Sn02溶膠,於1 l〇°C乾燥,得試料。評估所得試料 之防臭性,耐摩損性,不易沾污性。 防臭性之評估係測定R 3。( L )予以評估。 耐摩損性係使用塑膠橡皮擦進行來回滑動摩擦,比較 其外觀上之變化予以評估。評估指標如上述,示如以下。 ◎:來回4 0次不起變化 〇:來回滑動10次以上40次以下即有擦傷,光觸 媒層(T i 0 2膜)剝離 △:來回滑動5次以上1 〇次以下即有擦傷,光觸媒 層(T i ◦ 2膜)剝離 X :來回滑動5次以下即有擦傷出現,光觸媒層( T i 0 2膜)剝離 不易沾污性之評估係以黑色粗簽字筆在基材表面畫一 條線,經乾燥後以乙醇擦拭墨水後評估其受污染度,依以 -下標準評估。 ◎:可完全擦去不留痕跡 〇:稍留痕跡 :稍留灰黑色痕跡 X :留下黑色痕跡。 結果示於第39圖〜第46圖》 第3 9圖係表示S η 02之添加量與不易沾污性之關 係圖。在此S η 02之添加量係以對T i 〇2與S η 02量 之重量總和而言之S η 02重量比表示。添加3 0%以上 S η 02時可顯著地提高不易沾污性。其理由有三,第一 本紙張尺度逍iV國國家梂準(CNS ) Α4规格(21〇Χ297公釐) : ----------裝------訂------Λ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 40603The Sn02 sol was dried at 110 ° C to obtain a sample. The obtained samples were evaluated for deodorization, abrasion resistance, and resistance to staining. The evaluation of the deodorant property was determined by measuring R 3. (L) to be evaluated. The abrasion resistance was evaluated by using a plastic eraser to slide back and forth and comparing its appearance changes. The evaluation indicators are as described above and as shown below. ◎: Unchanged 40 times back and forth. 0: Scratches after sliding back and forth more than 10 times and less than 40 times, the photocatalyst layer (T i 0 2 film) is peeled off. (T i ◦ 2 film) Peel X: Scratches appear after sliding back and forth 5 times or less. The evaluation of the photocatalyst layer (T i 0 2 film) is not easy to be stained. After drying, wipe the ink with ethanol to evaluate the contamination degree, and evaluate according to the following standards. ◎: Can be completely wiped off without leaving traces. ○: Slightly traces left: Gray-black traces are slightly left. X: Black traces are left. The results are shown in Figs. 39 to 46. Figs. 3 to 9 are graphs showing the relationship between the amount of S η 02 added and the resistance to staining. Here, the amount of S η 02 added is represented by the weight ratio of S η 02 to the total weight of the amounts of T i 〇 2 and S η 02. Adding more than 30% S η 02 can significantly improve the resistance to staining. There are three reasons for this. The first paper size is the National Standards of China (CNS) Α4 specification (21 × 297 mm): ---------- installation ------ order ---- --Λ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 40603

A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明(Τ6 Γ 係因添加3 0%以上S η 〇2而可以降低孔隙度爲2 0% 以下(第40圖),第二係因添加SnO2而減少孔陳度 大之孔隙•第41圖中示以對Sn02添加S的孔隙最大 宽度,30%以上Sn〇2添加置時縮小至0. 04μιη 之小孔隙宽度•第三係因添加S η 02而提髙表面粗度, 此等均影響其不易沾汚性· 第4 2圖係表示對S η 02添加置之防臭特性及耐摩 損性· 有關防奥性方面,使S η 02溶膠之微晶粒徑自 0. 0035#m改變至〇. 01#m爲止時幾乎無任何 改變,示有極佳效果•又,對S η 02之量而言,於5 0 %以下時R 3。具有良好之80%以上結果·比較第39圖 之S η 02添加置與孔隙度之關係時可知· S η 〇2添加量 爲40%〜50%時*孔嫌度係1 0%以下*防臭性佳· 此種情況與不添加填充隙粒子時之孔隙度與防臭性之關係 (第3 5圖)大不相同•其理由被推測如下•即*這時孔 隙度可減少爲1 0%以下·但與第4 1圇者相比,尙有 0. 02#ιη左右之孔隙留下•又,埋入空隙之粒子結晶 粒徑亦爲0. 0035#m·較氣體之大小(數Α)更大 ,在粒子不致於成長之條件下*不會產生氣體通道被封閉 之現象· 有關耐摩損性方面,S nO 2添加置爲3 0%以上時 因S η 〇2溶膠之結晶粒徑的不同而其效果不同•即,添 加0. 0 0 8 Am以下粒子時可提髙爲◎或〇,但 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------Γ ------I I 訂-! I (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 4060S1 A7 ____B7___ 五、發明説明(97 ) 0. 0 1 //m時則不見其添加效果^ 由以上實驗得知以下事實。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) (1 )在基材上形成T i 02膜,在該薄膜表面生成 之空隙添加較該空隙更小粒子(S η 02溶膠)時,可提 高其不易沾污性。 (2) 對Ti〇2與Sn〇2i總重量而言,Sn02 添加量爲3 0重量%以上時,即不易沾污,亦可提高耐摩 損性。 (3) 對1'102與311〇2之總重量而言,Sn02 添加量爲5 0重量%以下時,可維持其極佳之防臭性。 (4 )使孔隙度爲2 0%以下,孔隙之最寬幅度爲 0. 04/zm以下時不易沾污。 實施例3 2 經濟部中央橾準局員工消费合作社印製 - 小便器之不照射到光之側面部份設置,形成銳鈦礦型 丁 i 〇2膜者,實地試驗2週。與不形成銳鈦礦型 T i 02薄膜者相比較。結果均會因附著菌類與尿垢而變 黃色。惟一般之便器係以刷子刷洗亦不易去除其污垢,但 側面部份形成銳鈦礦型T i 0 2膜之便器則經刷洗即可去 除黃色尿垢。 由於該側面係不照射到光之處,所以可知並非因銳鈦 礦型T i 02膜之光觸媒效果,而係因其表面形成不易堅 牢地附著污垢之結晶質銳鈦礦型T i 02膜而可得到之結 果。 本纸張尺度適用中國國家梂準(CNS ) A4洗格(210X297公釐) -100 - 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印裝 406031 at ______ B7___五、發明説明(98) 實施例3 3 在1 5公分四方形之磁磚表面塗佈s i 02-A i?203-N a / K2〇玻料,繼而於表面噴塗,結晶粒 徑0. 01 Ti02溶膠之氨解膠型懸濁液,於 75〇°C 燒成’得三種 〇_ 2/zm,0· 4#m,0. 8 以m膜厚之T i Ο 2薄膜。此階段之T i 0 2薄膜孔隙度係 45%’Ti02粒子之結晶粒徑係〇_ 02em。再以 湊塗法在冷卻後之上述試料上以乾燥空氣做爲載體塗佈 工〇:1:400(重量比)混合四乙醇鈦與36%鹽酸 與乙醇所成混合液,經乾燥。塗佈量係以T i 02而言爲 40〜50//g/cm2。其後於500 °C燒成10分鐘 。重覆1〜5次之此鈦醇鹽之塗佈步驟。針對所得試料評 估防臭性,抗菌性,耐摩損性,不易沾污性。 抗菌性係使用大腸菌(Eschericia coli W3110株) 試驗。在預先以7 0%乙醇殺菌過之多功能材料最上層表 面滴下0.15m^(1〜50000CFU)菌液,載 置於玻璃板(1 0 0 X 1 〇 〇 )緊貼於基材之最上層表面 ’做爲試料》照射白色燈(3500燭光)3〇分鐘後, 以殺菌過紗布擦拭照射過之試料上菌液,回收於1 〇mj? 生理食鹽水,求得菌之生存率,評估之標準+ + +,+ + ,+,一均與上述相同。 上述各條件下,防臭性係R 3。(L)爲80%以上, 抗菌性係+ + +。 本紙張尺度適用中國11家標準(CNS ) A4说格(210X297公釐) ^ ' -101 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 406031 A7 _ B7 _ 五、發明説明(99 ) 不易沾污性(第44圖)及耐摩損性(第4 5圖)係 與鈦醇鹽之塗佈次數與T i ◦ 2膜厚有相關關係。鈦醇鹽 之塗佈次數愈多,愈能提高其不易沾污性及耐摩損性。又 ,T i 02膜厚愈薄,以較少次之鈦醇鹽塗佈次數即可提 高其不易沾污性及耐摩損性。其理由可推測爲藉鈦醇鹽塗 佈而可以減少T i 02層表面之孔隙度爲其一原因。在第 4 6圖表示T i 02層表面之孔隙度與鈦醇鹽塗佈次數及 丁 i 02膜厚之關係。T i 〇2層表面之孔隙度係鈦醇鹽塗 佈次數愈多即會愈減少,且T i 〇2膜愈薄,在同樣之鈦 醇鹽塗佈次數下會愈減少孔隙度,此關係與鈦醇鹽塗佈次 數及T i 0 2膜厚與不易沾污性及耐摩損性的關係相對應 。尤其不易沾污性方面,與實施例3 1 —樣,在孔隙度 2 0%以下均爲©。 -實施例3 4 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消费合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在1 5公分四方形之磁磚表面塗佈S i 02_ Aj?2o3 — N a/K20玻料,繼而於表面噴塗,結晶粒 徑0. 01/zm 1'102溶膠之氨解膠型懸濁液,於 750°C燒成2小時。此階段之T i 02薄膜孔隙度係 45%,Ti02粒子之結晶粒徑係0. 〇2#m。再以 澆塗法在冷卻後之上述試料上以乾燥空氣做爲載體塗佈 10:1:400 (重量比)混合四乙醇鈦與36%鹽酸 與乙醇所成混合液,經乾燥》塗佈量係以T i 0 2而言爲 40〜50#g/cm2。其後於500 °C燒成1 〇分鐘 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家樣準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) -102 - 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消t合作社印製 406031 _______________________ζΑ l 五、發明說明(lfl0) •重覆三次此鈦酵鹽塗佈步驟·然後再於試料上塗佈1重 置%硝酸銀水溶液•經光還原(光源係2 OW B LB燈 *自光源至試料爲止之距離1 〇 cm,照射時間3 0秒) 得試料•在此試料表面所載持之銀量係0. c m58*銀之粒徑係係平均4 On m左右·針對所得試料 測定抗菌性及長期使用後之抗菌性· 長期使用後之抗菌性係如下進行試驗·首先以乙酵等 充分洗淨所得試料表面*於5 〇eC乾燥•其次,在殺菌過 之燒杯中放入自公共浴室採取之浴槽水,在其中浸漬試料 放置一個月•其後取出試料後以乙醇洗淨,然後以7 0% 乙醇殺菌多功能材料之最上層表面•繼而載置 0. 15mJ?(l〜50000CFU)之大腸菌液於玻 璃板(1 0 0 X 1 0 0 ) *緊貼於基材之最上層表面做爲 試料•照射3 0分鐘白色燈(3 5 0 0燭光)後,以殺菌 過之紗布擦拭照射過之試料上菌液,回收於1 〇m)2生理 食鹽水,求得菌生存率*評估指標與實施例3之抗菌性試 驗一樣· 爲比較起見對實施例3 3之試料亦施行試驗· 結果•就初期抗菌性而言•此實施例所製作試料亦與 實施例3 3所製作試料一樣爲+ + + ·但一個月後二者之 抗菌性即發生差異•即,實施例3 3製作之試料係抗菌性 降低爲+,而此實施例所製作之試料仍維持初期之+++ •此可能係T i 〇»層表面之高吸附性部位附著有銀’可 以防止使用中庙埃等附著於高吸附性部位所致· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公t) — — — — —---I I I I I - — — — I —--I I----I <請先閲讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消費合作社印製 406031_b7 _五、發明説明(101) 由以上說明可知’在基材表面形成具有光觸媒功能之 層,在該層之表面生成的空隙填充較該空隙更小粒子,所 以與以往之光觸媒薄膜相比,表面上存在之空隙量以及其 空隙大小變小,且表面之平滑性更佳,可維持良好之防臭 性,抗菌性之下提高膜強度,並且很難附著構成污垢成份 之高分子,塵埃,菌類等。 其次,針對利用熔點較低材料之鈉玻璃做爲基材之實 例說明。即,欲在低熔點基材表面形成光觸媒薄膜時,在 形成此光觸薄膜之溫度下,基材即開始軟化,所形成光觸 媒薄膜會埋入基材中,爲此會產生光線無法到達光觸媒層 ,無法發揮光觸媒功能等缺陷。 爲此,在這種情況下係藉由塗敷S i 0等介著較基材 更高熔點之層以固定光觸媒粒子。以下具體敘述實施例。 實施例3 5 在塗佈氧化鈦於鈉玻璃之前,在鈉玻璃表面施予二氧 化矽塗敷。 在1 0 cm四方形之鈉玻璃表面,依以下方法塗敷二 氧化矽。以6:2:6:86重量比混合四乙氧基矽烷, 3 6%鹽酸,純水,乙醇。這時會發熱,所以放置1小時 。然後澆塗於鈉玻璃。 其次,製作塗佈液。塗佈液係在1:9(重量比)混 合四乙醇鈦與乙·醇之溶液中,對四乙醇鈦而言添加1 0重 量% 3 6%鹽酸予以製作。在此添加之3 6%鹽酸量係 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梂準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 一 104 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 406031 A7 B7 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消费合作社印褽 五、發明説明(102) 對四乙醇鈦爲1重量%〜3 〇重量%,較佳以5重量%〜 2 0重量爲宜。添加適量之鹽酸時可以防止在後工程之乾 燥’燒成時龜裂。即’鹽酸之量太少時無法充分防止龜裂 ’鹽酸之量太多時’因鹽酸試藥中所含水量增加,而會加 速促進四乙醇鈦的水解,很難得到均質之塗膜。 其次’在乾燥空氣中澆塗此溶液於鈉玻璃基材表面。 在此所稱乾燥空氣並非爲完全不含水份之空氣,指水份比 較一般之空氣少者而言。這時如在不施予乾燥處理之一般 空氣中塗佈時,四乙醇鈦會被空氣中所含水份加速其水解 ’一次之塗膜量太多時,很容易在其後工程之乾燥,燒成 時龜裂。又’加速水解時亦很難控制塗膜量》爲防止龜裂 ,一次載持氧化鈦之量係以1 〇 〇 M g/cm 2以下爲宜 。在此一次所載持之氧化鈦量係45/zg/cm^ 其後在乾燥空氣中乾燥處理1〜1 0分鐘,以形成氧 化鈦膜。在此步驟下係依以下原理可形成氧化鈦者。在此 起始原料係鈦醇鹽之一種的四乙醇鈦(使用其他鈦醇鹽亦 可以同原理生成氧化鈦)。主要爲澆塗時此四乙醇鈦會與 乾燥空氣中之水引起水解反應,生成氫氧鈦化合物。另外 ,乾燥時會產生脫水縮合反應,在基材上生成不定形之氧 化鈦。這時生成之氧化鈦粒子係3〜_1 5 nm左右之高純 度者,爲此與其他製造方法所得氧化鈦相比’此氧化鈦可 在低溫燒結β 於3 0 0°C〜5 0 0 °C燒成上述方法中所得複合材料 ,得多功能材料。視其需要重覆自四乙醇鈦之塗膜至燒成 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本纸張尺度適用中國國家梂準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) -105 - 406031 A7 B7 五、發明説明(103) 之步驟,得到塗厚之氧化鈦。 針對如此所得試料,評估其防臭特性 菌特性。結果示表1 9。 耐摩損性,抗 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央梂準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家梂準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -mR - 106 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作社印製 406031 五、發明説明(104) (表 1 9) 燒成溫度(。〇 耐摩損性 R3〇(L) r3〇(d) 抗菌性(L) 抗菌性(D) 300 ◎ 0% 0% — - 400 ◎ 60¾ 0¾ + - 500 ◎ 60¾ 3f〇 + 一 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本買) 装A7 B7 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (T6 Γ can reduce porosity to less than 20% by adding more than 30% S η 〇2 (Figure 40), the second series The pores with large pore age are reduced due to the addition of SnO2. Figure 41 shows the maximum width of the pores with S added to Sn02. When 30% or more of SnO2 is added, the pore width is reduced to a small pore width of 0.04μιη. Third factor Adding S η 02 to improve the surface roughness, which affects its non-stainability. Figure 4 2 shows the deodorizing properties and abrasion resistance of S η 02. For the anti-Olympic properties, S η The crystallite size of 02 sol changed from 0. 0035 # m to 0.01 # m. There was almost no change, showing excellent results. Also, when the amount of S η 02 was below 50% R 3. It has a good result of more than 80%. When comparing the relationship between the addition of S η 02 and porosity in Figure 39, it can be seen that S η 〇2 when the addition amount is 40% to 50% * Porosity is 10% The following * good deodorization. This situation is very different from the relationship between porosity and deodorization when no interstitial particles are added (Figure 35). The reason is presumed to be Downward, ie * At this time, the porosity can be reduced to less than 10%. However, compared with the 4th one, there are about 0. 02 # ιη of pores left behind. Also, the crystal size of the particles buried in the voids is also 0. 0035 # m. It is larger than the size (number A) of the gas, and the gas channel is not closed under the condition that the particles do not grow. In terms of abrasion resistance, the SnO 2 addition is set to 3 0. When it is above%, the effect is different due to the difference in the crystal size of the S η 〇2 sol. That is, when adding particles below 0.08 Am, it can be improved to ◎ or 〇, but this paper size applies the Chinese national standard (CNS ) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ------------ Γ ------ II Order-! I (Please read the note on the back first to write this page) 4060S1 A7 ____B7___ 5 、 Explanation of the invention (97) 0. 0 1 // The addition effect will not be seen when it is m. ^ The following facts are learned from the above experiments. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) (1) Form T on the substrate For i 02 film, when particles smaller than the void (S η 02 sol) are added to the voids formed on the surface of the film, the stain resistance is improved. (2) For the total weight of Ti〇2 and Sn〇2i, When the amount of Sn02 added is 30% by weight or more, it is not easy to stain and improve wear resistance. (3) For the total weight of 1'102 and 31102, the amount of Sn02 added is 50% by weight or less 04 / zm 以下 不 不 沾 staining when the porosity is below 20% and the widest width of the pores is below 0.04 / zm. Example 3 2 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards and Assistance of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-The side of the urinal that is not exposed to light is set to form an anatase-type D02 film, and the field test is performed for 2 weeks. Compared with those that do not form an anatase T i 02 film. As a result, they will turn yellow due to attached fungi and urine scale. However, ordinary toilets are not easy to remove dirt with a brush. However, toilets with an anatase-type T i 0 2 film formed on the side can be used to remove yellow urine scales. Since this side is not exposed to light, it can be seen that it is not due to the photocatalyst effect of the anatase T i 02 film, but because the surface is formed with a crystalline anatase T i 02 film that does not easily adhere to dirt. Available results. This paper size is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A4 Washing (210X297 mm) -100-Printed by Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives, Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs 406031 at ______ B7___ V. Description of Invention (98) Example 3 3 On the surface of a 15 cm square tile, a si 02-A i? 203-N a / K2〇 glass material was coated, and then sprayed on the surface, with a crystal size of 0.01 Ti02 sol, an ammonia-gel suspension, It was fired at 75 ° C. to obtain three kinds of thin films of 0 2 / zm, 0.4 # m, and 0.8 with a film thickness of m. The porosity of the Ti02 thin film at this stage is 45%, and the crystal size of the Ti02 particles is 0_02em. Then, a dry coating was used as a carrier coating method on the cooled sample using a patch coating method. A mixture of titanium tetraethoxide, 36% hydrochloric acid, and ethanol was mixed and dried. The coating amount is 40 to 50 // g / cm2 in terms of Ti02. It was then fired at 500 ° C for 10 minutes. This titanium alkoxide coating step is repeated 1 to 5 times. The obtained samples were evaluated for deodorant properties, antibacterial properties, abrasion resistance, and stain resistance. The antibacterial system was tested using E. coli (Eschericia coli W3110 strain). On the top surface of the multifunctional material sterilized with 70% ethanol in advance, 0.15m ^ (1 ~ 50,000 CFU) of bacterial solution was dropped, and placed on a glass plate (100 X 1 00), which was closely attached to the top layer of the substrate. Surface "as the sample" After irradiating white light (3500 candlelight) for 30 minutes, wipe the bacterial solution on the irradiated sample with sterilized gauze, and recover it in 10mj? Physiological saline to determine the survival rate of the bacteria and evaluate it. Standards ++, ++, +, all are the same as above. Under the above conditions, the deodorizing property is R 3. (L) is 80% or more, and the antibacterial property is +++. This paper size applies to 11 Chinese standards (CNS) A4 scale (210X297 mm) ^ '-101-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 406031 A7 _ B7 _ V. Description of the invention (99) Not easy The stain resistance (Fig. 44) and abrasion resistance (Fig. 45) are related to the number of times the titanium alkoxide is applied and T i ◦ 2 film thickness. The more times the titanium alkoxide is applied, the more it will improve its resistance to staining and abrasion. In addition, the thinner the film thickness of T i 02 is, the less the number of times of titanium alkoxide coating can be used to improve its stain resistance and abrasion resistance. The reason is presumably that the porosity of the surface of the Ti02 layer can be reduced by the titanium alkoxide coating as one of the reasons. Fig. 46 shows the relationship between the porosity of the Ti02 layer surface, the number of times of titanium alkoxide coating, and the thickness of the Ti02 film. The surface porosity of the Ti 〇2 layer is reduced as the number of titanium alkoxide coatings increases, and the thinner the T i 〇2 film, the more the porosity is reduced under the same number of titanium alkoxide coatings. This relationship Corresponds to the relationship between the number of times of titanium alkoxide coating and the thickness of T i 0 2 and the resistance to staining and abrasion resistance. In particular, the stain resistance is the same as in Example 31, and the porosity is 20% or less. -Example 3 4 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards and Quarantine of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page). Coat the surface of a 15 cm square tile with S i 02_ Aj? 2o3 — N a / K20 frit, followed by spraying on the surface, an ammonia-gel suspension of crystalline size 0.01 / zm 1'102 sol, fired at 750 ° C for 2 hours. 〇2 # m。 The porosity of the Ti02 film at this stage is 45%, and the crystal size of the Ti02 particles is 0. 〇2 # m. Then, a mixture of titanium tetraethoxide, 36% hydrochloric acid, and ethanol was mixed with the dry air as a carrier by the pouring method on the cooled sample with dry air as a carrier, and the coating amount was dried. It is 40 ~ 50 # g / cm2 in terms of T i 0 2. It was then fired at 500 ° C for 10 minutes. This paper was scaled to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -102-Printed by the Shelley Consumers Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 406031 _______________________ ζΑ l 5. Description of the invention (lfl0) • Repeat this titanium enzymatic coating step three times, and then apply 1 reset% silver nitrate aqueous solution on the sample. • Light reduction (light source system 2 OW B LB lamp * distance from the light source to the sample) 10 cm, irradiation time 30 seconds) Sample obtained • The amount of silver carried on the surface of the sample is 0. c m58 * The particle size of silver is about 4 On m on average. Measure the antibacterial property and long-term use of the obtained sample. Antibacterial properties after the long-term use: The antibacterial properties after long-term use were tested as follows. First, the surface of the obtained sample was thoroughly washed with acetic acid and so on. Water, immerse the sample in it for one month. • After removing the sample, wash it with ethanol, and then sterilize the top surface of the multifunctional material with 70% ethanol. Then place 0. 15mJ? (L ~ 50000CFU) of coliform liquid. In glass plate ( 1 0 0 X 1 0 0) * Adhere to the top surface of the substrate as the sample. • After irradiating the white light (3 500 candles for 30 minutes), wipe the bacterial solution on the irradiated sample with sterilized gauze. Recovered from physiological saline solution (10 m) 2, and determined the survival rate of bacteria * The evaluation index is the same as the antibacterial test of Example 3. For comparison, the test of Example 3 3 was also tested. Results • Initial antibacterial In terms of properties • The sample produced in this example is also + + + like the sample produced in Example 3 3 • However, after one month, the antibacterial properties of the two are different • That is, the sample produced in Example 3 3 is antibacterial Reduced to +, and the sample produced in this example still maintains the initial +++. • This may be due to the adhesion of silver on the highly adsorbed part of the T i 〇 »layer surface. Due to the location · The paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 g) — — — — — --- IIIII-— — — I —-- I I ---- I < Please (Please read the note on the back first and write this page) Printed by Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs 406031_b7 _Five Description of the invention (101) From the above description, it is known that 'a layer having a photocatalyst function is formed on the surface of a substrate, and the voids generated on the surface of the layer are filled with particles smaller than the voids. Therefore, compared with conventional photocatalyst films, The amount of voids and the size of the voids become smaller, and the smoothness of the surface is better. It can maintain good deodorization, improve film strength under antibacterial properties, and it is difficult to attach polymers, dust, and fungi constituting dirt components. Next, an example of the use of soda glass with a lower melting point as a substrate will be described. That is, when a photocatalyst film is to be formed on the surface of a low-melting-point substrate, at the temperature at which the photocatalyst film is formed, the substrate begins to soften, and the formed photocatalyst film is buried in the substrate, so light cannot reach the photocatalyst layer. , Can not play the photocatalyst function and other defects. For this reason, in this case, the photocatalyst particles are fixed by coating a layer such as S i 0 with a higher melting point than the substrate. Examples will be specifically described below. Example 3 5 Before the titanium oxide was coated on the soda glass, a silica coating was applied on the surface of the soda glass. On the surface of a 10 cm square soda glass, apply silicon dioxide as follows. Tetraethoxysilane, 3 6% hydrochloric acid, pure water, and ethanol were mixed in a weight ratio of 6: 2: 6: 86. It will become hot at this time, so let it stand for 1 hour. It is then cast on soda glass. Next, a coating liquid is prepared. The coating solution was prepared by mixing titanium tetraethoxide and ethyl alcohol in a 1: 9 (weight ratio) solution, and adding 10% by weight of 3% 6% hydrochloric acid to titanium tetraethoxide. The amount of 3 6% hydrochloric acid added here is the size of this paper. Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm)-104-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 406031 A7 B7 Central Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Zhuhai Bureau Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives 5. Description of the Invention (102) For titanium tetraethoxide, it is 1% to 30% by weight, preferably 5% to 20% by weight. When an appropriate amount of hydrochloric acid is added, cracking during post-drying 'firing can be prevented. That is, when the amount of hydrochloric acid is too small, cracking cannot be sufficiently prevented. When the amount of hydrochloric acid is too large, the hydrolysis of the hydrochloric acid reagent increases, which accelerates the hydrolysis of titanium tetraethoxide, making it difficult to obtain a homogeneous coating film. Next, 'the solution was cast on the surface of the soda glass substrate in dry air. The dry air referred to here is not completely air-free, but refers to those with less water than ordinary air. At this time, when coated in ordinary air without drying treatment, titanium tetraethoxide will be hydrolyzed by the moisture in the air. When the amount of coating film is too large at one time, it is easy to dry and burn it in subsequent projects. When cracked. It is also difficult to control the amount of coating film when accelerating hydrolysis. To prevent cracking, the amount of titanium oxide supported at a time is preferably 1000 M g / cm 2 or less. The amount of titanium oxide carried at this time was 45 / zg / cm ^, and then dried in a dry air for 1 to 10 minutes to form a titanium oxide film. In this step, titanium oxide can be formed according to the following principles. Here, the starting material is titanium tetraethoxide, which is one of the titanium alkoxides (it is also possible to form titanium oxide by using other titanium alkoxides). The main reason is that the titanium tetraethoxide will cause hydrolysis reaction with water in dry air during the coating process to form titanium hydroxide compound. In addition, dehydration condensation reaction occurs during drying, and irregular titanium oxide is formed on the substrate. The titanium oxide particles produced at this time are those with high purity of about 3 to 1 5 nm. For this reason, compared with titanium oxide obtained by other manufacturing methods, this titanium oxide can be sintered at low temperature β at 300 ° C ~ 500 ° C. The composite material obtained by the above-mentioned method is a much more functional material. Repeat as needed from the coating of titanium tetraethanolate to firing (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -105- 406031 A7 B7 5. In the step (103) of the invention description, a thick titanium oxide is obtained. The thus-obtained sample was evaluated for its anti-odor properties and bacteria characteristics. Results are shown in Table 19. Abrasion resistance, resistance (please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Central Consumers ’Association of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed on paper sizes, using the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -mR -106 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Procurement, Ministry of Economic Affairs 406031 V. Description of Invention (104) (Table 1 9) Firing Temperature (.0 Abrasion Resistance R3 (L) r3 (d) Antibacterial (L) Antibacterial (D) 300 ◎ 0% 0% —-400 ◎ 60¾ 0¾ +-500 ◎ 60¾ 3f〇 + One (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this purchase)

'1T 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS > Α4規格(210X297公釐〉 ~ 6 . φ · 40G〇J!4 -. a7 _ B7 五、發明說明(105) 防臭特性係將試料放置於甲基硫醇之初期濃度被調整 爲2ppm之直徑26cmx髙21 cm圓筒形容器*距 光源8cm照射4W BLB螢光燈,測定照射30分鐘 後之甲基硫醉除去率(R 3。(L)),及遮任光30分鐘 之甲基硫醇除去率(R 30(D)),予以評估· 抗菌特性係使用大腸菌(Escherichia coli W3110株 )試驗·預先以7 0%乙醇殺菌過之多功能材料最上靥表 面滴下0. 15mJ2菌液(1〜50000CFU),載 置於玻璃板(1 0 Ox 1 00)上,緊貼住基材之最上層 表面,做爲試料•照射白色燈(5200燭光)30分鐘 後,以殺菌過之紗布擦拭照射過之試料與保持於遮光條件 下之試料的菌液*回收於1 Οιηί生理食鹽水*求得菌生 存率•做爲評估指檩,+ + +,++,+,一係與上述一 樣· 3 0 0 °C燒成溫度時滑動試驗極佳之◎結果,但 R30( L )係0% ·此可能因爲自不定形氧化鈦未結晶化 爲銳鈦礦所致· 合成實驗中在於4 0 0 eC可用X線確認出銳鈦礦之溫 度下,滑動試驗亦具有◎之良好結果,伹R3〇( L )亦可 以提髙至6 0%左右•又*抗菌性亦可爲+·又, 5 0 0 °C時亦可得◎之滑動試驗結果,但,R 30 (L)亦 可提髙至6 0 %左右· 又,提髙溫度時,於550 eC •即產生鈉玻壙基材之 變形,無法_造爲多功能材料· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公釐)_ -----------i.裝—— (諳先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁> i-»· --線· 經濟邨智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 mir. A7 B7 406031 五、發明說明(108) 實施例3 6 爲更提髙資施例3 5所得試料之光觸媒特性,載持金 屬粒子•光觸媒係與氧化反應同時進行還原反應•若不進 行還原反應,則電子不被消耗而粒子即帶電,亦無法進行 氧化反應·實施例1中R3〇(L)僅止於6 0%可能係以 此爲原因•爲防止此事發生,載持金屬粒子於氧化鈦粒子 ,除去電子以防帶電· 可依以下方法載持金靥粒子•澆塗金羼鹽之溶液於光 觸媒,距離20W BLB螢光燈20公分照射1分鐘· 金屬鹽溶液係載持銅時使用乙酸銅之1重置%乙醇溶液, 銀時係使用硝酸銀之1重量%乙醇/水=1/1混合溶液 •照射後洗淨•並予乾燥•在此不使用金羼鹽水溶液而使 用含乙醇之溶液係因金屬鹽水溶液對試料之濕性好· 針對上述所得試料評估防臭特性•耐摩損特性*抗菌 性•結果示於表20 ·又•燒成溫度係僅用500 eC所得 試料· --------11---^ i — II--------11 - <請先閲讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) A7 406031 B7 五、發明説明(107) (表 20) 燒成溫度(。〇 耐摩損性 R3〇(L) R30(D) 抗菌性(L) 抗菌性(D) 500 ◎ 98¾ 98¾ +++ ++ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) -110 - 406031 A7 __B7 _ 五、發明説明(108) 滑動試驗示良好之◎結果。又,R30( L )係顯著提 高至9 8%。抗菌性亦爲+ + +。 比較例3 7 實施例3 5中,除不施予二氧化矽塗敷以外,其他均 一樣。即塗敷氧化鈦於1 0 cm四方形之鈉玻璃。結果示 於表2 1。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 装-'1T This paper size applies to China National Standards (CNS > Α4 size (210X297mm) ~ 6. φ · 40G〇J! 4-. A7 _ B7 5. Description of the invention (105) The deodorant property is placed on the sample The initial concentration of methyl mercaptan was adjusted to 2 ppm in a cylindrical container with a diameter of 26 cm x 21 cm. * Irradiated with a 4W BLB fluorescent lamp at 8 cm from the light source. The methyl mercaptan removal rate (R 3. )), And the rate of removal of methyl mercaptan (R 30 (D)) for 30 minutes after being exposed to light. The antibacterial properties are tested using coliform (Escherichia coli W3110 strain). The top material of the functional material was dripped with 0.15mJ2 bacterial solution (1 ~ 50000CFU), placed on a glass plate (1 0 Ox 1 00), and held close to the top surface of the substrate as a sample. Irradiated white light (5200 Candle light) After 30 minutes, wipe the irradiated sample with the sterilized gauze and keep the bacterial solution of the sample kept under the shading condition * recovered in 1 〇ιηί physiological saline * to find the survival rate of the bacteria. +, ++, +, the same series as above · Excellent sliding test at 3 0 ° C firing temperature As a result, R30 (L) is 0%. This may be caused by the uncrystallized anatase from anatase. In the synthesis experiment, the anatase temperature can be confirmed by X-ray at 4 0 eC. The test also has a good result of ◎, and R30 (L) can also be improved to about 60%. Also, the antibacterial property can also be +. Also, the sliding test result of ◎ can also be obtained at 500 ° C. However, R 30 (L) can also be raised to about 60%. Also, at the temperature of 550 eC when the temperature is raised. China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210x297 mm) _ ----------- i.Packing—— (谙 Read the notes on the back first and write this page> i- »· --line Printed by mir. A7 B7 406031, Shelley Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of Economic Village, V. Description of Invention (108) Example 3 6 In order to improve the photocatalyst characteristics of the sample obtained in Example 3 5 of the Fund, it supports metal particles and photocatalyst Reduction reaction simultaneously with oxidation reaction • Without reduction reaction, the electrons are not consumed and the particles are charged and the oxidation reaction cannot proceed. Example 1 The reason why R3〇 (L) is only 60% may be because of this. To prevent this from happening, carry metal particles on titanium oxide particles and remove electrons to prevent electrification. Gold particles can be carried as follows: Apply gold salt solution to photocatalyst, and irradiate it for 20 minutes from 20W BLB fluorescent lamp for 20 minutes. Metal salt solution is 1% reset ethanol solution of copper acetate when carrying copper, and 1% by weight of silver nitrate when silver is used. Ethanol / water = 1/1 mixed solution • Washed after irradiation • and dried • The use of an ethanol-containing solution instead of an aqueous solution of gold tincture here is because the metal salt aqueous solution has good wettability to the sample. Deodorant properties • Abrasion resistance properties * Antibacterial properties • Results are shown in Table 20 • Also • The firing temperature sample was obtained using only 500 eC · -------- 11 --- ^ i — II ----- --- 11-< Please read the note on the back first to write this page) Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperatives, Bureau of Intellectual Property, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Paper size Applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 x 297 mm) A7 406031 B7 V. Description of the invention (107) (Table 20) Firing temperature (. 〇Abrasion resistance R3〇 (L) R30 (D) Antibacterial property (L) Antibacterial property (D) 500 ◎ 98¾ 98¾ +++ ++ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs The paper size printed by the employee consumer cooperative is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -110-406031 A7 __B7 _ V. Description of the invention (108) The sliding test shows good results. In addition, R30 (L) was significantly increased to 98%. Antibacterial properties are also + + +. Comparative Example 3 7 In Examples 3 and 5, the same conditions were applied except that no silicon dioxide was applied. That is, titanium oxide was coated on a 10 cm square soda glass. The results are shown in Table 21. (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page)

,1T 經濟部中央標準局負工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公嫠) -111 - 406031 五、發明説明(109) A7 B7 (表2 1) 燒成溫度(。〇 耐摩損性 R30(L) R3〇(D) 抗菌性(L) 抗菌性(D) 300 ◎ 0¾ 0¾ - - 400 ◎ 0¾ 0¾ - — 500 ◎ 0% 0% - _ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -·装, 1T Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297). -111-406031 V. Description of the invention (109) A7 B7 (Table 2 1) Burned Temperature (.0 Abrasion resistance R30 (L) R3〇 (D) Antibacterial (L) Antibacterial (D) 300 ◎ 0¾ 0¾--400 ◎ 0¾ 0¾--500 ◎ 0% 0%-_ (please first Read the notes on the back and fill out this page)

、1T 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 本紙張欠皮適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) -112 - 經濟部中央橾隼局貝工消費合作社印製 406031 at B7 五、發明説明(110) 由表 21 可知,300。0,400。<:,500。0 均在 滑動試驗中得良好之◎結果,而R30( L )係即使重覆 1 0次四乙醇鈦塗膜至燒成步驟亦爲〇%。又,抗菌性係 均爲一。 爲何3 0 0°C下R3Q(L )不佳,可能係氧化鈦仍無 法自不定形氧化鈦結晶化爲銳鈦礦所致。 至於4 0 〇°C,5 0 0 °C時應已自無定形氧化鈦結晶 化爲銳鈦礦,無法以上述理由說明R30(L)不佳。其原 因應爲基材之鈉玻璃軟化,所以氧化鈦膜被埋入玻璃中所 致。 由以上說明可知,即使爲較低熔點之基材,亦可在光 觸媒層之間介存高熔點層,製造爲具有防臭性,抗菌性之 多功能材料。 其次,說明使耐熱性不佳之塑膠表面具有光觸媒效果 的最佳實施例。 基本上基材之材質並不限於耐熱性不佳之塑膠,還可 爲陶瓷器,陶瓷,金屬,玻璃或此等之複合物等》 基材之形狀可爲任一形狀者,可爲球狀物,圓柱狀物 ’圓筒物或磁磚,壁材,地板材等板狀物等單純形狀者, 亦可爲衛生陶瓷,洗面台,浴槽,水槽,便器座位等複雜 形狀者。又,基材表面還可爲多孔質,亦可爲緻密質者。 粘結劑之種類亦可爲無機玻璃質,熱塑性樹脂,焊g 等熱塑性材料,還可爲含氟樹脂,矽氧烷樹脂,砂樹脂等 熱硬化性材料。惟在後工程中必須照射含紫外線之光線, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) -----------,裝— (請先閲讀背面之注意Ϋ項再填寫本頁>、 1T The printed paper of the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs shall be printed in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -112-Printed by the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Bayer Consumer Cooperative 406031 at B7 Description of the invention (110) From Table 21, 300, 0, 400. <: 500. 0 all obtained good results in the sliding test, and R30 (L) was 0% even after the titanium tetraethoxide coating film was repeatedly applied 10 times to the firing step. The antibacterial properties are all the same. Why R3Q (L) is not good at 300 ° C, it is possible that the titanium oxide is still unable to crystallize from amorphous titanium oxide to anatase. As for 400 ° C, at 50 ° C, it should have crystallized from amorphous titanium oxide to anatase. R30 (L) cannot be explained for the above reasons. The reason is that the soda glass of the substrate is softened, so the titanium oxide film is buried in the glass. From the above description, it can be seen that even if it is a base material with a relatively low melting point, a high melting point layer can be interposed between the photocatalyst layers, and it can be produced as a multifunctional material with deodorant and antibacterial properties. Next, a preferred embodiment in which a photocatalytic effect is imparted to a plastic surface having poor heat resistance will be described. Basically, the material of the substrate is not limited to plastics with poor heat resistance, but can also be ceramics, ceramics, metals, glass, or composites of these materials. The shape of the substrate can be any shape, and it can be a ball. , Cylindrical objects, cylindrical objects, tiles, wall materials, floor plates and other plate-shaped objects, can also be sanitary ceramics, vanity, bath, sink, toilet seat and other complex shapes. The surface of the substrate may be porous or dense. The type of binder may also be thermoplastic materials such as inorganic glassy, thermoplastic resin, solder, and thermosetting materials such as fluororesin, siloxane resin, and sand resin. However, it must be irradiated with ultraviolet rays in the post-process. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -----------, installed— (Please read the note on the back first Fill in this page for the item >

、1T -113 - 40GQ31 A7 _____B7 五、發明説明(111) 所以仍以耐光腐蝕性材料爲宜。又,只能以3 0 0。(:以下 溫度熱處理時,由於本案之有用性極高,所以熱塑性材料 係以可在3 0 0 °C以下軟化之材料,熱硬化性材料則以 3 0 0 °C以下可硬化之材料爲宜。可以滿足此條件之材料 係熱塑性材料有硼酸系玻璃質,焊料,丙烯酸系樹脂等, 熱硬化性材料則有含氟系樹脂,矽氧烷樹脂,矽樹脂等。 塗佈此等粘結劑層於基材上之方法,使用熱塑性材料 時可採用噴塗方法,輥塗方法,浸漬塗佈方法等,其任一 方法均可。亦可爲其以外方法。又,粘結劑成份未必與製 成材料時之粘結劑組成一致。例如粘結劑爲無機玻璃質所 成時,其塗佈物可爲粒狀,玻料狀,塊狀,粉末等無機玻 璃質組成物的懸濁液,亦可以爲含構成金屬成份之鹽的混 合狀。粘結劑爲樹脂時亦可以使用該組成之樹脂溶液,亦 可爲其以外者。 - 塗佈光觸媒粒子於粘結劑層之萌,可以乾燥塗佈之粘 結劑層,以蒸發水份等。這時乾燥方法可以放置於室溫之 方法,亦可爲與基材一起加熱之方法等。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 {請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 又,塗佈光觸媒粒子於粘結劑層之前,還可以用較塗 佈粘結劑之基材軟化溫度更低,粘著劑層可變化爲製品完 成時之粘結劑組成,而且還可以軟化之溫度予以熱處理。 依此方法時在粘結劑層上形成光觸媒粒子時可以使粘結劑 層更爲平滑,少量塗佈光觸媒粒子即可以充分發揮效果。 使用熱硬化材料,混合粘結劑與硬化劑以塗佈於基材 之方法,可爲例如在熱硬化性樹脂中添加稀釋劑,繼而添 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梂準(CNS ) Λ4规格(210X297公釐) -114 - 406031 A7 ____B7 ._ 五、發明説明(112) 加硬化劑,以所得混合液塗佈於基材表面。 增粘之粘性以1 0 5泊以上1 0 7 5泊以下爲宜。使 其成爲1 0 5泊以上之高粘性再塗佈光觸媒粒子,可以埋 設光觸媒粒子,使其不致於完全埋入粘結劑層中之狀態, 又,1 0 7 5泊以下時,可以使光觸媒粒子層之至少最下 一層的一部份被埋入粘結劑下層。 塗佈上述光觸媒粒子於粘結劑層表面之方法,基本上 可以採用塗佈適當地處理過之起始原料於粘結劑層上面之 方法。 起始原料係以光觸媒組成物質之溶膠懸濁液爲宜,亦 可使用其他光觸媒組成微粒子之懸濁液。爲得到均勻之塗 膜,任何方法均必須添加分散劑等表面處理劑使懸濁液中 之光觸媒組成物不致於凝聚。塗佈於粘結劑層上時可採用 噴塗法,輥塗法,浸漬塗佈法等,任何均可,亦可爲其他 方法。 經濟部中央揉準局貝工消費合作社印策 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 光觸媒層埋入粘結劑層之厚度,以其與基材間之結合 強度而言,以埋入光觸媒層厚度之1 /4以上爲宜。在此 光觸媒層之厚度可以藉由E PMA等分析截面方向之構成 光觸媒粒子的成份以求得,由構成光觸媒粒子之成份元素 量大約爲一定之上層部,與自構成光觸媒粒子之成份元素 量逐漸開始減少之深度至構成粘結劑之成份元素量開始成 一定量之深度間的埋設部所成。 附著於光觸媒之表面處理劑係主要由添加做爲分散光 觸媒粒子之起始原料的溶膠所用成份所成。具體言,可爲 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4规格(210 X 297公釐) -115 - 406031 ___ B7 ___ 五、發明説明(113) 異戊四醇,三羥甲基丙烷,三乙醇胺,三羥甲基胺,矽樹 脂,烷基氯矽烷等。 含1. 7m w/cm2以上390nm以下波長之 光做爲光源者,可爲B L B螢光燈,紫外線燈,殺菌燈, 氙燈,水銀燈等。必須含1. 7m W/cm 2以上 3 9 0 nm以下波長之光的理由係矽樹脂等分散劑成份含 有某一程度之光耐蝕性,所以必須爲此等程度之紫外線強 度無法進行分解。這時紫外線之波長係愈短,分散劑可以 愈快分解,惟有時因粘結劑之種類的不同,還會有粘結劑 被分解之虞,並且對人體亦有害。所以由此點推想以 250nm以上者爲宜。又,照度爲3m W/cm2左 右時,可因照度之增加而加快分解速度,但更增加照度亦 不會相對地提高分解速度,所以3m W/cm 2以下即 可。 在第4 7圖以模式示以上步驟。基材1上係介著粘結 劑層6有光觸媒層2之一部份下層被埋設於粘結劑層6。 經濟部中央橾準局員工消費合作社印裝 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 6 a係阻礙光觸媒活性之表面處理劑等所成之層。UV係 含1. 7m 界/(;1112以上39〇11111以下波長之光的 光線。 其次,針對在基材表面形成主要由光觸媒粒子3與熱 硬化性樹脂6所成層,同樣地照射紫外線,以露出光觸媒 層者予以說明(參照第4 8圖)。此方法亦藉由熱硬化性 樹脂,在基材上堅牢地固定住光觸媒粒子3,且藉由照射 含1. 7m W/cm2以上39〇ηιτι以下波長之光的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梂準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -116 - 406031 at B7____ 五、發明説明(114) 光線,在光觸媒粒子表面之光照射部份產生光觸媒反應, 表面處理劑及光源方向上之熱硬化性樹脂乃優先被分解* 氣化,使光觸媒粒子曝露至外氣,可得到十足之光觸媒活 性。 又,形成主要由光觸媒粒子與熱硬化性樹脂所成層之 方法,可以例如在充分分散之光觸媒溶膠懸濁液中依序添 加熱硬化性樹脂,稀釋劑,硬化劑,將所得混合液塗佈於 基材表面,經熱處理以形成。 在此,光觸媒溶膠懸濁液中的溶膠係以結晶粒徑 0 · 0 5 μ m以下,更佳以〇 . 〇 1 μ m以下爲宜。結晶 粒徑愈小,光觸媒活性愈高。又,光觸媒溶膠懸濁液中之 溶膠係最好盡量爲單分散者。分散性愈佳,愈可以得到均 勻之塗膜。 在此使用之熱硬化性樹脂係最好對白色光或一般之螢 光燈水平光線具有光耐蝕性者爲宜。使用時這種樹脂較耐 於使用。所以以矽氧烷樹脂,含氟系樹脂爲最佳。 經濟部中央標準局另工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 稀釋劑係可以降低光觸媒溶膠與熱硬化性樹脂所成混 合液之粘性,使該混合液更易於塗佈在基材表面而添加者 。因此使用之稀釋劑係基本上只要爲可達成此目的之溶劑 即可。例如可用水,乙醇,丙醇等。 混合液之塗佈方法可以爲將上述噴塗法,浸塗法,輥 塗法’旋轉塗佈法’其中任何均可,亦可爲其他之方法。 熱處理通常係使用電爐,瓦斯爐,真空爐,加壓爐等 ,惟亦不限於此》 本紙張XJt適用中國國家梯準(CNS ) A4祕(21〇Χ297公瘦) ~' -117 - 406031 五、發明説明(115) 可在基材表面,介著熱硬化性樹脂或光硬化性樹脂層 (中間層C )形成主要由光觸媒粒子與熱硬化性樹脂所成 之層(參照第49圖)。 依此方法時,既使基材上有凹凸等,亦可藉由基材與 光觸.媒層中間所配置之熱硬化性樹脂層或光硬化性樹脂層 ,在塗佈光觸媒層之前形成平滑面,而極易形成爲均勻之 光觸媒層。又,可以藉由配置於基材與光觸媒層中間的熱 硬化性樹脂層或光硬化性樹脂層,使其充份地與基材結合 ,所以即使基材表面具有凹凸,亦可薄薄地形成光觸媒粒 子與熱硬化性樹脂所成層,同時可以集中光觸媒粒子於基 材之表面附近,而可以更縮短其後工程中照射含1. 7m W/cm2以下3 9 0 nm以下波長之光線的時間。又 ,由於上面有光觸媒粒子與熱硬化性樹脂所成層,所以後 工程及具有使用時足以被分解,氣化之強度的紫外線不會 -達到中間所配置之熱硬化性樹脂層或光硬化性樹脂層,所 以可任意選擇此部份之熱硬化性樹脂。例如可配合低成本 而選擇廉價之環氧樹脂,爲具裝飾效果亦可選著色樹脂。 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印装 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在此',配置於基材與光觸媒層中間之熱硬化性樹脂層 的形成方法,可以在熱硬化性樹脂中添加稀釋劑,繼而添 加硬化劑,以所得混合液塗佈於基材表面》經熱處理或放 置予以固化形成。又,光觸媒層中間所配置層爲光硬化性 樹脂時,可以代替熱處理照射含紫外線之光。在此稀釋劑 係可降低混合液之粘性,使該混合液易於塗佈在基材表面 而添加者。因此使用之稀釋劑係基本上只要爲可達成此目 表紙張尺度逋用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) : —~~ -118 - 406031 a? ___ _B7 _ 五、發明説明(116) 的之溶劑即可。例如可用水,乙醇,丙醇等。 又,如第50圖(a)(b)所示,在依上述方法於 基材表面露出之光觸媒層中所形成之空隙填充較該空隙更 小之粒子(空隙粒子:4 )亦可更提高耐摩損性,更爲理 想。 較空隙更小之粒子,其大小係基本上較所生成之孔隙 度或凹凸平均值小即可,較空隙更小粒子之量係以添加至 表面之孔隙度可成2 0 %以下之程度爲宜,藉由此不易沾 污。 以下舉具體實施例。 實施例3 8 經濟部中央棣準局員工消費合作杜印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在1 0 c m四方形之礬土基材表面,塗佈在平均粒徑 〇 · 〇1 Mm氧化鈦溶膠(以胺系分散劑分散處理過者) 中依序添加1 0重量%矽氧烷樹脂及稀釋劑,硬化劑所得 之混合液,於1 5 0°C燒成得比較試料。對此試料照射各 種光源所定時間,得試料,評估所得試料之光照射時的防 臭特性R 3。( L )。 在此所稱之光照射時的防臭特性R30( L )係指在 1 1公升之玻璃容器內,距離光源(BLB螢光燈4W) 8 cm配置試料面’注入甲基硫醇氣體使初期濃度爲 3 p pm,照射3 0分鐘光後濃度變化率。 結果示於表2 2。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -119 - 406031 ay ____ B7 五、發明説明(117) (表 2 2 ) 光源 紫外線強度 (W/cm2) 照射時間 (曰) R 3 〇 (L) (%) 不照射 — - 30 BLB 0.3 7 32 BLB 1. 69 5 52 紫外線燈 2. 0 3 74 紫外線燈 2.0 1 82 I--------裝------訂 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央橾準局負工消费合作社印製 結果,紫外線強度爲1. 69m W/cm2以上時 防臭特性可達5 0%以上,2m W/cm 2以上時防臭 特性R3〇( L )可爲7 0%以上之良好效果。在此紫外線 強度爲1. 69m W/cm2以上時可得良好之結果係 因在光觸媒粒子表面之光照射部份產生光觸媒反應,表面 處理劑及光源方向上之熱硬化性樹脂乃優先被分解,氣化 ,使光觸媒粒子曝露至外氣,可得到十足之光觸媒活性。 實施例3 9 在1 0 cm四方形之礬土基材表面塗佈在矽氧烷樹脂 中添加稀釋劑與硬化劑之溶液,於室溫乾燥約6小時後, 塗佈在平均粒徑0. 0 1//ΙΠ氧化鈦溶膠(以胺系分散劑 _ f 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) 406031 A7 B7 _ 五、發明説明(118) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 分散處理過者)中依序添加10重量%矽氧烷樹脂及稀釋 劑,硬化劑所得之混合液,於1 5 0°C燒成得比較試料= 對此試料照射各種光源所定時間,得試料,評估所得試料 之光照射時的防臭特性R3Q(L)。 結果示於表2 3。 (表 2 3 ) 光源 紫外線強度 (W/cm2) 照射時間 (曰) R 3〇(L) (¾) 不照射 - 一 34 BLB 0. 3 7 38 BLB 1.69 5 61 紫外線燈 2.0 3 82 紫外線燈 3.0 1 84 經濟部中央樣準局貝工消費合作社印製 結果,紫外線強度爲1. 69m W/cm2以上時 防臭特性可達5 0%以上,2m W/cm2以上時防臭 特性R3〇( L )可爲7 0%以上之良好效果。在此紫外線 強度爲1. 69m W/cm2以上時可得良好之結果係 因在光觸媒粒子表面之光照射部份產生光觸媒反應’藉此 可以優先地分解,氣化經熱處理無法氣化,分解之光觸媒 粒子表面中附著於光照射面之表面處理劑,結果可以使光 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ~ -121 - A7 B7 406031_ 五、發明説明(119) 觸媒粒子露出於外氣所致 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 實施例4 0 在1 0 cm四方形之礬土基材表面塗佈在矽氧烷樹脂 中添加稀釋劑與硬化劑之溶液,於室溫乾燥約6小時後, 塗佈在平均粒徑0. OlMin氧化鈦溶膠(以胺系分散劑 分散處理過者)中依序添加10重量%矽氧烷樹脂及稀釋 劑,硬化劑所得之混合液,於1 50 °C燒成》在此階段材 料表面之粒子空隙係平均爲0.1〜0. 2ym左右。其 照射紫外線強度爲2m W/cm2之光線(紫外線燈) 經濟部中央標準局属工消費合作社印製 3天後確認R3〇( L )可爲8 0%以上後,在表面塗佈對 氧化鈦溶膠爲70重量%之平均粒徑0. 0035vm氧 化鍚溶膠,於1 1 0°C乾燥得試料》此試料亦具有尺3。( L )爲8 1 %之良好結果。又,使用塑膠橡皮擦時進行滑 -動摩擦試驗時,不添加氧化鍚之試料係5次以下滑動即出 現傷痕,氧化鈦剝離,添加氧化鍚之試料則1 0次以上滑 動亦無變化。由以上可知在材料表面所形成空隙填充較其 空隙更小之氧化鍚粒子時,確認可提高耐摩損性。 由以上說明可知,即使形成以3 0 0 °C以下低溫處理 之具有光觸媒作用之層時,亦可提供具有良好光觸媒活性 之材料。 其次,說明與照射UV使其露出之目的相同,但不同 之手段亦可以提供在3 0 0 °C以下低溫燒成亦可具有充分 光觸媒作用之多功能材料的方法。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 122 406031 A7 B7 ___ 五、發明説明(120) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 此方法係藉由水熱法或硫酸法等,在氧化鈦溶膠中添 加分散劑,界面活性劑等良好處理劑之前,固定金屬微粒 子於氧化鈦溶膠表面。 在此,金屬微粒子係指載持氧化鈦時,氧化鈦被照射 光生成電子與正孔時可以捕獲電子之金屬微粒子而言,具 體言有銀,銅,鉑,鈀,鎳,鐵,鈷等》 固定金屬粒子於氧化鈦溶膠表面之方法以光還原法最 爲簡便。在此所用氧化鈦溶膠係以水熱法或硫酸法所製作 者爲宜,惟並不限於此。在此所稱硫酸法係依以下步驟進 行之氧化鈦的合成法而言者。 首先使鈦鐵礦與硫酸反應,令鈦,鐵等變爲可溶水性 之硫酸鹽,以水萃取製作爲主成份鈦,鐵之硫酸鹽溶液》 其次,除去S i 〇2等不溶性懸浮物。繼而冷卻爲1 〇〜 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 1 5 °C,使硫酸鐵析出,分離除去。其次,水解溶液中之 硫酸氧鈦,生成含水氧化鈦。使用熱壓器等壓力裝置,於 高溫高壓水中(通常係1 1 0°C〜2 0 0 °C之飽和蒸汽壓 下)水熱處理所得含水氧化鈦,使之成爲結晶,得氧化鈦 溶膠。 又,水熱法係指使用熱壓器等壓力裝置,於高溫高壓 水中(通常係在1 1 0°C〜2 0 0°C飽和蒸汽壓下)水熱 處理四氯化鈦,硫酸鈦等鈦源,經水解以得氧化鈦溶膠之 方法。以光還原法固定金屬微粒子於氧化鈦溶膠表面之方 法,具體言可以如以下所示方法》 首先使水熱法或硫酸法製作之氧化鈦溶膠懸浮液爲酸 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) — '— -123 - A7 B7 ^(/G031 五、發明説明(121) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 性或鹼性。氧化鈦之等電點係pH6. 5,中性時易於凝 聚。又,欲調整爲鹸性時以使用氨爲宜。因鈉,鉀等鹼金 屬極易堅牢地附著於氧化鈦,此等金屬若先行佔有氧化鈦 之活性部位時會降低光觸媒活性,同時會妨礙銀,銅,鉑 ’鈀,鎳,鐵,鈷等附著於氧化鈦之活性部位。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其次將調整P Η值爲大約與氧化鈦溶膠懸濁液相同之 金屬鹽溶液混.合於氧化鈦凝聚物懸濁液,照射含紫外線之 光線以固定金屬。視其需要還可以使過量之金屬沈澱,自 溶液除去。在此所稱金屬鹽溶液係指溶液中含有載持於氧 化鈦時,氧化鈦被照射光而生成電子與正孔時可捕獲電子 之金屬的鹽與溶媒者,更具體言係指含有銀,銅,鉑,鈀 ’鎳,鐵,鈷等之鹽與溶劑之溶液。含有銀,銅,鉑,鈀 ,鎳,鐵,鈷等之鹽可爲硝酸銀,乙酸銅,碳酸銅,硫酸 銅,氯化亞銅,氯化銅,氯化鉑酸,氯化鈀,氯化鎳,氯 -化鈷’氯化亞鐵’氯化鐵等。又,溶劑可用水,乙醇,丙 醇等’惟盡量使用與氧化鈦溶膠懸濁液同種類者爲宜β視 其需要在溶劑中加入ρ Η調整劑。調整爲酸性之用劑可爲 硝酸,硫酸,鹽酸等,調整爲鹼性時可用氨。 照射含紫外線之光時必須注意以下各點進行。首先光 源係只要爲照射含紫外線之光者即可,具體言可爲紫外線 燈’ BLB燈,氙燈,水銀燈,螢光燈等。基本上,照射 含紫外線之光線的方法並不設限,但第一仍以自容器上方 照射爲宜。紫外線才不會被容器所吸收。第二係光源與容 器之距離以數cm至數1 〇 cm左右爲宜,太近時試料溶 ( cns ) A4^ (210x297/^) 一 --- 8B. A7 B7 406031 五、發明說明(122) (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 液上面會因光源所發出之熱變乾燥•太遠時會降低照度* 照射時間係因光源之照度而異*照射數秒〜數1 0秒左右 即可以使金羼堅牢地附著於光觸媒粒子· 其次·在基材表面形成塗佈•熱處理上述載持金屬之 氧化鈦溶膠所成之薄膜,形成爲具有光觸媒作用之多功能 材料· 熱處理通常係使用電爐或瓦斯富等於大氣中燒成或使 用熱壓器等水熱處理•惟並不限定於此· 如上述方法所得氧化鈦膜中之氧化鈦粒子的平均粒徑 係以1以下爲宜·較其更大之粒子會因比表面積減少 而降低觸媒活性· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 又*藉著粘結劑在基材表面形成以申請専利範圔第1 項之溶膠塗佈經熱處理所成之薄膜,以製作具有光觸媒作 用之材料·介存粘結劑時,可以更提高其與基材之緊貼性 •其具體方法係視粘結劑爲使用熱塑性粘結劑•或使熱硬 化性粘結劑而不同•以下分別示以其一實施形態,惟只要 爲如上述構成•採用其他方法亦無妨•在此所稱熱塑性粘 結劑具體言可爲丙烯酸系樹脂•釉薬等無機玻璃質,焊料 等•又,熱硬化性粘結剤則可爲含氟樹脂,環氧樹脂,矽 氧烷樹脂等· 使用熱塑性粘結劑時係依以下步騾製作具有光觸媒作 用之材料·首先在基材表面塗佈熱塑性粘結劑•其次在其 上塗佈載持金屬粒子之氧化鈦溶膠•經熱處理•在此熱處 理係以較基材之耐熱溫度低•且較熱塑性粘結劑之軟化點 -125 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 406031 A7 B7 五、發明説明(123) * (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 高之溫度施行。以這種溫度熱處理時,載持金屬粒子之一 部份氧化鈦層之下層會被埋設入粘結劑層內,藉此使基材 與載持金屬粒子之氧化鈦薄膜堅牢地結合在一起。 又,使用熱硬化性粘結劑時,具有光觸媒作用之材料 可依以下步驟製作。首先在基材上塗佈熱硬化性粘結劑中 依序添加稀釋劑,硬化劑所製作之混合液,以熱處理等方 法使其硬化。其次在其上塗佈載持金屬粒子之氧化鈦溶膠 中依序添加熱硬化劑樹脂,稀釋劑,硬化劑所成混合液, 經熱處理方法予以硬化。 又,代替熱硬化性粘結劑亦可同樣地利用光硬化性粘 結劑。 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 如上述,藉由水熱法或硫酸法等方法所製作之氧化鈦 溶膠中,添加分散劑,界面活性劑等表面活性劑之前,固 定銀,銅,鉑,鈀,鎳,鐵,鈷等金屬粒子於丁丨02溶 •膠表面時,因可以預先以銀,銅,鉑,鈀,鎳,鐵,鈷等 金屬粒子覆蓋氧化鈦溶膠之活性部位,所以即使在後工程 添加分散劑,界面活性劑等表面處理劑,亦不會因此等物 質吸附於氧化鈦溶膠之活性部份而失去活性。因此可藉由 分散劑,界面活性劑等表面處理劑之作用而安定地分散光 觸媒溶膠,可在基材表面上形成均勻之膜,同時即使以 3 0 0 °C以下低溫燒成亦可以防止分散劑,界面活性劑等 表面處理劑附著於基材表面上所形成光觸媒粒子層活性部 位而降低光觸媒作用,同時藉由氧化鈦溶膠之活性部位上 之銀’銅’鉑,鈀,鎳’鐵,鈷等金靥粒子之電子捕獲效 本紙張尺度適用中國國家棣準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)一 ~ -126 - 406031 A7 B7 五、發明説明(124) 果,提高光觸媒活性。 以下舉具體實施例如下" (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 實施例4 1 在熱壓器中,於1 4 0°C水熱處理四氯化鈦中添加冷 浴槽中之水所得液狀物,得銳鈦礦型氧化鈦溶膠。分散所 得銳鈦礦型氧化鈦溶膠於硝酸中,此分散液之p Η值係 0. 8。在此分散液中添加調整pH值大約爲0. 8之3 〜5重量%硫酸銅水溶液,自容器上方照射含紫外線之光 線。這時光源係使用4W BLB燈,距離依約1 〇 cm 照射1 5分鐘。在此溶液中加入有機乙酸鹽所成分散劑, 安定化溶膠,測定所得試料之照射光時的防臭特性R 3。( L )及抗菌特性。 光照射時之防臭特性R3Q( L )係在1 1公升之玻璃 -容器內,距離光源(BLB螢光燈4W) 8cm配置試料 面,注入甲基硫醇氣體使初期濃度爲3 p pm,照射3 0 分鐘光後濃度變化率。 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 又,抗菌特性係使用大腸菌(Escherichia coli W 3 110株)試驗。預先以7 0%乙醇殺菌過之多功能材料 最上層表面滴下0. 15mj?菌液(1 0000〜 50000CFU),載置於玻璃板(1 〇 〇 X 1 〇 0 ) 上,緊貼住基材之最上層表面,做爲試料》照射白色燈( 5 2 0 0燭光)3 0分鐘後,以殺菌過之紗布擦拭照射過 之試料與保持於遮光條件下之試料的菌液,回收於 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 40G031 A7 B7 五、發明説明(125) Γ 0 m 生理食鹽水,求得菌生存率,做爲評估指標,+ + +,++,+,—係與上述—樣^ 結果R3〇( L )係8 5%,抗菌性係+ + +,均有極 佳結果。 比較例4 2 在熱壓器中’於1 4 0°C水熱處理四氯化鈦中添加冷 浴槽中之水所得液狀物,得銳鈦礦型氧化鈦溶膠。分散所 得銳鈦礦型氧化鈦溶膠於硝酸中,此分散液之p Η值係 0. 8。在此溶液中加入有機乙酸鹽所成分散劑,使溶膠 安定化。塗佈此溶膠於1 5 c m四方形磁磚基材上,於 1 5 0°C熱處理得試料。測定所得試料之照射光時之防臭 特性R3〇( L )及抗菌特性。 結果R3〇(L)係5%,抗菌性係一,結果均不佳。 實施例4 3 在熱壓器中,於1 4 0°C水熱處理四氯化鈦中添加冷 浴槽中之水所得液狀物,得銳鈦礦型氧化鈦溶膠。分散所 得銳鈦礦型氧化鈦溶膠於硝酸中,此分散液之pH值係 0. 8。在此分散液中添加調整pH值大約爲0. 8之3 〜5重量%硫酸銅水溶液,自容器上方照射含紫外線之光 線。這時光源係使用4W BLB燈,距離依約1 〇 cm 照射1 5分鐘。在此溶液中加入有機乙酸鹽所成分散劑, 安定化溶膠,其次在1 〇 cm四方形之礬土基材表面塗佈 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) " -128 - ----------裝-------訂------泉 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印裝 406031 A/ B7 五、發明説明(126) 預先在矽氧烷樹脂中依順添加稀釋劑之丙醇及硬化劑予以 製作混合液,於1 0 o°c使其乾燥之材料上,再塗佈依上 述方法所製作之溶膠中依序添加對氧化鈦量爲2 0重量% 矽氧烷樹脂,丙醇及硬化劑所得混合液,於1 5 0 °C燒成 得試料》測定所得試料之光照射時防臭特性R 3。( L )。 結果R30( L )係8 0%,得極佳結果。 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作杜印製 比較例4 4 在熱壓器中,於1 4 0°C水熱 浴槽中之水所得液狀物,得銳鈦礦 得銳鈦礦型氧化鈦溶膠於硝酸中, 0. 8»在此溶液中加入有機乙酸 膠。其次在1 0 cm四方形之礬土 氧烷樹脂中依順添加稀釋劑之丙醇 -液,於1 0 0°C使其乾燥之材料上 製作之溶膠中依序添加對氧化鈦量 脂,丙醇及硬化劑所得混合液,於 測定所得試料之光照射時防臭特性 (L)係22%,其效果不彰。 由以上可知,藉由水熱法或硫 鈦溶膠中,在添加分散劑,界面活 ,先固定銀,銅,鉑,鈀,鎳,鐵 鈦溶膠表面,亦可以在3 0 0 °C以 基材,例如塑膠材料,得到具有充、 1T -113-40GQ31 A7 _____B7 5. Description of the invention (111) Therefore, it is still appropriate to use light-resistant materials. Again, only 3 0 0. (: For heat treatment at the following temperature, because the case is extremely useful, thermoplastic materials are materials that can be softened below 300 ° C, and thermosetting materials are preferably materials that can be hardened below 300 ° C. The material-based thermoplastic materials that can satisfy this condition are boric acid-based glass, solder, acrylic resin, etc., and the thermosetting materials are fluorine-containing resin, siloxane resin, silicone resin, etc. Coating these adhesives The method of layering on the substrate, when using thermoplastic materials, spraying method, roll coating method, dip coating method, etc. can be used. Any method can be used. It can also be other methods. Moreover, the binder components may not be prepared. The binder composition is the same when forming materials. For example, when the binder is made of inorganic glass, the coating can be a suspension of inorganic glassy composition such as granular, frit, block, powder, etc. It can also be a mixed form containing a salt constituting a metal component. When the binder is a resin, a resin solution of that composition can also be used, or it can be other.-Coat the photocatalyst particles on the binder layer and dry it. Coated Bonding layer to evaporate moisture, etc. At this time, the drying method can be placed at room temperature, or it can be heated with the substrate, etc. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs {Please read the note on the back first Please fill in this page again) Before coating the photocatalyst particles on the adhesive layer, you can also use a softer temperature than the substrate on which the adhesive is applied, and the adhesive layer can be changed to the adhesive when the product is completed It can be heat treated at a softening temperature. When the photocatalyst particles are formed on the binder layer by this method, the binder layer can be made smoother, and a small amount of the photocatalyst particles can be used to fully exert the effect. The method of using a thermosetting material, mixing a binder and a hardening agent to coat the substrate, may be, for example, adding a diluent to a thermosetting resin, and then adding this paper to the standard of China National Standards (CNS) Λ4 ( 210X297 mm) -114-406031 A7 ____B7 ._ 5. Description of the invention (112) Add a hardener, and apply the resulting mixture to the surface of the substrate. The viscosity for thickening is preferably more than 105 poise and less than 105 poise. The photocatalyst particles can be recoated with a high viscosity of more than 105 poises, and the photocatalyst particles can be buried so as not to be completely buried in the adhesive layer. When the photocatalyst is less than 105 poises, A part of at least the lowermost layer of the particle layer is buried in the lower layer of the binder. The method of coating the photocatalyst particles on the surface of the adhesive layer basically can be a method of applying a suitably treated starting material on the surface of the adhesive layer. The starting material is preferably a sol suspension of a photocatalyst-constituting substance, and other photocatalysts may be used to form a suspension of fine particles. In order to obtain a uniform coating film, a surface treatment agent such as a dispersant must be added in any method so that the photocatalyst composition in the suspension liquid does not aggregate. When applying to the adhesive layer, a spraying method, a roll coating method, a dip coating method, or the like may be used, and any method may be used, and other methods may also be used. The printed policy of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The thickness of the photocatalyst layer embedded in the adhesive layer, in terms of the strength of the bond between it and the substrate, The thickness of the photocatalyst layer is preferably more than 1/4. The thickness of the photocatalyst layer can be obtained by analyzing the constituents of the photocatalyst particles in the cross-section direction, such as E PMA. The amount of the constituent elements of the photocatalyst particles is about a certain upper layer, and the amount of the constituent elements of the photocatalyst particles gradually The buried portion is formed between the depth from which the depth is reduced to the amount of the component elements constituting the binder. The surface treatment agent attached to the photocatalyst is mainly composed of the ingredients used in the sol as a starting material for dispersing the photocatalyst particles. Specifically, the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) can be used for this paper size. -115-406031 ___ B7 ___ 5. Description of the invention (113) Isopentyl alcohol, trimethylolpropane , Triethanolamine, trimethylolamine, silicone resin, alkyl chlorosilane, etc. Those who contain light with a wavelength of 1. 7m w / cm2 or more and 390nm or less as the light source can be a LB fluorescent lamp, an ultraviolet lamp, a germicidal lamp, a xenon lamp, a mercury lamp, and the like. The reason why light with a wavelength of 1. 7 m W / cm 2 or more and 390 nm or less is necessary is that dispersant components such as silicone resins have a certain degree of photo-corrosion resistance, so it must be unable to decompose to such a degree of ultraviolet intensity. At this time, the shorter the wavelength of the ultraviolet rays, the faster the dispersant can be decomposed. However, depending on the type of the binder, the binder may be decomposed and it is also harmful to the human body. Therefore, it is inferred from this point to be more than 250nm. When the illuminance is about 3 m W / cm2, the decomposition speed can be increased due to the increase in illuminance. However, increasing the illuminance will not increase the decomposition speed relatively, so it is only necessary to use 3 m W / cm 2 or less. The above steps are shown schematically in Figures 4 to 7. The lower layer of the substrate 1 having a part of the photocatalyst layer 2 interposed therebetween is buried in the adhesive layer 6. Printed by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 6 a is a layer formed by surface treatment agents that hinder photocatalytic activity. UV is a light beam with a wavelength of 1. 7 m / (; 1112 to 39〇11111). Next, a layer composed mainly of photocatalyst particles 3 and thermosetting resin 6 is formed on the surface of the substrate, and ultraviolet rays are similarly irradiated to Those who expose the photocatalyst layer will be explained (refer to Figures 4 to 8). This method also uses thermosetting resin to firmly fix the photocatalyst particles 3 on the substrate, and contains 1. 7m W / cm2 or more 39 by irradiation. The paper size of light with a wavelength below ηιτι applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -116-406031 at B7____ 5. Description of the invention (114) Light, photocatalyst is generated on the light irradiated part of the surface of the photocatalyst particles The reaction, the surface treatment agent and the thermosetting resin in the direction of the light source are preferentially decomposed * gasified, and the photocatalyst particles are exposed to the outside air, and the full photocatalytic activity can be obtained. In addition, the formation is mainly caused by the photocatalyst particles and the thermosetting resin. The method of layer formation can be, for example, sequentially adding a thermosetting resin, a diluent, a hardening agent to a sufficiently dispersed photocatalyst sol suspension, and applying the obtained mixed solution to The surface of the substrate is formed by heat treatment. Here, the sol in the photocatalyst sol suspension has a crystal grain size of 0. 0 5 μm or less, more preferably 0.001 μm or less. The smaller the photocatalyst activity is, the better the sol system in the photocatalyst sol suspension is as monodisperse as possible. The better the dispersibility, the more uniform coating film can be obtained. The thermosetting resin system used here is the best It is suitable for white light or general fluorescent light with horizontal light resistance. This resin is more resistant to use when used. Therefore, siloxane resin and fluorine-containing resin are the best. Printed by Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Thinner can reduce the viscosity of the mixed solution of photocatalyst sol and thermosetting resin, making the mixed solution easier to apply on the surface of the substrate. Adder. Therefore, the diluent used is basically a solvent that can achieve this purpose. For example, water, ethanol, propanol, etc. can be used. The coating method of the mixed liquid can be the above spraying method, dip coating method, roller Any of the methods of the "spin coating method" may be used, and other methods may also be used. Heat treatment usually uses electric furnace, gas furnace, vacuum furnace, pressure furnace, etc., but it is not limited to this. (CNS) A4 secret (21〇 × 297 male thin) ~ '-117-406031 V. Description of the invention (115) The main surface of the substrate can be formed with a thermosetting resin or a photocurable resin layer (intermediate layer C). A layer made of photocatalyst particles and thermosetting resin (refer to Figure 49). In this method, even if there is unevenness on the substrate, the heat can be placed between the substrate and the photocatalyst. The curable resin layer or the photocurable resin layer forms a smooth surface before coating the photocatalyst layer, and is easily formed into a uniform photocatalyst layer. In addition, the thermosetting resin layer or the photocurable resin layer disposed between the substrate and the photocatalyst layer can be sufficiently combined with the substrate, so that even if the surface of the substrate has unevenness, the photocatalyst can be formed thinly. The layer formed by particles and thermosetting resin can simultaneously concentrate photocatalyst particles near the surface of the substrate, and can further shorten the time for subsequent processes to irradiate light with a wavelength of less than 1. 7 m W / cm2 and less than 3 0 0 nm. In addition, since the photocatalyst particles and the thermosetting resin are formed on the upper layer, after the process and after use, it is enough to be decomposed, and the ultraviolet rays with the strength of vaporization will not reach the thermosetting resin layer or the photocurable resin disposed in the middle. Layer, so you can choose the thermosetting resin in this part. For example, you can choose a cheap epoxy resin with low cost, and you can also choose a colored resin for decorative effects. Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative (please read the precautions on the back, and then fill out this page). Here, the method of forming a thermosetting resin layer placed between the substrate and the photocatalyst layer can be cured by heat A diluent is added to the resin, followed by a hardener, and the resulting mixed solution is coated on the surface of the substrate. When the photocatalyst layer is a photocurable resin, it may be irradiated with ultraviolet light instead of heat treatment. Here, the diluent can reduce the viscosity of the mixed liquid and make it easier to add the mixed liquid to the surface of the substrate. Therefore, the diluent used is basically as long as it can achieve the paper size of this table, using the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm): — ~~ -118-406031 a? ___ _B7 _ V. Description of the invention ( 116). For example, water, ethanol, propanol and the like can be used. Moreover, as shown in FIG. 50 (a) (b), the voids formed in the photocatalyst layer exposed on the surface of the substrate according to the method described above can be filled with particles smaller than the voids (void particles: 4). Abrasion resistance is more ideal. The size of particles smaller than the void may be substantially smaller than the average value of the generated porosity or unevenness. The amount of particles smaller than the void is such that the porosity added to the surface can be less than 20%. Therefore, it is not easy to stain. Specific examples are given below. Example 3 8 Consumption cooperation printed by employees of the Central Bureau of Standards and Quarantine of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) On the surface of a 10 cm square alumina substrate, coated on the average particle size. 〇1 Mm titanium oxide sol (those treated with an amine-based dispersant) Sequentially add 10% by weight of a siloxane resin, a diluent, and a hardening agent to the mixed solution obtained by firing at 150 ° C for comparison Sample. This sample was irradiated with various light sources for a predetermined period of time to obtain a sample, and the deodorant characteristic R 3 when the obtained sample was irradiated with light was evaluated. (L). The deodorizing property R30 (L) when it is irradiated here means that the sample surface is placed 8 cm away from the light source (BLB fluorescent lamp 4W) in a 11 liter glass container, and the initial concentration is injected with methyl mercaptan gas. It is 3 p pm and the rate of change in concentration after 30 minutes of light exposure. The results are shown in Table 2-2. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -119-406031 ay ____ B7 V. Description of the invention (117) (Table 2 2) Light source ultraviolet intensity (W / cm2) Exposure time (say) R 3 〇 (L) (%) No irradiation—-30 BLB 0.3 7 32 BLB 1. 69 5 52 UV lamp 2. 0 3 74 UV lamp 2.0 1 82 I -------- install ---- -Order (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Central Laboratories of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Work Cooperatives, UV deodorization characteristics can reach more than 50% when the UV intensity is 1.69m W / cm2 or more. At 2 m W / cm 2 or more, the deodorizing property R30 (L) can be a good effect of 70% or more. Good results are obtained when the ultraviolet intensity is 1.69m W / cm2 or more. The photocatalyst reaction occurs on the light-irradiated part of the surface of the photocatalyst particles. The surface treatment agent and the thermosetting resin in the direction of the light source are preferentially decomposed. Gasification, exposing the photocatalyst particles to the outside air, can obtain full photocatalytic activity. Example 3 9 A 10 cm square alumina substrate surface coated with a solution of a diluent and a hardener added to a siloxane resin, dried at room temperature for about 6 hours, and then coated at an average particle diameter of 0. 0 1 // ΙΠ Titanium oxide sol (with amine-based dispersant _ f Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) is used for this paper size) 406031 A7 B7 _ V. Description of the invention (118) (Please read the back first For the matters needing attention, please fill in this page again) Disperse treatment person) Add 10% by weight of siloxane resin, diluent, and hardener to the mixed solution obtained by firing at 150 ° C for comparison sample = this sample Specimens were irradiated for a predetermined period of time to obtain samples, and the deodorant characteristics R3Q (L) of the obtained samples when light was irradiated were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2-3. (Table 2 3) UV intensity of light source (W / cm2) Irradiation time (say) R 3〇 (L) (¾) No irradiation-one 34 BLB 0. 3 7 38 BLB 1.69 5 61 UV lamp 2.0 3 82 UV lamp 3.0 1 84 The results of printing by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Sample Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs show that the deodorization characteristics can reach more than 50% when the UV intensity is 1.69m W / cm2 or more, and the deodorization characteristics can be R3 (L) when the 2m W / cm2 or more It is a good effect of more than 70%. Good results can be obtained when the ultraviolet intensity is above 1.69m W / cm2, because the photocatalyst reaction is generated on the light-irradiated part of the surface of the photocatalyst particles, so that it can be preferentially decomposed. The gasification cannot be gasified by heat treatment. The surface treatment agent attached to the light-irradiated surface on the surface of the photocatalyst particles, as a result, the size of the paper can be adapted to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ~ -121-A7 B7 406031_ V. Description of the invention (119) Caused by the exposure of the media particles to the outside air (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Example 4 0 Add a thinner and harden the surface of a 10 cm square alumina substrate to a siloxane resin The solution of the agent was dried at room temperature for about 6 hours, and then coated on an average particle size of 0.1 OlMin titanium oxide sol (those treated with an amine dispersant) and sequentially added 10% by weight of a siloxane resin and a diluent. 2ym 约。, The mixture obtained by the hardener, fired at 1 50 ° C "at this stage, the average particle void size of the surface of the material is 0.1 ~ 0. 2ym about. It irradiates light with an ultraviolet intensity of 2 m W / cm2 (ultraviolet lamp). After printing for 3 days, it is confirmed that R3O (L) can be 80% or more after printing by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The sol is 70% by weight and has an average particle size of 0.035vm. The osmium oxide sol is dried at 110 ° C to obtain a sample. This sample also has a ruler 3. (L) is a good result of 81%. In addition, when using a plastic eraser to perform a sliding-dynamic friction test, the sample without the addition of thorium oxide was scratched less than 5 times, and the titanium oxide was peeled off. The sample with the thorium oxide added did not change at least 10 times. From the above, it can be seen that when the voids formed on the surface of the material are filled with hafnium oxide particles having a smaller size than the voids, it is confirmed that the abrasion resistance can be improved. From the above description, it can be seen that even when a layer having a photocatalytic effect is formed at a low temperature of 300 ° C or lower, a material having good photocatalytic activity can be provided. Next, the explanation is the same as the purpose of irradiating UV to expose, but different methods can also provide a method of multifunctional materials that can be fired at a low temperature below 300 ° C and also have sufficient photocatalytic effect. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 122 406031 A7 B7 ___ V. Description of the invention (120) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This method uses water and heat Method, sulfuric acid method, etc., before adding a good treatment agent such as a dispersant, a surfactant, or the like to the titanium oxide sol, the metal fine particles are fixed on the surface of the titanium oxide sol. Here, the metal fine particles refer to metal fine particles that can capture electrons when titanium oxide is irradiated with light to generate electrons and positive holes when carrying titanium oxide. Specifically, silver, copper, platinum, palladium, nickel, iron, cobalt, etc. 》 The method of fixing metal particles on the surface of titanium oxide sol is the simplest method. The titanium oxide sol used here is preferably produced by a hydrothermal method or a sulfuric acid method, but is not limited thereto. The sulfuric acid method referred to herein is a method for synthesizing titanium oxide according to the following steps. First, ilmenite is reacted with sulfuric acid, so that titanium, iron and the like become soluble water-based sulfates. Water extraction is used to produce titanium and iron sulfate solutions as the main components. Second, insoluble suspended matter such as Si 02 is removed. It is then cooled to 10 ~ 15 ° C printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs to precipitate iron sulfate and separate and remove it. Secondly, the titanyl sulfate in the solution is hydrolyzed to form hydrous titanium oxide. Using a pressure device such as a hot press, hydrothermally treat the obtained hydrous titanium oxide in high-temperature and high-pressure water (usually at a saturated steam pressure of 110 ° C to 200 ° C) to make it crystallize to obtain a titanium oxide sol. In addition, hydrothermal method refers to the use of pressure devices such as autoclaves to hydrothermally treat titanium tetrachloride, titanium sulfate, etc. in high temperature and high pressure water (usually under saturated steam pressure of 110 ° C to 200 ° C). Source, a method of obtaining titanium oxide sol by hydrolysis. The method of fixing metal particles on the surface of titanium oxide sol by photoreduction method, specifically as shown below. First, the titanium oxide sol suspension prepared by hydrothermal method or sulfuric acid method is used as the acid paper. The Chinese national standard (CNS) ) A4 specification (210X297mm) — '— -123-A7 B7 ^ (/ G031 V. Description of the invention (121) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Properties or alkaline. Titanium oxide The point system is pH 6.5, which is easy to agglomerate when it is neutral. In addition, it is suitable to use ammonia when it is adjusted to be alkaline. Because alkali metals such as sodium and potassium are easily attached to titanium oxide, if these metals first occupy titanium oxide The active site will reduce the photocatalytic activity, and at the same time, it will prevent silver, copper, platinum, palladium, nickel, iron, cobalt, etc. from attaching to the active site of titanium oxide. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. It is about the same metal salt solution as the titanium oxide sol suspension. It is mixed with the titanium oxide agglomerate suspension and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to fix the metal. If necessary, it can also precipitate excess metal. The term "metal salt solution" used herein refers to a salt and a solvent of a metal containing a titanium oxide supported on the titanium oxide, which is irradiated with light to generate electrons and a metal that can trap electrons, and more specifically refers to a metal salt solution and a solvent. Solution containing salts and solvents of silver, copper, platinum, palladium, nickel, iron, cobalt, etc. Salts containing silver, copper, platinum, palladium, nickel, iron, cobalt, etc. can be silver nitrate, copper acetate, copper carbonate, sulfuric acid Copper, cuprous chloride, copper chloride, platinum chloride, palladium chloride, nickel chloride, cobalt-chloride 'ferrous chloride', ferric chloride, etc. In addition, the solvent can be water, ethanol, propanol, etc. 'However, it is better to use the same kind of titanium oxide sol suspension as possible. Β If necessary, add ρ Η adjuster to the solvent. The agent used to adjust the acidity can be nitric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, etc., which can be used when adjusted to alkaline. Ammonia. You must pay attention to the following points when irradiating light containing ultraviolet rays. First, the light source is only required to irradiate light containing ultraviolet rays. Specifically, it can be an ultraviolet lamp, a BLB lamp, a xenon lamp, a mercury lamp, a fluorescent lamp, etc. Basically , The method of irradiating light containing ultraviolet rays is not set However, it is better to irradiate from the top of the container. The ultraviolet rays will not be absorbed by the container. The distance between the second light source and the container is about several cm to several 10 cm. When the sample is too close (cns) A4 ^ (210x297 / ^) A --- 8B. A7 B7 406031 V. Description of the invention (122) (Please read the note on the back to write this page) The liquid on the liquid will dry out due to the heat from the light source. • Too far Illumination will be reduced * The irradiation time will vary depending on the illuminance of the light source * For a few seconds to several ten seconds, the gold tin can be firmly adhered to the photocatalyst particles. Secondly, a coating is formed on the surface of the substrate. The thin film made of titanium oxide sol is formed into a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function. The heat treatment is usually hydrothermal treatment using an electric furnace or gas rich in the atmosphere or using a hot press. But it is not limited to this. The average particle diameter of the titanium oxide particles in the obtained titanium oxide film is preferably 1 or less. Larger particles will reduce the catalyst activity due to a decrease in specific surface area. Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs * By sticking When the agent is formed on the surface of the base material by applying the sol applied in the first item of 圔 Lifan 圔 to apply heat treatment to produce a material with a photocatalytic effect and an intermediary adhesive, it can further improve the close contact with the base material. • The specific method varies depending on whether the adhesive is a thermoplastic adhesive or a thermosetting adhesive. • One embodiment is shown below, but as long as it is configured as described above, other methods may be used. The thermoplastic adhesive referred to here may be specifically acrylic glass, inorganic glass such as glaze, solder, etc., and the thermosetting adhesive may be fluorine-containing resin, epoxy resin, siloxane resin, etc. When using a thermoplastic binder, follow the steps below to make a material with photocatalyst function. • First, apply a thermoplastic adhesive on the surface of the substrate. • Second, apply a titanium oxide sol with metal particles on it. • Heat treated. • Here. The heat treatment is lower than the heat-resistant temperature of the base material and the softening point of the thermoplastic adhesive -125-This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS > A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 406031 A7 B7 5 、 Explanation of invention (123) * (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) High temperature implementation. When the heat treatment is performed at this temperature, a part of the lower layer of the titanium oxide layer supporting the metal particles is buried in the adhesive layer, thereby firmly bonding the substrate and the titanium oxide film supporting the metal particles. When a thermosetting adhesive is used, a material having a photocatalytic effect can be produced by the following steps. First, a thermosetting adhesive is applied to a base material, and a diluent and a mixed liquid prepared by the hardener are sequentially added, and then hardened by a method such as heat treatment. Next, a titanium oxide sol on which metal particles are carried is coated with a thermal hardener resin, a diluent, and a mixture of hardeners, and the mixture is hardened by a heat treatment method. A photo-curable adhesive can be used in place of the thermo-curable adhesive. As described above, the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, printed the titanium oxide sol produced by the hydrothermal method or the sulfuric acid method as described above. Before adding surfactants such as dispersants and surfactants, fix silver and copper. When platinum, palladium, nickel, iron, cobalt and other metal particles are dissolved on the surface of the gel, the active part of the titanium oxide sol can be covered with metal particles such as silver, copper, platinum, palladium, nickel, iron, and cobalt in advance. Therefore, even if surface treatment agents such as dispersants and surfactants are added in post-engineering, they will not lose their activity due to such substances adsorbing on the active part of the titanium oxide sol. Therefore, the photocatalyst sol can be stably dispersed by the action of surface treating agents such as dispersants, surfactants, etc., and a uniform film can be formed on the surface of the substrate. At the same time, dispersion can be prevented even if it is fired at a low temperature below 300 ° C. Surface treatment agents such as surfactants and surfactants are attached to the active sites of the photocatalyst particle layer formed on the surface of the substrate to reduce the photocatalytic effect. At the same time, silver 'copper' platinum, palladium, nickel 'iron, etc. Electron-capture effect of gold particles such as cobalt The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 1 ~ -126-406031 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (124) The effect is to improve the photocatalytic activity. The following specific examples are given below (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). Example 4 1 In a hot press, add water in a cold bath to a hydrothermal treatment at 140 ° C titanium tetrachloride. The obtained liquid was an anatase titanium oxide sol. 8。 Dispersion of the anatase titanium oxide sol in nitric acid, the pΗ value of this dispersion is 0.8. To this dispersion, an aqueous solution of 3 to 5% by weight copper sulfate was added to adjust the pH to about 0.8, and the container was irradiated with ultraviolet rays from above the container. At this time, the light source is a 4W BLB lamp, and the distance is about 10 cm for 15 minutes. A dispersant formed by adding an organic acetate to this solution was used to stabilize the sol, and the deodorant characteristic R 3 of the obtained sample when irradiated with light was measured. (L) and antibacterial properties. The deodorant property R3Q (L) during light irradiation is in a 11-liter glass-container, the sample surface is arranged 8cm away from the light source (BLB fluorescent lamp 4W), and methyl mercaptan gas is injected so that the initial concentration is 3 p pm. Change rate of concentration after 30 minutes of light. Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The antibacterial properties were tested using E. coli (Escherichia coli W 3 110 strain). 0.15mj? Bacteria solution (10,000 ~ 50000CFU) was dripped on the top surface of the multifunctional material sterilized with 70% ethanol in advance, and it was placed on a glass plate (100X 1 〇0), which was close to the substrate The uppermost surface is used as the sample. ”After irradiating white light (5200 candle light) for 30 minutes, wipe the irradiated sample and the bacterial solution of the sample kept under the shading condition with sterilized gauze, and recover it on this paper. For the scale, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 40G031 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (125) Γ 0 m physiological saline, to obtain the survival rate of bacteria, as an evaluation index, + + +, ++ , + , — System is the same as the above-mentioned result. R3O (L) system is 8 5%, and the antibacterial system ++ has excellent results. Comparative Example 4 2 An anatase-type titanium oxide sol was obtained by adding liquid in a cold bath to hydrothermal treatment of titanium tetrachloride at 140 ° C in an autoclave. 8。 Dispersion of the anatase titanium oxide sol in nitric acid, the pΗ value of this dispersion is 0.8. To this solution is added a dispersant made of an organic acetate to stabilize the sol. The sol was coated on a 15 cm square ceramic tile substrate and heat treated at 150 ° C to obtain a sample. The obtained sample was measured for its deodorizing property R30 (L) and antibacterial property when irradiated with light. Results R3O (L) was 5%, and the antibacterial activity was one. The results were not good. Example 4 3 An anatase titanium oxide sol was obtained by adding a liquid obtained by adding water in a cold bath to a titanium tetrachloride hydrothermally treated at 140 ° C in a hot press. 8。 The obtained anatase titanium oxide sol was dispersed in nitric acid, and the pH value of this dispersion was 0.8. To this dispersion, an aqueous solution of 3 to 5% by weight copper sulfate was added to adjust the pH to about 0.8, and the container was irradiated with ultraviolet rays from above the container. At this time, the light source is a 4W BLB lamp, and the distance is about 10 cm for 15 minutes. Add a dispersant made of organic acetate to this solution, stabilize the sol, and then coat the surface of 10 cm square alumina substrate. This paper is suitable for China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) " -128----------- install ------- order ------ quan (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Printed by a consumer cooperative 406031 A / B7 V. Description of the invention (126) A diluent of propanol and hardener is added to the siloxane resin in advance to make a mixed solution, and the material is dried at 10 ° C Then, apply the mixed solution prepared by adding the amount of 20% by weight of siloxane resin, propanol, and hardener to the sol prepared according to the method described above, and sinter at 150 ° C to obtain a sample. The obtained sample had a deodorizing property R 3 upon light irradiation. (L). Results R30 (L) was 80%, and excellent results were obtained. Consumption cooperation between employees of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Du printed comparative example 4 4 An anatase and an anatase-type titanium oxide sol were obtained from a liquid obtained from water in a hydrothermal bath at 140 ° C in an autoclave. In nitric acid, 0.8 »was added to this solution. Secondly, add the propanol-liquid of the diluent in a 10 cm square alumoxane resin, and add the amount of titanium oxide to the sol made at 100 ° C to dry the material. The deodorant characteristic (L) of the mixed liquid obtained from the propanol and the hardener during the light irradiation of the obtained sample was 22%, and its effect was inconspicuous. From the above, it can be known that the surface of silver, copper, platinum, palladium, nickel, and iron-titanium sol can be fixed by adding a dispersant and interfacial activity by hydrothermal method or thiotitanium sol. It can also be based on 300 ° C. Materials, such as plastic materials,

處理四 型氧化 此分散 鹽所成 基材表 及硬化 ,再塗 爲2 0 15 0 R η n C 氯化鈦中 鈦溶膠。 液之p Η 分散劑安 面塗佈預 劑予以製 佈依上述 重量%矽 °C燒成得 L )。結 添加冷 分散所 值係 定化溶 先在砂 作混合 方法所 氧烷樹 試料。 果R 3 0 酸法等方法製作之氧化 性劑等表面處理劑之前 ,鈷等金屬粒子於氧化 下低溫燒成不具耐熱性 分光觸媒作用之材料。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 129 A7 B7 406031 五、發明説明(127) 以上實施例係主要敘述銳鈦礦型T i 0 2,以下則敘 述有關金紅石型τ i 〇2。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 第5 1圖係表示利用金紅石型T i 0 2以製造多功能 材料之步驟流程圖。本發明係首先在磁磚等基材表面形成 金紅石型T i 02薄膜。形成金紅石型T i 02薄膜之方法 可以使用T i 〇2溶膠鈦醇鹽,鈦硫酸鹽,鈦氯化物溶液 做爲原料,塗佈於基板上,其後經熱處理等之方法。 使用T i 〇2溶膠時,由於T i 〇2之等電位點爲pH 6. 5,大約爲中性,所以使用分散於酸或鹼之水溶液塗 佈於基板極容易均匀地塗佈。基板爲金屬時係由耐蝕性觀 點以鹼分散液爲宜。酸可爲硫酸,鹽酸,乙酸,磷酸,有 機酸等。鹼時可爲氨,含鹼金屬之氫氧化物,惟就熱處理 後不會生成金屬污染物之觀點考量以氨爲最佳。另外,還 可在此等分散液中再添加有機酸,磷酸系分散劑,表面處 理劑,表面活性劑。又,粒徑小時可以在低溫下生成机期 燒結,在低溫度下即可得到剝離程度優之光觸媒薄膜,所 以Ti〇2溶膠之平均粒徑係以0. 05/zm以下,更佳 經濟部中央標率局貝工消費合作社印製 以0. Olem以下爲宜。 對基板之塗佈方法以將上述原料噴塗,浸塗,輥塗, 旋轉塗佈,CVD,電子束蒸鑛,濺銨等方法較不需特別 設備,廉價地得到塗膜較爲適宜》 熱處理可以利用使用電爐或瓦斯菖等大氣中燒成或使 用熱壓器等之水熱處理。 另一方面準備至少一種銅,銀,鐵,鈷,鉑,鎳,鈀 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) Α Α7 406031 _Βτ_._ 五、發明説明(128) ,氧化亞銅之溶液(含金屬離子之溶液),塗佈於金紅石 型T i 02薄膜上。塗佈金屬鹽水溶液時以採用金屬鹽水 溶液不致於滲透至基板背面爲止之方法爲宜》金屬鹽溶液 中之溶液可利用水,乙醇等。使用水時添加醇類,不飽和 烴類等做爲氣化氧化劑亦有效。又,做爲乙醇溶液時,乙 醚,丙酮,甲醇係與其他溶劑比較不會成爲金屬基材生銹 之原因,乾燥速度快,而且無害,所以最適宜。 繼而爲提高上述金屬鹽水溶液之載持效率,在室溫 〜1 0 0°C左右乾燥,照射含3 9 0 nm以下波長之光線 予金屬鹽,還原金靥離子,在金紅石型T i 02薄膜析出 該金屬予以固化。在此,照射使用之燈係用紫外線燈, B L B (Black Light Blu)燈,氣燈,水銀燈,蛋光燈 等。這時爲提高照射效率最好以光線可垂直地照射到面上 爲宜β - 以下舉具體實施例。 實施例4 5 經濟部中央梯準局貝工消費合作社印装 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 以噴塗法塗佈平均粒徑0. 01#m Ti02溶膠 之氨分散液於1 0 cm四方形礬土基板上,於9 0 0。(:溫 度燒成形成爲金紅石型T i 02薄膜。繼而以噴塗法在此 金紅石型T i 〇2薄膜上塗佈乙酸銅水溶液,其後經光還 原(光源係2 0 W B L B燈’試料距光源1 〇 cin距離 ,照射10秒鐘),得試料。評佶所得試料之光活性A( L )。 本^張尺度適用中國國家揉準(€灿)八4規格(210父297公釐) -131 - 406031 A7 B7 五、發明説明(129) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 光活性A ( L )係以氣體濃度爲Y座標,反應時間爲 X座標時,使反應曲線近似直線時傾斜度之絕對值。即, 以X t爲t小時之濃度時 X t = X 0 . 1 0 _A(… .........⑴ 因此使某一分解氣體通過被照射含紫外線之光的光觸媒薄 層上,觀察經過t小時減少之分解氣體濃度以求得。此實 驗中分解氣體係使用惡臭成份之甲基硫酸,將試料放置於 甲基硫醇之初期濃度被調整爲2 p pm之直徑2 6 cmx 高2 1 cm圓筒形容器中,距光源8 cm照射4W B L B螢光燈時,自時間上甲基硫醇濃度之變化求得。 所得結果示於第5 2圖及第5 3圖。第5 2圖及第 5 3圖係表示銅濃度與光活性A ( L )之相關關係圖,其 中第5 2圖係噴塗乙酸銅水溶液經乾燥後光還原時,第 5 3圖係噴塗後光還原不經乾燥狀態下之乙酸銅水溶液時 之結果。 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 第5 3圖之噴塗後,光還原不經乾燥之狀態下的乙酸 銅時,即使將0. 001重量%之溶液中銅濃度增加至 0 . 1重量%,A (L)仍爲3X10 _5左右,不起變化 ,已趨飽和。 與之相比,第5 2圖之噴塗乙酸銅水溶液後乾燥再光 還原者,0. 001重量%時係2x10-5左右,與不乾 燥者大約同程度之數值,但增加至0. 1重量%時可顯著 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X297公釐) : -132 - ^06031 a? __B7 _ 五、發明説明(130) 提高至1 X 1〇-2左右之A (L)值。 實施例4 6 .與實施例4 5 —樣在地板磁磚及壁磁磚上形成金紅石 型T i 02薄膜,以光還原將銅固定於金紅石型T i 02薄 膜(塗佈乙酸銅水溶液,經乾燥後)時調查溶液中之金屬 成份濃度與惡臭除去率R3。之關係,結果如第5 4圖,第 5 5圖所示。 由此圖可知乾燥後光還原處理,若溶液中金靥成份濃 度可達某一程度時,基材爲磁磚亦可以除去惡臭成份。 實施例4 7 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 以噴塗法塗佈平均粒徑0. 〇l#m Ti02溶膠 之氨分散液於1 5 cm四方形磁磚基板上,於各種溫度燒 -成形成爲金紅石型T i 〇2薄膜。繼而以噴塗法在此金紅 石型T i 0 2薄膜上塗佈乙酸銅水溶液,其後經光還原( 光源係2〇W BLB燈’試料距光源1〇cm距離,照 射1 0秒鐘)’得試料。評估所得試料之防臭特性r3。。 所得結果示於第5 6圖。9 0 〇。〇 (孔隙度1 〇%) 下之R3D值係比不載持傘屬之金紅石型者更佳β又,提高 溫度爲1 0 0 0 C (孔隙度3%)時,不載持金靥之試料 係R 3。值驟減’添加銅之試料亦觀察到稍降低。如上述, 與9 0 0 C相比’ 1 〇 〇 〇°C之防臭特性降低之理由有二 。其一爲降低孔隙度時可以與分解氣體接觸之光觸媒金紅 本紙張尺度適用中國國家搞準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) : -133 - 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 406031 |8d at -^--- 五、發明說明(131) 石型τ i 〇 2薄膜的面稹減少,未載持金屬之試料降低防 臭特性可能基於此理由•另一理由係隨孔隙度降低,藉光 還原法析法之金雇粒子可存在之面稹亦減少•電子移動中 平均自由行程變大所致· 又•第5 7圖中示塗膜時溶液中銀*銅濃度與色差之 關係•由此圖可知*與銀相比*銅之色差及亮度變化均小 ,著色不明顯•又,此著色之差異係以ESCA (化學分 析用之電子線分光法)等分析銅系時•可以檢査出銅之0 價與1價者,由此可知此不易呈色之1價成份影響其著色 實施例4 8 以噴塗法塗佈平均粒徑0. Oi/im Ti02溶膠 之氨分散液於1 5 cm四方形磁磚基板上·於各種不同溫 度燒成形成爲金紅石型T i 0 2薄膜•繼而以噴塗法在此 金紅石型T i 0 2薄膜上塗佈硝酸銀水溶液,其後經光還 原(光源係20W BLB燈,試料距光源1 0 cm距離 ,照射10秒鐘)*得試料•評估所得試料之金紅石型 T i 〇2薄膜的孔嫌度與防臭特性R30及耐摩損性*結果 示於第5 8蹰· 孔隙度爲1 0 %以上時可具有良好脫臭性,4 0 %以 下時可使耐摩損性爲〇以上· 耐摩損性係使用塑膠質橡皮擦進行滑動摩擦,比較其 外観變化予以評估*評估指檫如下所示· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) — — — — — — — — — — —— — ^ --------^- — — 1 —----^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事WWi#寫本頁) -134 - 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製 406031 at Β7 五、發明説明(132) ◎:來回4 0次滑動未起變化。 〇:1 0次以上4 0次以下滑動即有傷痕,氧化鈦膜 剝離。 △:滑動5次〜1 〇次即有傷痕,氧化鈦膜剝離。 X :滑動5次以下即有傷痕,氧化鈦膜剝離。 實施例4 9 以噴塗法塗佈平均粒徑0. 0 1 /zm Ti02溶膠 之氨分散液於預先形成釉層之1 〇 cm四方形礬土基板上 ’於8 5 0°C〜1 〇 〇 〇。(:溫度燒成形成爲金紅石型 T丨〇2薄膜。繼而以噴塗法在此金紅石型T i 02薄膜上 塗佈硝酸銀水溶液,其後經光還原(光源係2 0W BLB燈’試料距光源i〇cm距離,照射1〇秒鐘), 得試料。 ' 評估所得試料之抗菌性,耐摩損性,耐剝離性,耐污 染性’耐酸性,耐鹸性,銀著色性。 抗菌特性係使用大腸菌(Escherichia coli W3110株 )試驗。預先以7 0%乙醇殺菌過之多功能材料最上層表 面滴下0. 15m^菌液(1〜50000CFU),載 置於玻璃板(1 〇 〇 X 1 〇 〇 )上,緊貼住基材之最上層 表面’做爲試料。照射白色燈(5200燭光)30分鐘 @ &殺菌過之紗布擦拭照射過之試料與保持於遮光條件 下之試料的菌液,回收於1 〇mp生理食鹽水,求得菌生 存率’做爲評估指標,+ + +,++,+,—係與上述一 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨〇><297公嫠) —---------裝-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) *1Τ 135 A7 B7 406031 五、發明說明(133) 樣· (請先閲讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 耐剝離性試驗係使耐摩損性試驗之條件更嚴苛之試驗 ,代替塑膠橡皮擦使用可施予大剪切力之混紗橡皮擦( LION TYPEWRITER ERASER 502 ) ·具體言係以均等力量用 混砂橡皮擦摩擦試料表面2 0次,以目視與標準試料相比 較其發生傷痕之狀態•評估基準如下· 經濟部智慧財產局興工消费合作社印製 完全未起變化 〇: 不同光線下可看出稍起變化 稍起變化 X : 一目瞭然起變化· 耐污染性試驗係有關不易沾污溃之試驗· 具髋言評估 方法係以0. 5%亞甲藍水溶液在試料表面作成污漬’乾 燥後水洗 ,以目視觀察有無污漬·評估基準如下: 污漬可完全去除 〇·· 雖看不出污潰,但仍稍留痕跡 Δ : 留下淺色污滇 X : 明顯地留下污溃· 耐酸性係浸渍於10% HCP水溶液1 2 0小時後 ,以目視觀察基材表面上載持銀之金紅石型T i 0 2薄膜 層是否起變化•評估基準如下· 完全未起變化 〇: 些微變色 Δ : 稍變色 X : 明顯地變色· 本紙張尺度適用中國0家標準(CNS〉A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 136 406031 A7 B7 _ 五、發明説明(134) 耐鹼性係浸漬於5 % N a Ο Η水溶液1 2 0小時後 ,以目視觀察基材表面上載持銀之金紅石型T i 02薄膜 層是否起變化,評估基準如下。 ◎:完全未起變化 〇:些微變色 △:稍變色 X :明顯地變化。 銀著色性係以目視與不添加銀之試料相比較評估。評 估基準如下。 ◎:未著色 〇:些微著色 △:稍著色 X :有著色爲褐色之部份 以上評估之七項目示於表2 4。又,表2 5係表示膜 厚,燒成溫度對抗菌性之影響。 ----------^------1T------^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央揉準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -137 - 406031 A7 B7 五、發明説明(135) (表 24)光觸媒薄膜之厚度與各種特性之關係 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 膜厚("m) 抗菌性α) 耐摩損性 耐剝離性 耐污染性 耐酸性 耐鹼性 Agi色性 0.1 +++ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 0.2 H+ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 0.3 +++ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 0.4 +44 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 0.5 +++ ◎ 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 0.6 +44 ◎ 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 0.7 +++ ◎ 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 0.8 +++ ◎ 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 0.9 +++ ◎ 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 1.0 +++ ◎ X X 〇 〇 X /frnrtlLL. Bg 層 (0.4) Δ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張又度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -138 - 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(136) (表2 5)膜厚,燒結溫度對光觸媒薄膜之抗菌性之影響 溫度 膜厚 880〇C 900°C 920〇C 940〇C 960〇C 980〇C 0· 1 +++ ++ ++ 0· 2#m +++ ++ 0. 3^m +++ +++ +++ ++ 0.4^m +++ +++ +++ 0. 5^m +++ +++ +++ ++ 0· 6#m +++ +++ +++ 0.7^m +++ +++ +++ +++ 0. 8^m +++ +++ +++ 0.9^m +++ +++ +++ 1. O^m +++ 裝 訂 線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再从寫本頁) 本紙舰適用侧家標準(CNS)M綱彻⑽)_ m _ 406031 A7 B7 經濟部中央橾準局員工消費合作杜印裝 五、發明説明(〗37〉 抗菌性方面,此實施例所製作光觸媒薄膜之膜厚爲 〇 · 1 以上1 /zm以下範圍時,只要有適當之燒成溫 度均可得+ + +之良好結果。惟如表2 4所示膜厚變薄爲 0. 以下時於9 8 0 °C高溫燒成之試料即爲+ +之 抗菌性有稍_低之趨向。此可能係因釉層軟化而有局部之 光觸媒薄膜埋沒入釉層所致。又,銀本身亦有抗菌力,惟 在此抗菌性對燒成溫度之依賴傾向係表示本案方法所製作 複合材料之抗菌力係與銀之抗菌作用以外的金紅石型 T i 〇 2薄膜特性相關連之結果(如上述銀係在燒成後才 載持者)。 又’因釉層軟化而使光觸媒薄膜沈沒入釉層中係幾乎 全部之試料均多多少少會發生,惟如此實施例使燒成溫度 爲適當之溫度,至少在〇. l/zm以上即可以確認使光觸 媒薄膜保持在袖層之最上表層。 耐摩損性上言,此實施例所製作光觸媒薄膜之膜厚爲 0 · 1 Mm〜1/zm之範圍者均有◎之良好結果。與爲比 較起見以同樣製造方法,不介存釉藥之試料爲△相比,得 極佳之結果。此係因介存釉層,所以燒成時因釉藥軟化而 光觸媒薄膜之一部份下層被埋入釉層所致。 與之相比,耐剝離性試驗中,〇. 1/zm〜 0. 4em時係◎,〇· 4;am以上0 9jtim以下時係 〇’ 1 則爲X,可看出光觸媒薄膜之膜厚增加時有趨 劣之傾向。此係因對膜厚而言被埋入釉層之.厚度比率增加 ’以致易於剝離所致》耐摩損試驗中尙稱正常者在耐剝離 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 表紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇X297公釐) -140 - 400031 s; _ 五、發明説明(138) 試驗變惡化,係因其切變力大小有差異所造成的。 耐污染性方面,光觸媒薄膜之厚度爲0. l^m〜 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 0· 4/zm 時係◎,〇. 4ym 〜0· 9em 爲〇, 1 //m則爲X,可見光觸媒薄膜愈厚,有耐污染性愈差之 傾向。 耐酸性方面,此實施例製作之0. 1//111〜1;^111膜 厚之光觸媒薄膜係均示有極佳效果。作0. 4 //m〜 1以111時係〇,〇. 1“111~0.4以111以下時則爲©, 可見薄之膜有較佳之結果。 耐鹼性方面,此實施例製作之0 .1 〜1 膜 厚之光觸媒薄膜係均示有極佳效果。作0. 4〜 lAim時係〇,〇· Ιμπι〜0. 4;αιη以下時則爲◎, 可見薄之膜有較佳之結果》有關銀之著色性係〇. l;czm 〜0. 4em膜厚之光觸媒薄膜時係©,〇. 4em〜 0 · 9 時爲〇,1 則爲X,可見光觸媒薄膜之厚 度愈增加,有愈差之傾向。此傾向與耐污染性一致。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印袈 由以上7項之試驗可知,光觸媒薄膜之厚度係以 0. 1 μ m ~ 〇 . 9//m,較佳以 0. Ιμιη 〜 0. 4 jum爲宜。又,介著釉層以固定光觸媒薄膜於基材 時,可以提高耐摩損性。 又,外觀裝飾性亦受到膜厚之影響,即〇.之β m〜 0. 4時可藉由可視光與光觸媒薄膜之干擾作用,生 成彩虹色之條狀圖案,給人獨特之外觀印象。相反, 0. 2em以下或〇. 4#m以上〇. 9jc/m以下時不會 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梂準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐> -141 - 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 A7 _____B7 五、發明説明(139) 產生上述彩虹色條狀圖案,可以直接應用基材之顔色或釉 藥所構成之色,圖案或其結合的外觀。 實施例5 0 以噴塗法塗佈平均粒徑0· 0 1 /zm Ti〇 2溶膠 之氨分散液於1 5 cm四方形磁磚基板上,於9 〇 〇。(:溫 度燒成形成爲0 · 8 //m厚之金紅石型丁 i 〇2薄膜。繼 而以噴塗法在此磁磚表面塗佈改變塗佈量之乙酸銅水溶液 (溶液濃度0· 2重量%,0. 5重量%,1重量%), 其後經光還原(光源係20W BLB燈,試料距光源 1 0 c m距離,照射3 0秒鐘),得試料。評估所得試料 之抗菌性,又,銅載持量係回收照射後殘留水溶液,自初 期之銅量與回收之銅量的差算出。 第5 9圖係銅載持量與光照時(L)及暗時(D)之 菌生存率的相關關係。由圖面可知以下事實》 首先可藉由載持銅提高抗菌性,其次,光照射時(L )較暗時(D )可以用較少之銅載持量提高抗菌性。此係 光照射時(L )係藉由載持銅而恢復光活性之金紅石型 T i 02薄膜發揮光觸媒作用所致》由圖可知添加 0 . 1 2 /Z g/cm2以上即可爲+ + +,添加 〇. 3#g/cm2以上時可提高爲+ + +。 周知者,銅本身亦具抗菌作用,爲此暗時增加銅載持 量亦可提高抗菌性。這時載持0· 7//g/cm2以上時 爲+ +,載持1 . 2 A g/cm2以上時可提高爲+ + + 紙張尺度適用中國圉家捸準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) ^ -142 - I--------坤衣------、1T------" (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 B7 ^06031 五、發明說明(140) • 因此以+ +水準予以評估時係0. 12)tig/cm2 〜0 . 7iig/cm2,+ + +水準評估時係0. 3卩g /cm*〜1. 2#g/cm2之銅載持量下,光照射時( L )的良好抗菌性係因組合銅與金紅石型T i 02薄膜而 可得之特異效果》由於金紅石型T i 02薄膜之存在可以 減少載持銅置•可以減少銅載持置係尤其對於使用此複合 材料於周圔有水之環境時極重要性質•銅會溶離至水中之 環境下的用途,例如使用於洗面台或衛生陶瓷中球面等時 亦可以抑制減少其溶離量· 又,銅時*即使爲氧化亞銅之形態時亦可得同樣之效 果•此係藉由E S CA在光還原時之表面檢驗出一價之銅 ,有一部份由C u 2 + C U+亦可覯察到光活性恢復效果 ,即可想而知· 另一方面使載持網量爲0. 7jtig/cm2以上,較 佳爲1. 2#g/cm2以上時,即不論有無照射光,均 可得良好之抗菌性· 又,第6 0圖係溶液中之銅濃度爲1重置%時之銅塗 佈置與銅載持置的關係,由此圖可知,軍純地增加銅塗佈 量亦不致於增加銅載持置•欲使銅載持量爲0. 7#g/ cm2 以上時,須爲 〇. 2mg/cm2 〜2. 7mg/ cm*,欲成爲1. 2#g/cma以上時最好爲 0· 3mg / cm2 〜.2. 4mg / cm2· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱〉 I I I — I---I------IIIH — ^« — — — — 11-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項.,填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 406031 A7 B7 五、發明説明(141) 實施例5 1 以噴塗法塗佈平均粒徑0· 01//m Ti〇2溶膠 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 之氨分散液於1 5 cm四方形磁磚基板上,於9 〇 〇。〇溫 度燒成形成爲0· 厚之金紅石型Ti〇2薄膜。繼 而以噴塗法在此磁磚表面塗佈改變塗佈量之硝酸銀水溶液 (溶液濃度0. 2重量%,〇. 5重量%,1重量%), 其後經光還原(光源係2 〇W B L B燈,試料距光;、源 1 0 cm距離,照射3 0秒鐘),得試料。評佶所得試料 之抗菌性,又,銀載持量係回收照射後殘留水溶液,自初 期之銀量與回收之銀量的差算出。 第6 1圖係銀載持量與光照時(L)及暗時(d)之 菌生存率的相關關係。由圖面可知以下事實。 首先銅與銀不一樣,光照射時(L )與暗時(D )之 菌生存率之曲線有重疊之處。此並非表示銀與銅有不同之 結果’只是表示銀之抗菌力較銅更高,以極少之載持量即 可產生效果,所以光照射時(L )與暗時(D )所需載持 量之差被包含入實驗誤差之範圍內所致。 趣濟部中夹椽率局員工增費合作衽 由圖可知’銀之載持量爲0 . 〇 5从g/c m2以上 ’較佳爲0 lvg/cm2以上時,不論有無照射光均 可得極佳之抗菌性》 另一方面,第6 2圖係表示銀之載持量與不載持銀之 試料間的色差上關係’銀載持量爲1 β g/cm2以上時 色差會有驟然差異成爲2以上。通常色差爲2以上時很顯 然可看出顏色之差異。附著銀時會自褐色變爲黑色,外觀 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 406031 A7 B7 _ 五、發明説明(142) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 上不雅故不適宜》所以色差係最好控制在2以下,爲此銀 之載持量係以1 V g / c m 2以下爲宜。色差之測定係以 分光式色差計(東京電色公司製)測定。 又,上述實施例中,爲全力防止光觸媒之活性部位被 表面處理劑或高分子物質或塵埃等所覆蓋而降低其活性或 爲恢復活性,曾揭示以銀,銅,鉑,鈀,金,鎳,鐵,鈷 ,鋅等金靥微粒子覆蓋具有光觸媒活性之微粒子活性部位 的方法,但該等金屬係有色金屬塗佈多量時會有其原有顏 色附著於基材表面,破壞基材顏色,圖案等設計之虞。 爲此以下敘述一邊可維持高度光觸媒活性,一邊不會 破壞基材之顏色,圖案等設計的脫色方法。 基本上係採用由固定化金屬微粒子於具有光觸媒活性 粒子上之步驟,使上述金屬粒子與水溶液或氣體反應至少 在金屬微粒子表面形成無色或白色之鹽的步驟所成二個步 驟,以製作含金屬微粒子之觸媒的方法》 經濟部中央樣隼局貝工消費合作社印製 在此施予上述二個步驟的順序可隨意。即,固定有色 金屬微粒子於具有光觸媒活性之粒子後,使上述金屬微粒 子與水溶液或氣體反應,至少在金靥微粒子表面形成無色 或白色之鹽,亦可爲使有色金屬微粒子與水溶液或氣體反 應,至少在金屬微粒子表面形成無色或白色之鹽後,再固 定於具有光觸媒活性之粒子。 還可以混合具有光觸媒活性之粒子與有色之金屬微粒 子後,再固定於基材上。這時係例如依序施行混合具有光 觸媒活性之粒子與有色金屬微粒子的步驟,塗佈上述混合 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -145 - 406031 ;] 五、發明説明(143) 液於基材之步驟,經燒成以固定上述混合物於基材之步驟 ,與氣體反應至少在金屬微粒子表面形成無色或白色之鹽 的步驟。 又,可以同時進行燒成以固定上述混合物於基材之步 驟,與氣體反應,至少在金屬微粒子表面形成無色或白色 之鹽的步驟》 有色之金屬微粒子係指銀,銅,鉑,鈀,金,鎳,鐵 ,鈷,鋅等離子傾向小,本身極易於被還原之金屬微粒子 而言。 藉水溶液反應形成無色或白色之鹽時,或在液體中使 用含金屬微粒子之觸媒時,所形成無色或白色之鹽係以難 溶性或不溶性者較佳。 固定含金屬微粒子之觸媒於基材予以使用時,可以預 先將具有光觸媒活性之粒子固定於基材,然後再製作含金 屬微粒子之觸媒,亦可以製作含金屬微粒子之觸媒後,再 固定於基材。 經濟部中央揉準局員工消费合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 預先固定具有光觸媒活性之粒子於基材,然後再製作 含金屬微粒子之觸媒時係依序施行在基材上形成具有光觸 媒活性之粒子層的步驟,在其上固定有色金屬微粒子之步 驟,形成無色或白色之鹽以覆蓋住上述有色金屬微粒子之 步驟。 形成無色或白色之鹽以覆蓋任有色金屬微粒子之步驟 可採用例如使金靥微粒子接觸於可以與上述有色金屬微粒 子反應,至少可在金屬微粒子表面形成無色或白色鹽的溶 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) ' -146 - 406031 at _____B7__ 五、發明説明(144) 液之方法,或使金屬微粒子接觸於可以與上述有色金屬微 粒子反應,至少可以在金屬微粒子表面形成無色或白色之 鹽的反應氣體所成方法。 上述有色之金屬微粒子的鹽中爲無色或白色者係以難 溶性或不溶性之鹽爲宜。此等可在水溶液反應下很容易至 少在金屬微粒子表面形成鹽,又,可在周圍爲水之環境下 安定地使用。 上述有色金屬微粒子之鹽中爲白色或無色者,可爲例 如氯化銀,溴化銀,碘化銀,草酸銀,硫代硫酸銀,氰化 銀,硫氰化銀,氯化亞銅,溴化亞銅,氰化亞銅,硫氰化 亞銅,氧化亞銅,磷酸鋅,草酸鋅,氰化鋅,氰化鈀,硫 化鋅,碳酸鋅,碳酸亞鐵,氧化鋅等。可形成上述鹽之溶 液,例如爲氯化銀時係有氯化鉀溶液,氯化鈉溶液,氯化 銨溶液,氯化鐵溶液等,碘化銀時可爲碘化鉀溶液,碘化 -鈉溶液,碘化鐵溶液,過氧化氫水,臭氧水等,惟並不限 於此,只要含各鹽之陰離子的可溶性鹽溶液即可廣泛地使 用》 經濟部中央橾準局負工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 又,可形成上述鹽之反應氣體亦只要爲含各鹽之陰離 子元素的氣體即可廣泛地使用。例如上述鹽爲氧化鋅,氧 化亞銅等氧化物時,可在大氣中,氧氣中,水蒸汽中加熱 ,或與〇3等氧化劑反應,即可以氧化金屬微粒子表面以 形成氧化物層。 . 以下舉具體實施例。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X297公釐)~~ -147 - 406031 A7 ________B7 _ 五、發明説明(145) 實施例5 2 在1 5 cm四方形之磁磚基材表面,塗佈平均粒徑 0. 01#m之氧化鈦溶膠後,於900 °C熱處理,形成 爲金紅石型氧化鈦薄膜。以停止於此階段之試料做爲比較 試料1。 其後以噴塗法塗佈硝酸銀水溶液,照射B L B燈1 0 分鐘,固定銀於金紅石型氧化鈦薄膜上。這時銀之載持量 係1_ 2#g / cm 2呈褐色。以此階段爲止之試料爲比 較試料2。 然後在比較試料2上,以0. lcc/cm2之比率 塗佈0. 1莫爾之碘化鉀水溶液使其反應,結果試料 表面變爲黃白色,最後變白色。此應爲被形成碘化銀層所 致。以此試料爲實施試料1。 評估此等試料之色差,光活性,防臭特性及抗菌性。 測定色差時係使用分光式色差計(東京電色公司製) 測定。這時標準試料係比較試料1。結果示於第6 3圖。 結果比較試料2係色差爲3 _ 5,與之相比,以碘化鉀水 經濟部中央橾準局員工消費合作社印裝 {請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 溶液處理後之實施試料1之色差係減少爲1 ,減少其呈色 度。 光活性係以Δρ Η試驗評估》將光活性及防臭特性結 果示於第6 4圖》比較試料1與2時,由於載持銀而使比 較試料2恢復光活性,Δρ Η ’ R3〇( L )均有良好之結 果。又,比較賁施試料1與比較試料2時,Δρ Η與 尺3。( L )均爲相同程度之數值,獲知經脫色處理其光活 本紙張U適用中國國家揉準(CNS )八4胁(210X297公釐) ~ ~ 一 -148 - 406031 at ______B7 _ 五、發明説明(146) 性亦未起變化,維持良好之特性。 (請先閲讀背面之注.意事項再填寫本頁) 又’抗菌特性係使用大腸菌(Escherichia coli W3 110株)試驗》預先以7 0%乙醇殺菌過之多功能材料 最上層表面滴下0. 15mj?菌液(2x104CFU) ,載置於玻璃板(1 0 0 X 1 0 0 )上,緊貼住基材之最 上層表面,做爲試料。照射白色燈(3500燭光)30 分鐘後,以殺菌過之紗布擦拭照射過之試料(L )與保持 於遮光條件下之試料(D)的菌液,回收於1 〇mp生理 食鹽水,調查生菌數。 將抗菌性之結果示於第6 5圖。比較試料1係未載持 銀,所以暗時(D)不見抗菌效果。與之相比,實施試料 1係經過脫色處理,銀之表面變化爲化合物,但暗時(D )仍具抗菌效果。又,光照時(L )則可看到更強之抗菌 效果,不只具有銀之抗菌效果,亦看出金紅石型氧化鈦薄 -膜恢復光觸媒活性之效果。 實施例5 3 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印裝 在1 5 cm四方形之衛生陶器成形坯體上塗佈釉藥後 ,於1100〜1200 °C燒成,塗佈平均粒徑〇. 01 之銳鈦礦氧化鈦溶膠,於9 0 0〜1 0 0 0 °C燒成, 固定金紅石型氧化鈦薄膜於衛生陶瓷器成形坯體基材上。 然後在其上塗佈硝酸銀水溶液,照射紫外線在氧化鈦 薄膜上析出銀。再於其上塗佈氯化鐵水溶液,照射紫外線 時可被脫色.,色差由3減至0 . 3。又,抗菌性係光照射 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ~ -149 - 406031 at _____B7 __ 五、發明説明(147) 時’暗時均接觸予試料3 0分鐘,確認只剩原有菌數之 1 0 %以下τκ有極佳之效果。 實施例5 4 在1 5 cm四方形之衛生陶器成形坯體上塗佈釉藥後 ,於1100〜1200 °C燒成,塗佈平均粒徑0. 01 //m之銳鈦礦氧化鈦溶膠,於9 0 0〜1 〇 〇 〇°C燒成, 固定金紅石型氧化鈦薄膜於衛生陶器成形坯體基材上。 然後在其上塗佈硝酸銀水溶液,照射紫外線在氧化鈦 薄膜上析出銀。再將試料放置於附有臭氧發生器之保乾器 中(臭氧濃度1 0 p pm)約2小時使其脫色。確認只有 原有菌數之1 0%以下,示極佳結果。 實施例5 5 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在15 cm四方形之衛生陶器成形坯體上塗佈釉藥後 ,於1 100〜1200 °C燒成,塗佈分散平均粒徑 0. Olwm之銳鈦礦氧化鈦溶膠於硝酸水溶液中者與硝 酸銀水溶液之混合液後燒成,固定氧化鈦薄膜於衛生陶瓷 成形坯體基材上。這時以7 0 0°C以下燒成時會呈褐色, 但於7 0 0°C以上燒成時即被脫色。可見銀表面與大氣中 成份反應所致。又,於8 5 0 °C燒成以固定銳欽礦型氧化 鈦薄膜於衛生陶瓷成形坯體基材上,測定所得試料之抗菌 性,光照射時,暗時均與試料接觸3小時,確認只有原來 菌數之1 0%以下,示有極佳之結果。 本紙浪尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X297公釐) -150 - A7 B7 406031 五、發明説明(148) 實施例5 6 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在1 5 cm四方形之衛生陶器成形坯體上塗佈釉藥後 ,於1100〜1200 °C燒成,塗佈平均粒徑〇. 01 之銳鈦礦氧化鈦溶膠,於9 0 0〜1 0 0 0°C燒成, 固定金紅石型氧化鈦薄膜於衛生陶器成形坯體基材上》 然後在其上塗佈硝酸銀水溶液,照射紫外線在氧化欽 薄膜上析出銀。再於其上塗佈過氧化氫水,使其脫色。又 抗菌性係光照射時,暗時均與試料接觸3小時,確認只有 原來菌數之10%以下示有極佳之效果。 其次敘述混合金紅石型T i 0 2粒子與氧化鍚以提高 光觸媒薄膜之緻密性與緊貼性,同時提高活性。 形成光觸媒薄膜之方法係以下二種方法中之任一。 其一係預先混合T i 02溶膠與氧化鍚溶膠塗佈於基 材表面,燒成之方法。 經濟部中央揉準局貝工消費合作社印製 混合T i 02溶膠與氧化鍚溶膠係在鹸性水溶液中進 行。就電化學上言,可以使二者均能充分地分散係屬於鹼 性時。鹼性水溶液可爲氨,含驗金屬或鹼土類金屬之氫氧 化物,惟考慮熱處理後不致於生成金屬污染物,以氨爲最 佳。又,此等分散液中可以再添加有機系,磷酸系之分散 劑,表面處理劑,表面活性劑。 塗佈方法可以爲將上述混合液噴塗,浸塗,輥塗,旋 轉塗佈,CVD,電子束蒸鍍,濺鍍等使其成爲塗膜之方 法,其中任何均可,亦可爲其他之方法,惟其中噴塗,浸 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -151 - B7 406031 五、發明説明(149) 塗’輥塗係不必如CVD,電子束蒸鍍,濺鍍需要特別設 備,可以廉價地形成塗膜是爲有利處。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 塗佈後,燒成前可以使膜乾燥,乾燥係在室溫〜 1 0 o°c左右進行爲宜。 燒成溫度係在此條件下足夠生成金紅石之溫度進行。 該溫度係在常壓下爲氧化鍚共存下8 3 0°C以上。 不必形成T i 02與氧化鍚之固溶體。欲形成 τ i 0 2與氧化鍚之固容體必須長時間保持於高溫,生產 效率不佳。 另一方法係在形成金紅石型T i 02薄膜後,自其上 添加氧化鍚溶膠,予以燒成之方法。 經濟部中夬標準局員工消費合作社印製 此方法係首先在基材塗佈含鈦之起始原料。此處之起 始原料可以使用T i 02溶膠,鈦醇鹽,鈦硫酸鹽,鈦氯 化物溶液等。使用T i 〇2溶膠時,由於T i 〇2之等電位 點爲PH6. 5,太約爲中性,所以使用分散於酸或鹼之 水溶液塗佈於基板極容易均勻地塗佈。基板爲金屬時係由 耐蝕性觀點以鹼分散液爲宜。陶瓷器,磁磚,陶瓷等時可 用酸,鹼之任一分散液。酸可爲硝酸硫酸,鹽酸,乙酸, 磷酸,有機酸等。鹸時可爲氨,含鹼金屬之氫氧化物,惟 就熱處理後不會生成金靥污染物之觀點考量以氨爲最佳β 另外,還可在此等分散液中再添加有機酸,磷酸系分散劑 ’表面處理劑,表面活性劑。又,起始原料之T i 〇2溶 膠的平均粒徑係以0. 05从m以下,較佳以0. 01# m以下爲宜。又,粒徑小時可以在低溫下生成初期燒結, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) M規格(21〇><297公釐 -152 - 152 406031 _____B7 _ 五、發明説明(150) 在低溫下亦可以生成剝離強度極優之光觸媒薄膜》對基材 之塗佈方法可以爲將上述噴塗,浸塗,輥塗,旋轉塗佈, CVD,電子束蒸鍍,濺鍍等使其成爲塗膜之方法,其中 任何均可,亦可爲其他之方法,惟其中噴塗,浸塗,輥塗 係不必如CVD,電子束蒸鍍,濺鍍需要特別設備,可以 廉價地形成塗膜是爲有利處。塗佈後,燒成前可以乾燥膜 。乾燥在室溫〜1 0 0°C左右進行爲宜。 繼而燒成塗佈後之複合材料。燒成係在生成金紅石之 溫度進行,常壓下通常爲9 0 0 °C以上。 其後在冷卻固化之複合材料上再塗佈可成爲錫來源之 起始原料,並燒成。做爲錫來源之起始原料有氧化鍚溶膠 等。氧化鍚溶膠係使用鹸性水溶液爲宜,電化學上言,氧 化鍚溶膠係在鹼性時較爲安定。鹼性水溶液可爲氨,含鹼 金屬或鹼土類金屬之氫氧化物,惟考慮熱處理後不致於生 '成金屬污染物,以氨爲最佳。又,此等分散液中可以再添 加有機系,磷酸系之分散劑,表面處理劑,表面活性劑。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 對基材之塗佈方法可以爲將上述噴塗,浸塗,輥塗, 旋轉塗佈,CVD,電子束蒸鍍,濺鍍等使其成爲塗膜之 方法,其中任何均可,亦可爲其他之方法,惟其中噴塗, 浸塗,輥塗係不必如CVD,電子束蒸鍍,濺鍍需要特別 設備’可以廉價地形成塗膜是爲有利處。塗佈後燒成前可 以使膜乾燥。乾燥係在室溫〜1 〇 〇°C左右進行爲宜。燒 成溫度係可以自氧化鍚蒸發有機添加成份之溫度即可,常 壓下爲3 0 0 °C以上。不必形成T i 02與氧化鍚之固溶 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -153 - 406031 A7 ________B7 _ 五、發明説明(151) 體。欲形成T i 〇2與氧化鍚之固容體必須長時間保持於 1¾溫’生產效率不佳。 又,可在基材表面形成金紅石型T i 〇2與結晶粒徑 0. 〇l#m以下之氧化鍚混合物所成薄膜,再於其上固 定至少一種銅’銀,鈾,鐵,鈷,鎳,鈀,氧化銅中之金 屬》 此等金屬具有捕獲電子作用,藉此可以提高金紅石型 T i 〇2與結晶粒徑〇 . 0 1 以下氧化鍚之混合物所 成薄膜的光觸媒活性。 尤其銅,銀本身具有抗菌力,可以在不照光下亦具有 抗菌性,所以不照光之暗時亦可具有某一程度之抗菌力。 固定至少一種銅’銀,鉑,鐵,鈷,鎳,鈀,氧化亞銅中 之金靥的方法,可爲塗佈此等金屬中之至少一種金屬鹽水 溶液’其後再以光還原法或熱處理方法固定之方法。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 金屬鹽水溶液係基本上只要只要金屬種做爲陽離子溶 解於其中即可。具體言可爲乙酸銅,硝酸銀,碳酸銅,硫 酸銅’氯化亞銅,氯化銅,氯化鉑酸,氯化鈀,氯化鎳, 氯化鈷,氯化亞鐵,氯化鐵。 塗佈金屬鹽水溶液之方法,有噴塗法或浸塗法等,惟 可以少量之使用量,可均勻地塗佈,塗膜易於控制,不想 附著於背面可以隨心所欲等理由,以噴塗法爲最適宜。 光還原法時係在其後照射含紫外線之光線,以還原金 屬離子,在金紅石型Ti02與結晶粒徑0. Olem以 下之氧化鍚之混合物所成薄膜上固定至少一種銅,銀,鉑 I紙張又度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ' -154 - 406031 A7 ___B7 _ 五、發明説明(152) ,鐵,鈷,錬,鈀,氧化亞銅中之金屬。 照射含紫外線之光的光源係只要爲照射含紫外線之光 者即可,具體言可爲紫外線燈,B L B燈,氙燈,水銀燈 ,螢光燈等任一均可。照射含紫外線之光的方法,最好配 置試料使照射面可以垂直地受到光線爲宜。如此可得最佳 之照射效率。試料距光源之距離以1 cm〜3 0 cm爲宜 。距離太近時試料面無法照射到均勻之照度,上述金屬種 之附著易產生不均勻現象,距離太遠時所煦射光之照度係 與距離二次方成反比例變小,很難堅牢地附著金屬。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 熱處理法時,加熱爲其後金屬足以固定之溫度使其固 '定。其溫度以100 °C以上爲宜。但在800 °C以上之高 溫處理時金屬會被氧化,這時金屬係最好爲被氧化亦不會 失去電子捕獲效果,或不致於失去抗菌性之金屬。即被限 定爲銀,銅。銀,銅係高溫燒成亦不會失去電子捕獲效果 —或抗菌性,亦可依以下所示之製法製造。即預先混合 T i 02溶膠與氧化鍚溶膠,塗佈於基材表面,繼而塗佈 金屬鹽水溶液後燒成之方法。依此方法以一次燒成工程即 可完成,可提局生產效率,降低製造成本。 以下舉具體例》 實施例5 7 添加4〜6重量%結晶粒徑〇. 〇l#m T i 0 2 溶膠於調整爲Ρ Η 1 1之氨水溶液中製爲懸濁液A。另一 容器中添加10重量%結晶粒徑〇. 〇〇35/zm氧化鍚 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) : ' -155 - 406031 A7 B7__ 五、發明説明(153) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 溶膠於調整爲ρ Η 1 1之氨水溶液中製作爲懸濁液B。以 所定比率混合懸濁液Α與懸濁液Β後,以噴塗法塗佈於 1 5 cm四方形之磁磚基材表面,乾燥後於8 5 0°C燒成 2小時’得試料。所得試料中之T i 02結晶型係金紅石 型。又以粉末X線繞射測定T i Ο 2之晶格常數,結果 T i 02晶格中看不出有氧化鍚之固溶》評估所得試料之 光活性及耐摩損性》 光活性係在試料表面滴下碘化鉀水溶液,繼而照射紫 外線於滴下之碘化鉀水溶液3 0分鐘,以照射前之碘化鉀 水溶液的Ρ Η值與照射後之碘化鉀水溶液之ρ Η值的差進 行評估。即,依此方法,若試料表面之光活性高時可以充 分地進行以下所示氧化還原反應,所以照射後之ρ Η值會 較照射前之ρ Η值更高》 氧化反應:2I-+2h+=I2 還原反應·· 〇2+2H20 + 4 e_=40H- 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 又’耐摩損性係使塑膠橡皮擦進行滑動摩擦,比較外 觀之變化評估。評估指標◎,〇,△,X係如上述。 第6 6圖表示薄膜中氧化鍚之重量比對耐摩損性之影 響。有無氧化鍚均示有良好之耐摩損性,結果係◎或〇。 由於在8 5 0°C高溫處理,所以產生燒結,膜中粒子互相 堅牢地結合在一起所致。 尤其氧化錫爲3 0 %以上時爲◎。此係因起始原料之 T i 〇2溶膠(結晶粒徑0. 0 1 em)與氧化鍚溶膠( 本紙張尺度適用中國.國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 406031 二 五、發明説明(154) 結晶粒徑0 . 0 0 3 5 # m )間之粒徑比爲2以上,所以 微粒之氧化鍚粒子可埋入T i 0 2粒子之空隙提高填充性 ,使膜更爲緻密所致。 第6 7圖係表示薄膜中之氧化鍚重量比對光活性之影 響。爲比較起見,在此一併示以具有.良好之抗菌性及防臭 特性之金紅石型T i 02中載持銅之試料(R3。爲6 0% )之Δρ Η,以及具有極佳抗菌性及防臭性之銳鈦礦型 T i Ο 2試料(R 3。爲97%)之ΔρΗ。添加氧化鍚之 金紅石型T i 02的ΔρΗ雖不及銳鈦礦型T i 02者,但 仍然比添加氧化鍚之重量比爲1 0%以上,8 0%以下, 較佳爲2 0%以上7 0%以下時,金紅石型T i 02中載 持銅的試料之Λρ Η更大,可知具有良好之光活性。 由此可知,添加平均粒徑0 . 0 1 // m以上之氧化鍚 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 時亦無法提高光觸媒活性係因氧化鍚微粒化而使導電帶之 位置向上方移動仍嫌不足,氧化鍚粒子不具有足以生成活 性氧之帶間距所致。又,不利1 0 %以上時無法產生充分 之光活性係因氧化鍚粒子之量不足。另一方面8 0 %以上 時效果降低係因光觸媒層中氧化鍚相鄰接存在之可能性高 ,而熱處理時粒成長爲平均粒徑0. Olvm以上之頻率 高所致。 比較例5 8 添加4〜6重量%結晶粒徑0. 01//m T i 0 2 溶膠於調整爲pHl 1之氨水溶液中製爲懸濁液A。另一 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) -157 - 406031 at Β7 五、發明説明(155) 容器中添加1 0重量%結晶粒徑0 . 0 1 //m氧化鍚溶膠 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 於調整爲Ρ Η 1 1之氨水溶液中製爲懸濁液B。以所定比 率混合懸濁液Α與懸濁液Β後,以噴塗法塗佈於1 5 四方形之磁磚基材表面,乾燥後於8 5 0 °C燒成2小時, 得試料。所得試料中之T i 02結晶型係金紅石型。又以 粉末X線繞射測定T i 0 2之晶格常數,結果T i 〇 2晶格 中看不出有氧化鍚之固溶。評估此試料之光活性及耐摩損 性。 第6 8圖表示薄膜中氧化鍚之重量比對耐摩損性之影 響。有無氧化鍚均示有良好之耐摩損性,結果係〇。由於 在8 5 0 °C高溫處理,所以產生燒結,膜中粒子互相堅牢 地結合在一起所致。惟這時即使增加氧化鍚添加量亦無法 再提高耐摩損性。此係因起始原料之T i 〇2溶膠(結晶 粒徑0, 01;am)與氧化鍚溶膠(結晶粒徑 0 . 0 1 // m )間之粒徑比大約相等所致。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印褽 第6 9圖係表示薄膜中之氧化鍚重量比對光活性之影 響。爲比較起見,在此一併示以具有良好之抗菌性及防臭 特性之金紅石型T i 02中載持銅之試料之Λρ Η,以及 具有極佳抗菌性及防臭性之銳鈦礦型T i 02試料之 △ pH。添加氧化鍚之金紅石型T i 〇2ΛρΗ係遠不及 銳鈦礦型T i 02試料之ΛρΗ,亦遠不及金紅石型 T i 〇2上載持銅之試料ΛρΗ。 實施例5 9 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4规格(210X297公釐) -158 - A7 B7 406031 I - 五、發明説明(156) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 添加4〜6重量%結晶粒徑〇 Olym T i 0 2 溶膠於調整爲pH 1 1之氨水溶液中製爲懸濁液a。另— 容器中添加10重量%結晶粒徑〇· 〇〇3 5;am氧化鍚 溶膠於調整爲ρ Η 1 1之氨水溶液中製爲懸濁液b。以所 定比率混合懸濁液Α與懸濁液Β後,以噴塗法塗佈於 1 5 cm四方形之磁磚基材表面,乾燥後於8 5 0。(:燒成 2小時’得複合材料。所得複合材料中之τ i 〇 2結晶型 係金紅石型》又薄膜中之氧化鍚重量比係6 〇%。以粉末 X線繞射測定T i 〇 2之晶格常.數,結果τ i 〇 2晶格中看 不出有氧化鍚之固溶。以噴塗法塗佈5重量%乙酸銅水溶 液於此複合材料,然後經乾燥,光還原(光源係2 0W BLB燈,光源至試料之距離〇 cm,照射1分鐘)得 試料。評估所得試料之防臭特性。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 在此R3q係依以下試驗求得。分解氣體係用甲基硫酸 ’將試料放置於甲基硫醇之初期濃度被調整爲2 p pm之 直徑2 6 cmx高2 1 cm圓筒形容器中,距光源8 cm 照射4W B L B螢光燈,測定照射3 0分鐘後算出甲基 硫醇濃度減少率做爲光照射時之防臭特性R3〇(L) °又 ,暗時之防臭特性R30(D)係以不照光經過3 0分鐘時 甲基硫醇之濃度減少率算出求得。結果示於表2 6。又’ 爲比較起見對實施例5 7及比較例5 8製作之試料(氧化 鍚重量比6 0%)亦一併試驗。由表2 6可知’藉由添加 銅而有以下所示效果。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -159 - A7 B7 406031 五、發明説明(157) (表 2 6 ) 試料 R 3 〇 ( L) R 3 〇 ( D ) 實施例5 7 82 0 實施例5 9 97 92 比較例5 8 32 0 (Sn02i重量比係均爲60%) 由表2 6可知,與實施例5 7之試料相比較,R3〇( L )稍提高,此可能係因銅之電子捕獲效果所致。又與實 施例5 7及比較例5 8之試料相比,R3Q( L )可顯著提 高。此暗活性之提高應爲銅之觸媒效果所致。 由以上說明可知,基材表面形成光觸媒薄膜之材料中 ,藉由可使光觸媒薄膜之T i 〇2成份變成金紅石型之燒 成溫度處理時,可以使其具有足夠之緻密性及T i 02膜 強度。這時除金紅石型T i 02以外,還有結晶粒徑 0. Ol^m以下之氧化鍚時,可以更提高光觸媒薄膜之 光觸媒活性。 另外,在光觸媒薄膜上固定至少一種銅,銀’鉑’鐵 ,鈷,鎳,鈀中之金靥時,可藉電子捕獲作用更提高光觸 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) ----------^------1T------^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消費合作社印製 -160 — A7 B7 1060^1 五、發明説明(158) 媒活性。 如上所述,本發明有關具有抗菌性,防污性,胞;臭性 或可分解N Ox等有害物質之光觸媒功能的多功能#_{系 極適於做爲壁材,磁磚,玻璃,鏡子’循環過濾裝置,例 如水循環方式之人造瀑布或噴水池舖石使用之石材,或便 器,洗面台等衛生陶瓷。MR S A等細菌之醫院內防止感 染用之醫院用器材,住宅設備機器’抗要器材’抗病毒器 材等使用。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本育) 裝 、?τ - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 161Surface treatment and hardening of the substrate formed by the four-type oxidation of this dispersed salt were performed, and then coated as a titanium sol of 2015 0 R η n C titanium chloride. The liquid p Η dispersant and surface coating pre-agent were prepared and the cloth was calcined according to the above weight% silicon ° C to obtain L). The value of cold dispersing is determined by qualitative dissolution. First, the sand is used as the mixing method. Before surface treatment agents such as oxidizing agents produced by the R 3 0 acid method, metal particles such as cobalt are sintered at low temperature to oxidize materials that do not have heat resistance and photocatalytic activity. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) 129 A7 B7 406031 V. Description of the invention (127) The above examples mainly describe anatase The ore type T i 0 2 will be described below with respect to the rutile type τ i 〇2. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page.) Figure 51 is a flow chart showing the steps of using rutile T i 0 2 to manufacture multifunctional materials. In the present invention, a rutile T i 02 film is first formed on the surface of a substrate such as a tile. The method for forming a rutile Ti02 film can be Ti02 sol titanium alkoxide, titanium sulfate, titanium chloride solution as a raw material, coated on a substrate, and then subjected to heat treatment and the like. When using T i 〇2 sol, since the isoelectric point of T i 〇2 is about pH 6.5, which is about neutral, it is extremely easy to uniformly coat the substrate with an aqueous solution dispersed in acid or alkali. When the substrate is made of metal, it is preferable to use an alkali dispersion from the viewpoint of corrosion resistance. The acid may be sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, phosphoric acid, organic acid, and the like. Alkali can be ammonia and hydroxides containing alkali metals, but ammonia is the best in terms of not generating metal contaminants after heat treatment. In addition, an organic acid, a phosphoric acid-based dispersant, a surface treating agent, and a surfactant may be further added to these dispersions. In addition, when the particle size is small, organic sintering can be generated at a low temperature, and a photocatalyst film with excellent peeling can be obtained at a low temperature, so the average particle size of the Ti0 2 sol is less than 0.05 / zm. The printing of the Central Standards Bureau Shellfish Consumer Cooperative is preferably below 0. Olem. The coating method for the substrate is to spray the above raw materials, dip coating, roll coating, spin coating, CVD, electron beam evaporation, ammonium sputtering and other methods without special equipment, and it is more suitable to obtain a coating film cheaply. It is heat-treated by firing in the air using an electric furnace or gas stove or using a heat press. On the other hand, prepare at least one kind of copper, silver, iron, cobalt, platinum, nickel, and palladium. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) Α Α7 406031 _Βτ _._ 5. Description of the invention (128) , A solution of cuprous oxide (a solution containing metal ions) is coated on the rutile T i 02 film. When coating the metal salt solution, it is advisable to use a method in which the metal salt solution does not penetrate to the back of the substrate. The solution in the metal salt solution may use water, ethanol, etc. When using water, it is also effective to add alcohols and unsaturated hydrocarbons as gasification oxidants. When used as an ethanol solution, ether, acetone, and methanol are more suitable than other solvents because they do not cause rust on the metal substrate. They have a fast drying speed and are harmless. Then, in order to improve the carrying efficiency of the above-mentioned metal salt aqueous solution, it is dried at room temperature to about 100 ° C, and irradiated with light having a wavelength below 390 nm to the metal salt to reduce the osmium ions. The rutile T i 02 The film precipitates and solidifies the metal. Here, the lamps used for irradiation are ultraviolet lamps, B L B (Black Light Blu) lamps, gas lamps, mercury lamps, egg light lamps, and the like. In this case, in order to improve the irradiation efficiency, it is preferable that the light can be irradiated onto the surface vertically. Β-Specific embodiments are described below. Example 4 5 Printed by the Central Laboratories of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). Spray the ammonia particle dispersion with an average particle size of 0.01 # m Ti02sol at 1 0 cm square alumina substrate on 900. (: Temperature firing to form a rutile T i 02 film. Then, this rutile T i 〇2 film was coated with an aqueous copper acetate solution by spraying, and then light-reduced (light source system 2 WBLB lamp 'sample The distance from the light source is 10 cin, and the exposure time is 10 seconds.) The sample is obtained. The light activity A (L) of the obtained sample is evaluated. This standard is applicable to the Chinese national standard (€ can) 8 4 specifications (210 father 297 mm) ) -131-406031 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (129) (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Photoactive A (L) is based on the gas concentration as the Y coordinate and the reaction time as the X coordinate. The absolute value of the inclination when the curve approximates a straight line. That is, when X t is the concentration for t hours, X t = X 0. 1 0 _A (... ......... On the thin layer of photocatalyst irradiated with ultraviolet light, observe the reduction of the decomposition gas concentration after t hours to obtain. In this experiment, the decomposition gas system uses methyl sulfuric acid with a malodorous component, and the sample is placed in the initial concentration of methyl mercaptan. Adjusted to 2 p pm in diameter 2 6 cmx 2 1 cm high cylindrical container, 8 cm from light source When the 4W BLB fluorescent lamp is irradiated, it is obtained from the change of methyl mercaptan concentration in time. The obtained results are shown in Fig. 52 and Fig. 53. Fig. 52 and Fig. 53 show the copper concentration and light. The correlation diagram of the activity A (L), where Fig. 52 is the result of spraying copper acetate aqueous solution after drying and photoreduction after drying, and Fig. 53 is the result of photoreducing the copper acetate aqueous solution without drying after spraying. The Central Standards Bureau Shellfish Consumer Cooperative printed the 53rd figure after spraying, when the copper acetate in the state of light reduction without drying was reduced, even if the copper concentration in the solution was increased to 0.1% by weight to 0.1% by weight , A (L) is still about 3X10 _5, no change, has become saturated. In contrast, Figure 5 2 after spraying copper acetate aqueous solution after drying and photoreduction, 0. 001% by weight is 2x10-5 The value is about the same as that of non-drying people, but it can be significant when it is increased to 0.1% by weight. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X297 mm): -132-^ 06031 a? __B7 _ 5. The description of the invention (130) is increased to an A (L) value of about 1 X 10-2. Example 4 6. Example 4 5—When a rutile T i 02 film is formed on a floor tile and a wall tile, and copper is fixed to the rutile T i 02 film by photoreduction (coated with copper acetate aqueous solution and dried) Investigate the relationship between the concentration of the metal component in the solution and the odor removal rate R3. The results are shown in Figure 54 and Figure 55. From this figure, it can be seen that the photoreduction treatment after drying, if the concentration of gold tincture in the solution can reach a certain level To a certain extent, the malodor component can be removed even when the substrate is a tile. Example 4 7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page). Spray the ammonia particle size with an average particle size of 0. 〇l # m Ti02sol at 1 5 A square ceramic tile substrate is fired and formed at various temperatures to form a rutile T i 〇2 film. Next, a copper acetate aqueous solution was coated on this rutile T i 0 2 film by a spraying method, and then light-reduced (the light source system is a 20W BLB lamp 'the sample is 10 cm away from the light source and irradiated for 10 seconds)' Get the sample. The deodorant characteristic r3 of the obtained sample was evaluated. . The results obtained are shown in Figure 5-6. 9 0 〇. The R3D value under 〇 (porosity 10%) is better than those without rutile of Umbrella genus β. When the temperature is increased to 1 0 0 0 C (porosity 3%), no gold is supported. The sample was R 3. A sharp decrease in value 'was also observed in the sample to which copper was added. As described above, there are two reasons why the deodorizing property of '100 ° C is lower than that of 900 ° C. The first is the photocatalyst gold red paper that can be in contact with the decomposition gas when reducing porosity. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm): -133-Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 406031 | 8d at-^ --- V. Description of the invention (131) The surface area of the stone-shaped τ i 〇2 film is reduced, and the deodorization characteristics of the unsupported metal sample may be lowered for this reason. Another reason is that as the porosity decreases, Photoreduction method analysis of the existence of gold particles can also be reduced. • Caused by the increase in the average free path during the movement of the electrons. • The relationship between the concentration of silver and copper in the solution and the color difference during the coating film is shown in Figures 5 and 7. This figure shows that * compared to silver * the color difference and brightness change of copper are small, and the coloring is not obvious. Also, the difference in coloring is when the copper system is analyzed by ESCA (electron beam spectrometry for chemical analysis), etc. • You can check out Oi / im Ti02 sol ammonia dispersion at 1 5 cm Square ceramic tile substrate at various temperatures Sintered to form a rutile T i 0 2 film. Then, a rutile T i 0 2 film was coated with an aqueous silver nitrate solution by spraying, and then light-reduced (light source is a 20W BLB lamp, and the sample distance from the light source is 10 cm distance, irradiation for 10 seconds) * Obtained samples • Evaluated the rutile-type T i 〇2 film of the obtained samples, the porosity, deodorization characteristics R30, and abrasion resistance * The results are shown in Section 5 8 蹰 Porosity is 1 0 It has good deodorization performance when it is more than 40%, and its wear resistance is more than 0 when it is less than 40%. The wear resistance is evaluated by sliding friction using a plastic eraser, and the external changes are evaluated and evaluated. · This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) — — — — — — — — — — — — ^ -------- ^-— — 1 —-- -^ (Please read the note on the back WWi # first to write this page) -134-Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 406031 at Β7 V. Description of the invention (132) ◎: Swipe back and forth 40 times without starting Variety. :: There are scratches when sliding between 10 times and 40 times, and the titanium oxide film peels. (Triangle | delta): There are flaws after sliding 5 to 10 times, and a titanium oxide film peels. X: There are scars after sliding 5 times or less, and the titanium oxide film peels. Example 4 9 An ammonia dispersion having an average particle size of 0.01 / zm Ti02 sol was spray-coated on a 10 cm square alumina substrate having a glaze layer formed in advance at 8 50 ° C to 100 °. 〇. (: Sintered at a temperature to form a rutile T 丨 〇2 film. Then, a silver nitrate aqueous solution was coated on this rutile T i 02 film by spraying method, and then light-reduced (light source system 2 0W BLB lamp 'sample distance The light source was at a distance of 10 cm and was irradiated for 10 seconds) to obtain a sample. 'Evaluate the obtained sample for antibacterial resistance, abrasion resistance, peel resistance, pollution resistance,' acid resistance, rub resistance, and silver coloration. Antibacterial properties Using coliform (Escherichia coli W3110 strain) test. 0.15m ^ of bacterial solution (1 ~ 50,000 CFU) was dripped on the top surface of the multifunctional material sterilized with 70% ethanol in advance, and placed on a glass plate (100 × 10). 〇), close to the top surface of the substrate as the sample. Irradiate a white light (5200 candle) for 30 minutes , Recovered from 10 mp physiological saline solution, and obtained the survival rate of bacteria as the evaluation index, ++, ++, ++, + — are in accordance with the above-mentioned paper standards applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2丨 〇 > < 297 gong) ----------- install-(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) * 1Τ 135 A7 B7 406031 V. Description of the invention (133) Sample · (Please first (Read the notes on the reverse side and write this page) Peel resistance test is a test that makes the abrasion resistance test conditions more severe. Instead of plastic erasers, use a mixed yarn eraser (LION TYPEWRITER ERASER 502) that can apply large shear forces. · Specifically, the surface of the sample was rubbed with a sand-rubber eraser with equal force for 20 times, and the state of the flaw was visually compared with the standard sample. The evaluation criteria are as follows. · Printed by the Industrial and Commercial Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 〇: Slight changes can be seen under different light X: Changes at a glance · Pollution resistance test is related to the test that is not easily stained · Evaluation method is based on 0.5% methylene blue aqueous solution in the sample The surface is stained. After washing, it is washed with water, and the presence or absence of stains is visually observed. The evaluation criteria are as follows: The stains can be completely removed.... Although no stains are visible, traces remain. Δ: Light stains are left. X: Obvious Fouling on the ground. Acid-resistant system is immersed in 10% HCP aqueous solution for 120 hours, and then visually observe whether the rutile T i 0 2 film layer on which silver is carried on the surface of the substrate changes. The evaluation criteria are as follows. Changes 〇: Slight discoloration Δ: Slight discoloration X: Significant discoloration · This paper size applies to 0 Chinese standards (CNS> A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 136 406031 A7 B7 _ V. Description of the invention (134) Alkali resistance After immersion in a 5% Na 2 O aqueous solution for 120 hours, visually observe whether the rutile T i 02 thin film layer holding silver on the surface of the substrate has changed, and the evaluation criteria are as follows: :: No change at all. : Slightly discolored △: Slightly discolored X: Significantly changed. The silver colorability was evaluated by comparing visually with a sample without adding silver. The evaluation criteria are as follows: 未: Not colored 〇: Slightly colored △: Slightly colored X: Slightly colored The seven items evaluated above the brown part are shown in Table 2 4. Table 5 shows the effect of film thickness and firing temperature on antibacterial properties. ---------- ^ ----- -1T ------ ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) The paper size printed by the Employees' Cooperative of the Central Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China is suitable for China National Standards (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -137-406031 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (135) (Table 24) Thickness of photocatalyst Relationship with various characteristics Printed film thickness (" m) of consumer cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Antibacterial α) Wear resistance Peel resistance Pollution resistance Acid and alkali resistance Agi Color 0.1 +++ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 0.2 H + ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 0.3 +++ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 0.4 +44 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 0.5 +++ ◎ 〇〇〇〇〇〇0.6 +44 ◎ 〇〇〇〇〇〇0.7 +++ ◎ 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇0.8 +++ ◎ 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 +++ ◎ 〇〇〇〇〇〇1.0 +++ ◎ XX 〇〇〇 / frnrtlLL. Bg layer (0.4) Δ (please first Read the notes on the reverse side and fill in this page again) This paper is again applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -138-Printed by A7 B7, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs 136) (Table 2 5) Film thickness and sintering temperature Influence of bacterial properties temperature film thickness 880 ° C 900 ° C 920 ° C 940 ° C 960 ° C 980 ° C 0.1 1 +++ ++ ++ 0 2 # m +++ ++ 0.3 m +++ +++ +++ ++ 0.4 ^ m +++ +++ +++ 0. 5 ^ m +++ +++ +++ ++ 0 · 6 # m +++ +++ +++ 0.7 ^ m +++ +++ +++ +++ 0.8 ^ m +++ +++ +++ 0.9 ^ m +++ +++ +++ 1. O ^ m + ++ Gutter (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) This paper ship applies the side standard (CNS) M outline) _ m _ 406031 A7 B7 Staff consumption cooperation of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Description of the invention (〖37〉 In terms of antibacterial properties, when the film thickness of the photocatalyst film produced in this embodiment is in the range of 0.1 to 1 / zm, the good results of + + + can be obtained as long as the firing temperature is appropriate. . However, as shown in Table 24, the film thickness is reduced to 0. The samples sintered at 980 ° C at a high temperature below are + +. The antibacterial properties tend to be slightly lower. This may be caused by the partial immersion of the photocatalyst film into the glaze layer due to the softening of the glaze layer. In addition, silver itself has antibacterial power, but the tendency of the antibacterial property to depend on the firing temperature indicates that the antibacterial power of the composite material produced by the method of the present case is related to the properties of the rutile T i 〇2 film other than the antibacterial effect of silver. Even the result (such as the above-mentioned silver is only carried by the holder after firing). L'z / zm 的 可以 可以 , Almost all samples of the photocatalyst film are sunk into the glaze layer due to the softening of the glaze layer, but in this embodiment, the firing temperature is an appropriate temperature, at least 0.1 / zm or more can be It was confirmed that the photocatalyst film was kept on the uppermost surface layer of the sleeve layer. In terms of abrasion resistance, the film thickness of the photocatalyst film produced in this example is in the range of 0 · 1 Mm to 1 / zm, and good results are obtained. Compared with the same manufacturing method for comparison, the sample without glaze was Δ, and excellent results were obtained. This is due to the presence of the glaze layer, so a part of the lower layer of the photocatalyst film is buried in the glaze layer due to the softening of the glaze during firing. In contrast, in the peel resistance test, the ratio of 0.1 / zm to 0.4em is ◎, 0.4, and the ratio of am above 0 to 9jtim is 〇 ′ 1 is X, and the film thickness of the photocatalyst film can be seen. There is a tendency to deteriorate when increasing. This is because the thickness of the film is buried in the glaze layer. The thickness ratio is increased, so that it is easy to peel off. In the abrasion resistance test, it is assumed that normal people are resistant to peeling (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). Sheet The Zhang scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (21 × 297 mm) -140-400031 s; _ V. Description of the invention (138) The deterioration of the test is caused by the difference in the shear force. In terms of pollution resistance, the thickness of the photocatalyst film is 0.1 m ~ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) 0 · 4 / zm is ◎, 0.4ym ~ 0 · 9em is 0, 1 / / m is X. The thicker the visible light catalyst film, the worse the pollution resistance. In terms of acid resistance, 0.1 // 111 ~ 1; ^ 111 film thickness of the photocatalyst film produced in this embodiment shows excellent results. Make 0.4 // m ~ 1 is 111 when it is 111, and 0.1 is "111 ~ 0.4 when it is 111 or less, it is ©. It can be seen that a thin film has better results. In terms of alkali resistance, this embodiment produced 0 .1 ~ 1 The thickness of the photocatalyst thin film system shows excellent results. When it is 0.4 ~ lAim, it is 〇, 〇 · Ιμπι ~ 0.4; when it is less than αιη, it can be seen that the thin film has better results. 》 About the coloring property of silver is 0.1; czm ~ 0.4em film thickness of the photocatalyst thin film is ©, 0.4em ~ 0 · 9 is 0, 1 is X, the thickness of the visible light catalyst film increases, there is The tendency is getting worse. This tendency is consistent with the pollution resistance. The seal of the staff consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs shows that the thickness of the photocatalyst film is 0.1 μm ~ 0.9 // m. Ιμιη ~ 0.4 jum is preferred. In addition, when the photocatalyst film is fixed to the substrate through the glaze layer, the abrasion resistance can be improved. In addition, the appearance decoration is also affected by the thickness of the film, that is, 〇. At β m ~ 0.4, the rainbow-colored stripe pattern can be generated by the interference effect of visible light and photocatalyst film, which is unique and unique. Impressions. On the contrary, below 0.2em or below 0.4 # m and below 0.9jc / m, this paper size will not apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm > -141-Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs) A7 printed by the Bureau Cooperative Consumer Cooperative _____B7 V. Description of the invention (139) The above-mentioned rainbow-colored stripe pattern can be directly applied to the color of the substrate or the color, pattern or combination of the glaze composition. Example 5 0 An ammonia dispersion having an average particle diameter of 0 · 01 / zm Ti〇2 sol was spray-coated on a 15 cm square tile substrate at 90 °. (: Temperature-firing forming to 0 · 8 // m-thick rutile butadiene 〇2 thin film. Then, the surface of this tile was spray coated with a copper acetate aqueous solution (solution concentration of 0.2% by weight, 0.5% by weight, 1% by weight) by spray coating method. Then, after light reduction (light source is a 20W BLB lamp, the sample is 10 cm away from the light source and irradiated for 30 seconds), the sample is obtained. The antibacterial property of the obtained sample is evaluated, and the copper load is recovered by the residual aqueous solution after irradiation. Calculated from the difference between the initial amount of copper and the amount of copper recovered. Figures 5 and 9 show the amount of copper supported. Correlation between the bacterial survival rate during light (L) and dark (D). The following facts can be seen from the drawing "First, antibacterial properties can be improved by carrying copper, and second, when light (L) is darker (D) ) It is possible to improve the antibacterial property with a small amount of copper. This light (L) is caused by the photocatalytic function of the rutile T i 02 film which restores the photoactivity by supporting copper. +/- 1 2 / Z g / cm2 or more can be ++, and can be increased to ++ when 0.3 # g / cm2 or more is added. It is well known that copper itself also has an antibacterial effect, so increasing the copper load in the dark can also increase the antibacterial property. At this time, it is ++ when carrying 0 · 7 // g / cm2 or more, and it can be increased to ++ when carrying 1.2 A g / cm2 or more. The paper size is applicable to China Standards (CNS) A4 (210X297). ^) ^ -142-I -------- Kunyi ------, 1T ------ " (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) A7 B7 ^ 06031 V. Description of the invention (140) • Therefore, when evaluated at the + + level, it is 0. 12) tig / cm2 ~ 0. 7iig / cm2, at the + + + level, it is 0. 3 卩 g / cm * ~ 1. 2 Under the copper load of # g / cm2, the good antibacterial property under light irradiation (L) is due to the special effect obtained by combining copper and rutile T i 02 film. "Because of the existence of rutile T i 02 film Can reduce the amount of copper loading • Can reduce the amount of copper loading, especially for the use of this composite material in the environment where there is water • The use of copper in the environment where the water will dissolve, such as used in a washstand or sanitary Spherical surfaces in ceramics can also reduce the amount of dissolution. For copper *, the same effect can be obtained even when it is in the form of cuprous oxide. copper, Part of the photorecovery effect can also be observed by C u 2 + C U +, which can be imagined. On the other hand, the amount of supported net is 0.7jtig / cm2 or more, preferably 1. 2 # g Above 60 cm / cm2, good antibacterial properties can be obtained regardless of the presence or absence of light exposure. Also, Fig. 60 shows the relationship between the copper coating arrangement and copper placement when the copper concentration in the solution is 1% reset. From this figure, it can be seen that purely increasing the copper coating amount will not increase the copper load holding capacity. When the copper load capacity is to be 0.7 # g / cm2 or more, it must be 0.2mg / cm2 ~ 2.7mg / cm *, if it is 1.2 # g / cma or more, it is better to be 0.3mg / cm2 ~ 2.4mg / cm2. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public love> III — I --- I ------ IIIH — ^ «— — — — 11-- (Please read the notes on the back first, fill out this page) Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative, Bureau of Intellectual Property, Ministry of Economic Affairs 406031 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (141) Example 5 1 The average particle diameter of 0 · 01 // m Ti〇2 sol was spray coated (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). 5 cm square tile substrate, 9 〇〇。 0 temperature firing to form a 0 · thick rutile Ti0 2 film. Then the surface of this tile was spray coated with a silver nitrate aqueous solution (solution concentration of 0.2% by weight, 〇). 5% by weight, 1% by weight), and then light-reduced (light source is a 200 WBLB lamp, the distance between the sample and the light; the distance of the source is 10 cm, and the irradiation is 30 seconds) to obtain the sample. The antibacterial properties of the obtained samples were evaluated, and the amount of silver supported was calculated from the difference between the initial silver amount and the recovered silver amount after recovering the residual aqueous solution after irradiation. Figure 61 shows the relationship between the silver load and the survival rate of bacteria at light time (L) and dark time (d). The following facts are known from the drawing. First of all, copper and silver are different. There is an overlap between the curve of the bacterial survival rate at the time of light irradiation (L) and the time of dark (D). This does not mean that silver and copper have different results. It just means that silver has higher antibacterial power than copper, and it can produce an effect with a small amount of load. Therefore, it is necessary to support light (L) and dark (D). The difference between the quantities is included in the experimental error range. The cooperation between the staff of the Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the rate increase of the staff. From the figure, it can be seen that 'the carrying capacity of silver is 0. 005 from g / c m2 or more', preferably 0 lvg / cm2 or more, regardless of the presence or absence of light On the other hand, Figure 62 shows the relationship between the color difference between the amount of silver supported and the sample that does not support silver. 'When the amount of silver supported is 1 β g / cm2 or more, the color difference will be Suddenly the difference becomes 2 or more. Usually when the color difference is 2 or more, the difference in color can be clearly seen. It will change from brown to black when silver is attached. The appearance of this paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 406031 A7 B7 _ V. Description of the invention (142) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this (P.) It is indecent and unsuitable. Therefore, it is best to control the color difference to be less than 2. For this reason, the silver load is preferably less than 1 V g / cm 2. The color difference is measured with a spectrophotometer (manufactured by Tokyo Denshoku Co., Ltd.). Moreover, in the above-mentioned embodiments, in order to prevent the active part of the photocatalyst from being covered by a surface treatment agent or a polymer substance or dust to reduce its activity or restore its activity, it has been disclosed that silver, copper, platinum, palladium, gold, nickel , Iron, cobalt, zinc and other gold tincture particles cover the active part of the microparticles with photocatalytic activity, but when these metals are non-ferrous metals coated in large amounts, their original colors will adhere to the surface of the substrate, destroying the substrate color, pattern And other design concerns. Therefore, the decoloring method designed to maintain the high photocatalytic activity without damaging the color and pattern of the substrate will be described below. Basically, it consists of two steps: the step of immobilizing metal microparticles on photocatalytically active particles, and reacting the above metal particles with an aqueous solution or gas to form a colorless or white salt at least on the surface of the metal microparticles to produce a metal containing Method for catalyst of microparticles "The order of the above two steps can be arbitrarily printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Sample Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. That is, after fixing the non-ferrous metal fine particles to the particles having photocatalytic activity, the above-mentioned metal fine particles are reacted with an aqueous solution or a gas to form a colorless or white salt at least on the surface of the gold tincture fine particles, or the non-ferrous metal fine particles are allowed to react with an aqueous solution or a gas. At least the colorless or white salt is formed on the surface of the metal fine particles, and then it is fixed to the particles having photocatalytic activity. It is also possible to mix the particles having photocatalytic activity with colored metal fine particles and then fix them on the substrate. At this time, for example, a step of sequentially mixing particles with photocatalytic activity and non-ferrous metal particles is applied, and the above-mentioned mixing is applied on this paper. The size of the paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -145-406031;] V. Invention Explanation (143) The step of liquid-to-substrate, the step of firing to fix the mixture to the substrate, and the step of reacting with the gas to form a colorless or white salt at least on the surface of the metal particles. In addition, the step of firing to fix the above mixture to the substrate and reacting with the gas to form a colorless or white salt at least on the surface of the metal particles can be performed simultaneously. "Colored metal particles refer to silver, copper, platinum, palladium, gold In terms of metal particles, nickel, iron, cobalt, and zinc have a small tendency to be reduced easily. When a colorless or white salt is formed by the reaction of an aqueous solution, or when a catalyst containing metal fine particles is used in a liquid, the colorless or white salt formed is preferably insoluble or insoluble. When the catalyst containing metal fine particles is used in the substrate, the particles having photocatalytic activity can be fixed to the substrate in advance, and then the catalyst containing metal fine particles can be made, or the catalyst containing metal fine particles can be made and then fixed. On the substrate. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). Pre-fix the particles with photocatalytic activity on the substrate, and then make the catalyst containing metal particles in order. The step of forming a particle layer having photocatalytic activity on a substrate, the step of fixing non-ferrous metal particles on it, and the step of forming a colorless or white salt to cover the non-ferrous metal particles. The step of forming a colorless or white salt to cover any non-ferrous metal particles can be, for example, contacting gold tincture particles with a solvent that can react with the above-mentioned non-ferrous metal particles to form at least a colorless or white salt on the surface of the metal particles. Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) '-146-406031 at _____B7__ V. Description of the invention (144) Liquid method, or contacting metal particles with the above-mentioned non-ferrous metal particles, at least can be formed on the surface of metal particles Colorless or white salt reaction gas method. Among the salts of the above-mentioned colored metal fine particles, those which are colorless or white are preferably insoluble or insoluble salts. These can easily form at least a salt on the surface of metal fine particles under the reaction of an aqueous solution, and can be used stably in an environment surrounded by water. The non-ferrous metal fine particles are white or colorless, and may be, for example, silver chloride, silver bromide, silver iodide, silver oxalate, silver thiosulfate, silver cyanide, silver thiocyanate, cuprous chloride, bromide. Cuprous, cuprous cyanide, cuprous thiocyanide, cuprous oxide, zinc phosphate, zinc oxalate, zinc cyanide, palladium cyanide, zinc sulfide, zinc carbonate, ferrous carbonate, zinc oxide, etc. A solution which can form the above salts, for example, potassium chloride solution, sodium chloride solution, ammonium chloride solution, ferric chloride solution, etc. when silver chloride is used, and potassium iodide solution, iodide-sodium solution, iodine when silver iodide is used Iron solution, hydrogen peroxide water, ozone water, etc., but it is not limited to this, as long as the soluble salt solution containing the anion of each salt can be widely used. " (Please read the notes on the back and fill in this page again.) In addition, the reaction gas that can form the above salts can be widely used as long as it is a gas containing an anion element of each salt. For example, when the salt is an oxide such as zinc oxide or cuprous oxide, it can be heated in the air, oxygen, or water vapor, or reacted with an oxidant such as O3 to oxidize the surface of metal particles to form an oxide layer. Specific examples are given below. This paper size is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 mm) ~~ -147-406031 A7 ________B7 _ V. Description of the invention (145) Example 5 2 On the surface of a 15 cm square tile base material After coating a titanium oxide sol having an average particle diameter of 0.01 # m, it was heat-treated at 900 ° C to form a rutile titanium oxide film. The sample stopped at this stage is used as the comparison sample 1. Thereafter, a silver nitrate aqueous solution was applied by a spray method, and the LB lamp was irradiated for 10 minutes to fix silver on a rutile titanium oxide film. At this time, the silver carrying capacity was 1_ 2 # g / cm 2 and was brown. The sample up to this stage is the comparison sample 2. Then, on the comparative sample 2, a 0.1 mol potassium iodide aqueous solution was applied at a ratio of 0.1 cc / cm2 to make it react, and as a result, the surface of the sample became yellow-white and finally white. This should be caused by the formation of a silver iodide layer. This sample was referred to as Implementation Sample 1. The color difference, light activity, deodorizing properties, and antibacterial properties of these samples were evaluated. The color difference was measured using a spectrophotometer (manufactured by Tokyo Denshoku Co., Ltd.). In this case, the standard sample is comparative sample 1. The results are shown in Figure 63. Results The color difference of the comparison sample 2 is 3 _ 5, compared with that, it is printed on the consumer cooperative of the Central Quasi Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of Potassium Iodide (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). The color difference is reduced to 1 to reduce its coloration. The photoactivity was evaluated by Δρ Η test. The results of photoactivity and deodorization characteristics are shown in Figure 64. When comparative samples 1 and 2 were compared, the comparative sample 2 was restored to photoactivity due to the support of silver. Δρ Η 'R3〇 (L ) Have good results. When the test sample 1 and the comparison sample 2 are compared, Δρ Η and ruler 3 are compared. (L) are numerical values of the same degree. It is learned that the decolorized paper is suitable for China's National Standards (CNS) Ya 4 4 (210X297 mm) ~ ~ -148-406031 at ______B7 _ V. Description of the invention (146) Sex has not changed, maintaining good characteristics. (Please read the note on the back. Please fill in this page before filling in this page.) And 'Antibacterial properties are tested using coliform (Escherichia coli W3 110 strain)'. The top surface of the multifunctional material sterilized with 70% ethanol was dripped to the top surface of 0.15mj. ? Bacteria liquid (2x104CFU), placed on a glass plate (100x100), close to the top surface of the substrate as a sample. After irradiating with white light (3500 candle light) for 30 minutes, wipe the bacterial solution of the irradiated sample (L) and the sample (D) kept under the shading condition with sterilized gauze, and recover them in 10 mp physiological saline. Number of bacteria. The antibacterial results are shown in Figs. Comparative sample 1 did not carry silver, so no antibacterial effect was seen in the dark (D). In contrast, Sample 1 was subjected to a decolorization treatment, and the surface of silver changed to a compound, but in the dark (D), it still had an antibacterial effect. In addition, under the light (L), you can see a stronger antibacterial effect, not only the antibacterial effect of silver, but also the effect of rutile titanium oxide thin-film restoration of photocatalytic activity. Example 5 3 The Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed on a 15 cm square sanitary pottery forming body, coated with glaze, fired at 1100 ~ 1200 ° C, and coated with an average particle size of 0.01. The anatase titanium oxide sol was fired at 900 ~ 100 ° C, and the rutile titanium oxide film was fixed on the base body of the sanitary ceramic forming body. Then, an aqueous silver nitrate solution was applied thereon, and silver was deposited on the titanium oxide film by irradiating ultraviolet rays. An aqueous solution of ferric chloride is coated thereon, and it can be decolorized when irradiated with ultraviolet rays. The color difference is reduced from 3 to 0.3. In addition, the antibacterial light is irradiated with light on this paper. The size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) ~ -149-406031 at _____B7 __ V. Description of the invention (147) When it is dark, it will contact the sample 3 0 Minutes, it was confirmed that τκ, which was less than 10% of the original number of bacteria, had an excellent effect. Example 5 4 After coating glaze on a 15 cm square sanitary pottery shaped body, it was fired at 1100 to 1200 ° C and coated with an average particle diameter of 0.01 / 1m of anatase titanium oxide sol. It was fired at 900 ~ 1000 ° C, and the rutile titanium oxide film was fixed on the sanitary ware forming green body substrate. Then, an aqueous silver nitrate solution was applied thereon, and silver was deposited on the titanium oxide film by irradiating ultraviolet rays. The sample was placed in a desiccator (ozone concentration 10 p pm) with an ozone generator for about 2 hours to decolorize it. It was confirmed that only less than 10% of the original bacterial count showed excellent results. Example 5 5 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). After coating glaze on a 15 cm square sanitary pottery shaped body, apply it from 1 100 to 1200. ° C firing, coating and dispersing an anatase titanium oxide sol having an average particle size of 0.01 Olwm in a nitric acid aqueous solution and a mixed solution of silver nitrate aqueous solution, and then firing, and fixing the titanium oxide film on a sanitary ceramic forming base substrate. At this time, it will be brown when fired below 700 ° C, but it will be discolored when fired above 700 ° C. It can be seen that the silver surface reacts with the components in the atmosphere. In addition, it was fired at 850 ° C to fix the Ryzenite type titanium oxide film on the substrate of the sanitary ceramic forming body, and the antibacterial properties of the obtained sample were measured. The light was in contact with the sample for 3 hours in the dark, and it was confirmed. Only less than 10% of the original bacterial count showed excellent results. The scale of this paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 mm) -150-A7 B7 406031 V. Description of the invention (148) Example 5 6 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) on 1 5 cm square sanitary pottery shaped body coated with glaze, fired at 1100 ~ 1200 ° C, coated with anatase titanium oxide sol with an average particle size of 0.01, at 9 0 ~ 1 0 0 0 Bake at ° C, fix rutile titanium oxide film on the base material of sanitary ceramics, and then apply silver nitrate aqueous solution on it, and then irradiate ultraviolet rays to precipitate silver on the oxide film. Then, hydrogen peroxide water was applied thereon to decolorize it. In addition, when the antibacterial system was exposed to light, it was in contact with the sample for 3 hours in the dark, and it was confirmed that only 10% or less of the original bacterial count showed excellent results. Next, the rutile-type T i 0 2 particles and hafnium oxide are mixed to improve the compactness and adhesion of the photocatalyst film, and to increase the activity. The method for forming the photocatalyst film is any of the following two methods. One is a method in which T i 02 sol and hafnium oxide sol are mixed on the surface of the substrate and fired. Printed by the Central Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, mixed T i 02 sol and osmium oxide sol were carried out in alkaline aqueous solution. Electrochemically speaking, when both can be sufficiently dispersed, it is alkaline. The alkaline aqueous solution can be ammonia, hydroxides containing test metals or alkaline earth metals, but considering that it will not generate metal pollutants after heat treatment, ammonia is the best. In addition, organic or phosphoric acid-based dispersants, surface treatment agents, and surfactants may be further added to these dispersions. The coating method may be a method of spraying, spraying, dip coating, roll coating, spin coating, CVD, electron beam evaporation, sputtering, and the like to make the coating film into the above-mentioned mixed solution, and any of them may be used, and other methods may also be used. However, the size of the paper used for spraying and dipping is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -151-B7 406031 V. Description of the invention (149) The coating roller system need not be CVD, electron beam evaporation, sputtering Special equipment is required for plating, and it is advantageous that a coating film can be formed inexpensively. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) After coating, the film can be dried before firing. It is better to dry at room temperature ~ 10 o ° c. The firing temperature is performed at a temperature sufficient to produce rutile under these conditions. This temperature is above 830 ° C under the coexistence of ytterbium oxide at normal pressure. It is not necessary to form a solid solution of Ti02 and hafnium oxide. To form a solid body of τ i 0 2 and hafnium oxide must be kept at high temperature for a long time, and the production efficiency is not good. Another method is a method in which a rutile-type Ti02 thin film is formed, and a hafnium oxide sol is added thereon and fired. Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the China Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. This method is firstly coated with a titanium-containing starting material on the substrate. The starting materials here can be Ti02 sol, titanium alkoxide, titanium sulfate, titanium chloride solution, and the like. When using T i 〇2 sol, since the isoelectric point of T i 〇2 is pH 6.5, which is too about neutral, it is extremely easy to uniformly coat the substrate with an aqueous solution dispersed in acid or alkali. When the substrate is made of a metal, an alkali dispersion is preferred from the viewpoint of corrosion resistance. For ceramics, tiles, ceramics, etc., either acid or alkali dispersions can be used. The acid may be nitric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, phosphoric acid, organic acid, and the like. It can be ammonia, alkali metal hydroxide, but ammonia is the best β in view of the fact that gold rhenium pollutants will not be formed after heat treatment. In addition, organic acids and phosphoric acid can be added to these dispersions. Dispersant 'surface treatment agent, surfactant. Also, the average particle size of the T i 〇2 sol of the starting material is 0.05 to m or less, preferably 0.01 to m or less. In addition, when the particle size is small, initial sintering can be generated at low temperature. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) M specification (21〇 > < 297 mm-152-152 406031 _____B7 _ V. Description of the invention (150) Photocatalyst film with excellent peel strength can also be produced at low temperature. The coating method for the substrate may be spraying, dipping, roller Coating, spin coating, CVD, electron beam evaporation, sputtering and other methods to make it a coating film, any of them can be, and other methods, but spraying, dip coating, and roller coating are not necessary such as CVD, Electron beam evaporation and sputtering require special equipment, and it is advantageous to be able to form a coating film at low cost. After coating, the film can be dried before firing. It is advisable to dry at room temperature to 100 ° C. Then, the coated composite material is fired. Firing is performed at the temperature at which rutile is formed, and it is usually more than 900 ° C under normal pressure. Thereafter, it is coated on the cooled and solidified composite material, which can be used as a starting material of tin source, and fired. As a starting material for tin sources, hafnium oxide sol and the like are used. It is advisable to use an alkaline aqueous solution for the rubidium oxide sol. Electrochemically speaking, the rubidium sol is stable when it is alkaline. The alkaline aqueous solution may be ammonia, a hydroxide containing an alkali metal or an alkaline earth metal. However, it is considered that ammonia is the best solution after the heat treatment does not cause the formation of metal pollutants. In addition, organic or phosphoric acid-based dispersants, surface treatment agents, and surfactants may be added to these dispersions. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). The coating method for the substrate can be spray coating, dip coating, roll coating, spin coating, CVD, electron beam. Any method to make it a coating film by evaporation, sputtering, etc. Any of them can be used, but other methods are also available, but spraying, dipping, and roller coating are not necessary such as CVD, electron beam evaporation, and sputtering requires special equipment. 'It is advantageous that the coating film can be formed inexpensively. After coating, the film can be dried before firing. Drying is preferably performed at room temperature to about 100 ° C. The firing temperature is the temperature at which organic added components can be evaporated from osmium oxide, and it is more than 300 ° C under normal pressure. It is not necessary to form a solid solution of T i 02 and thorium oxide. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -153-406031 A7 ________B7 _ 5. The description of the invention (151). To form a solid body of T i 〇2 and hafnium oxide must be maintained at 1¾ ° C for a long time 'production efficiency is not good. In addition, a thin film made of a mixture of rutile T i 〇2 and thorium oxide having a crystal grain size of less than 0.01 μm can be formed on the surface of the substrate, and at least one of copper, silver, uranium, iron, and cobalt can be fixed on the thin film. Metals such as nickel, palladium, and copper oxide "These metals have the function of capturing electrons, which can increase the photocatalytic activity of a thin film made of a mixture of rutile T i 〇2 and crystal grains below 0.01. In particular, copper and silver have antibacterial power by themselves and can have antibacterial properties even when they are not illuminated, so they can also have a certain degree of antibacterial power when they are not illuminated in the dark. The method of fixing at least one type of copper 'silver, platinum, iron, cobalt, nickel, palladium, and cuprous oxide in cuprous oxide may be by coating at least one metal salt aqueous solution of these metals' and then using a photoreduction method or Heat treatment method fixed method. Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) The metal salt solution is basically as long as the metal species is dissolved in the cation. Specifically, it can be copper acetate, silver nitrate, copper carbonate, copper sulfate 'cuprous chloride, copper chloride, platinum chloride, palladium chloride, nickel chloride, cobalt chloride, ferrous chloride, and ferric chloride. The method of coating the metal salt solution includes spraying method or dip coating method, but it can be applied in a small amount, can be uniformly coated, the coating film is easy to control, and it does not want to adhere to the back. You can do whatever you want. Spraying method is the most suitable . In the photoreduction method, at least one kind of copper, silver, and platinum I is fixed on a thin film formed by a mixture of rutile-type Ti02 and osmium oxide having a crystal grain size of less than 0 Olem. The paper is again applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) '-154-406031 A7 ___B7 _ 5. Description of the invention (152), iron, cobalt, thallium, palladium, metal in cuprous oxide. The light source for irradiating light containing ultraviolet rays is only required to irradiate light containing ultraviolet rays. Specifically, it may be any one of ultraviolet lamps, BL lamps, xenon lamps, mercury lamps, and fluorescent lamps. For the method of irradiating light containing ultraviolet rays, it is better to arrange a sample so that the irradiation surface can receive light vertically. In this way, the best irradiation efficiency can be obtained. The distance between the sample and the light source is preferably 1 cm ~ 30 cm. When the distance is too close, the sample surface cannot be irradiated with uniform illuminance. The adhesion of the above metal species is prone to unevenness. When the distance is too far, the illuminance of the emitted light becomes inversely proportional to the distance square, and it is difficult to firmly attach the metal. . Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). In the heat treatment method, heating is performed after the metal has a temperature sufficient to fix it. Its temperature is preferably above 100 ° C. However, the metal will be oxidized when treated at a high temperature above 800 ° C. At this time, the metal is preferably a metal that is oxidized without losing the electron capture effect, or does not lose its antibacterial properties. It is limited to silver and copper. Silver and copper can be produced by high-temperature firing without losing the electron capture effect or antibacterial property. That is, a method in which T i 02 sol and osmium oxide sol are mixed in advance, coated on the surface of a substrate, and then coated with a metal salt aqueous solution, followed by firing. This method can be completed in one firing process, which can improve production efficiency and reduce manufacturing costs. The following is a specific example. Example 5 7 Suspension A was prepared by adding 4 to 6% by weight of a crystal grain size of 0.01 ml # m T i 0 2 sol in an aqueous ammonia solution adjusted to P Η 1 1. Add 10% by weight of crystal grains in another container. 〇〇〇35 / zm osmium oxide paper size of this paper applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm): '-155-406031 A7 B7__ 5. Description of the invention ( 153) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The sol was made into suspension B in an ammonia solution adjusted to ρ Η 1 1. The suspension A and the suspension B were mixed at a predetermined ratio, and then spray-coated on the surface of a 15 cm square tile base material, dried, and fired at 850 ° C for 2 hours to obtain a sample. The T i 02 crystal type in the obtained sample was a rutile type. The lattice constant of T i Ο 2 was measured by powder X-ray diffraction. As a result, no solid solution of thorium oxide was found in the T i 02 lattice. "The photoactivity and abrasion resistance of the obtained sample were evaluated." The photoactivity is in the sample. The potassium iodide aqueous solution was dripped on the surface, and then the dropped potassium iodide aqueous solution was irradiated with ultraviolet rays for 30 minutes. The difference between the p Η value of the potassium iodide aqueous solution before the irradiation and the ρ Η value of the potassium iodide aqueous solution after the irradiation was evaluated. That is, according to this method, if the photoactivity on the surface of the sample is high, the redox reaction shown below can be sufficiently performed, so the ρ Η value after irradiation will be higher than the ρ Η value before irradiation. Oxidation reaction: 2I- + 2h + = I2 Reduction reaction .. 〇2 + 2H20 + 4 e_ = 40H- Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The abrasion resistance is caused by sliding friction of a plastic eraser to compare the changes in appearance. The evaluation indexes ◎, ○, △, and X are as described above. Figure 66 shows the effect of the weight ratio of hafnium oxide in the film on abrasion resistance. The presence or absence of hafnium oxide showed good abrasion resistance, and the results were ◎ or 〇. Due to the high temperature treatment at 850 ° C, sintering occurs and the particles in the film are firmly bonded to each other. In particular, it is ◎ when tin oxide is 30% or more. This is due to the T i 〇2 sol (crystal size 0.01 em) of the starting materials and the oxide sol (this paper size applies to China. National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) 406031) V. Description of the invention (154) The particle size ratio between the crystal grain diameters of 0. 0 0 3 5 # m) is 2 or more, so the hafnium oxide particles of fine particles can be buried in the voids of T i 0 2 particles to improve the filling property and make the film More dense. Figures 6 and 7 show the effect of the weight ratio of hafnium oxide in the film on the photoactivity. For comparison, the Δρ Η of copper-bearing sample (R3. 60%) in rutile T i 02 with good antibacterial and deodorizing properties is also shown here, and it has excellent antibacterial properties. ΔρΗ of the anatase-type T i Ο 2 sample (R 3: 97%) of the anatase type and deodorizing property. The ΔρΗ of the rutile-type T i 02 added with thoria is not as good as that of anatase-type T i 02, but it is still more than 10%, 80%, and more preferably 20% by weight. At 70% or less, the Λρ Η of the copper-carrying sample in the rutile T i 02 is larger, and it is known that it has good photoactivity. It can be seen that the photocatalytic activity cannot be improved when adding thorium oxide with an average particle size of greater than 0/1 // printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). It is still insufficient to move the position of the conductive belt upward due to the micronization of thorium oxide. The thorium oxide particles do not have a band pitch sufficient to generate active oxygen. In addition, if the amount is not more than 10%, sufficient photoactivity cannot be generated because the amount of hafnium oxide particles is insufficient. On the other hand, when the effect is reduced above 80%, the possibility of the existence of ytterbium oxide adjacent to each other in the photocatalyst layer is high, and the grains grow to an average particle diameter of 0.1 or more during heat treatment. Comparative Example 5 8 Suspension A was prepared by adding 4 to 6% by weight of a crystal grain size of 0.01 / m T i 0 2 in an aqueous ammonia solution adjusted to pH 1 1. Another paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -157-406031 at Β7 V. Description of the invention (155) Add 10% by weight crystal grain in the container 0. 0 1 // m Pyrene oxide sol (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page). Prepare suspension B in an ammonia solution adjusted to P Η 1 1. The suspension A and the suspension B were mixed at a predetermined ratio, and then spray-coated on the surface of a 15 square ceramic tile substrate, dried, and fired at 850 ° C for 2 hours to obtain a sample. The T i 02 crystal type in the obtained sample was a rutile type. Furthermore, the lattice constant of T i 0 2 was measured by powder X-ray diffraction. As a result, no solid solution of thorium oxide was found in the T i 〇 2 lattice. The light activity and abrasion resistance of this sample were evaluated. Fig. 68 shows the influence of the weight ratio of hafnium oxide in the film on the abrasion resistance. The presence or absence of hafnium oxide showed good abrasion resistance, and the result was 0. Due to the high temperature treatment at 850 ° C, sintering occurs and the particles in the film are firmly bonded to each other. However, even if the amount of hafnium oxide is increased, the abrasion resistance cannot be improved. This is because the particle size ratio between the T i 〇2 sol (crystal particle size 0, 01; am) and the hafnium oxide sol (crystal particle size 0.0 1 // m) of the starting material is approximately equal. Figure 6-9 shows the effect of the weight ratio of thorium oxide in the film on the photoactivity. For comparison, the Λρ Η of the copper-bearing sample in the rutile type T i 02 with good antibacterial and deodorant properties is shown here together with the anatase type with excellent antibacterial and deodorant properties. △ pH of T i 02 sample. The rutile-type Ti i 〇2Λρ added with thorium oxide is far less than ΛρΗ of the anatase-type T i 02 sample, and it is far less than the rutile-type Ti 〇2 sample carrying copper ΛρΗ. Example 5 9 This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -158-A7 B7 406031 I-V. Description of the invention (156) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Add 4 to 6% by weight of the crystal grain size. Olym T i 0 2 sol was prepared as a suspension a in an aqueous ammonia solution adjusted to pH 1 1. In addition, 10% by weight of a crystal grain size of 0.05% was added to a container; ammonium oxide sol was prepared as suspension b in an ammonia aqueous solution adjusted to ρ Η 11 1. The suspension A and the suspension B were mixed at a predetermined ratio, and then spray-coated on the surface of a 15 cm square tile base material, and dried at 850. (: Burned for 2 hours to obtain a composite material. The τ i 〇2 crystal type in the obtained composite material is a rutile type, and the weight ratio of hafnium oxide in the film is 60%. T i is measured by powder X-ray diffraction. The lattice constant of 2 is the number. As a result, there is no solid solution of hafnium oxide in the τ i 〇2 lattice. The composite material is coated with a 5% by weight copper acetate aqueous solution by spraying method, and then dried and light reduced (light source It is a 20W BLB lamp, the distance from the light source to the sample is 0cm, and the sample is irradiated for 1 minute). The deodorant characteristics of the obtained sample are evaluated. The employee consumer cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed this R3q system to obtain it according to the following test. Decomposed gas The sample was placed in methyl mercaptan using an initial concentration of methyl mercaptan adjusted to 2 p pm in a cylindrical container with a diameter of 2 cm and a height of 2 cm, and a 4W BLB fluorescent lamp was irradiated at a distance of 8 cm from the light source. After 30 minutes of irradiation, the reduction rate of methyl mercaptan concentration was calculated as the deodorizing property R30 (L) ° under light irradiation, and the deodorizing property R30 (D) in the dark was based on methylsulfide when 30 minutes of no light was passed. Calculate and calculate the alcohol concentration reduction rate. The results are shown in Table 2 6. For the sake of comparison, the samples prepared in Example 5 7 and Comparative Example 5 8 (the weight ratio of hafnium oxide was 60%) were also tested together. From Table 26, it can be seen that the effect shown below can be obtained by adding copper. This paper size Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -159-A7 B7 406031 V. Description of invention (157) (Table 2 6) Sample R 3 〇 (L) R 3 〇 (D) Example 5 7 82 0 Example 5 9 97 92 Comparative Example 5 8 32 0 (Sn02i weight ratio is 60%) From Table 26, it can be seen that compared with the sample of Example 5 R30 (L) slightly increased, this may be Due to the electron capture effect of copper. Compared with the samples of Examples 5 7 and Comparative Examples 5 and 8, R3Q (L) can be significantly improved. This increase in dark activity should be caused by the catalyst effect of copper. From the above It can be seen from the description that among the materials forming the photocatalyst film on the surface of the substrate, the T i 〇2 component of the photocatalyst film can be made into a rutile-type firing temperature treatment, which can make it have sufficient density and T i 02 film strength. At this time, in addition to the rutile T i 02, there is a crystalline oxide with a particle size of 0. Ol ^ m or less. Photocatalytic activity of media film. In addition, when fixing at least one kind of copper, silver 'platinum' iron, cobalt, nickel, palladium on the photocatalyst film, the photo-touch can be enhanced by electron capture. (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ---------- ^ ------ 1T ------ ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Ministry of Economy Printed by the Central Bureau of quasi- Bureau of Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives -160 — A7 B7 1060 ^ 1 5. Description of the invention (158) Media activity. As mentioned above, the present invention relates to a multifunctional photocatalyst which has antibacterial, antifouling, cellular, odorous, or decomposable harmful substances such as NOx. It is extremely suitable as wall material, tile, glass, Mirror 'circulation filtering device, such as water-circulating artificial waterfall or stone used for paving in the fountain, or sanitary ceramics such as toilet and vanity. MR S A and other bacteria-infected hospital equipment for preventing infections, residential equipment, anti-critical equipment, and anti-virus equipment are used. (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this education.) Pack,? Τ-Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 161

Claims (1)

L本- 修正 六、申請專柯 第83112001號專利申請案 4〇e〇3i 中文申請專利範圍修正本 <請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁> 民國89年3月修正 _ 1 . 一種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料*其特徵爲在 基材表面直接設置具有光觸媒功能之光觸媒層,此光觸媒 層係其表層部被霣出於外部,同時此表層部係微細之 τ i 02爲互相以基於吸著之位能結合,該T i 02之平均 粒徑爲0. 3#m以下者· 2. 如申請專利範園第1項之多功能材料,其中,在 至少構成最表層之T i 02間所形成空隙,填充較該空隙 更小之粒子· 3. 如申請專利範圍第2項之多功能材料*其中,在 T i 02表面或空隙所填充之小粒子表面上係固定有電子 捕獲粒子者· 4. 如申請專利範画第2項之多功能材料,其中構成 該光觸媒層之T i 02係銳鈦礦型T i 〇2。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 5. 如申請專利範圔第1項之多功能材料,其中在 T i 02表面固定有電子捕獲粒子者· 6. 如申請專利範園第5項之多功能材料,其中該光 觸媒層表層部之孔隙度係1 0%〜4 0%,在該氣孔內載 持有粒徑0. l#m以下〇. 〇〇35/zm以上之粒子· 7. 如申請專利範圍第5項之多功能材料,其中在該 Ti〇2間所形成空隙中所填充之粒子係0. 01 jam以 下之粒徑者· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) Μ0808 406031 六、申請專利範圍 (請先閱讀贵面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 8.如申請專利範圔第5項之多功能材料•其中該基 材係由釉藥,無機玻璃,熱塑性樹脂,焊料等熱塑性材料 所成並爲薄片狀者· 9·如申請專利範圍第1項之多功能材料,其中在基 材表面所設置之黏結劑層中,設置該光觸媒餍以埋設前述 光觸媒層之下層部· 1 0 ·如申請專利範圍第9項之多功能材料,其中構 成最表層部之Ti 02間所形成空隙中,被填充較該空隙 更小之粒子· 1 1.如申請專利範圍第1 0項之多功能材料,其中 τ i 02表面或空隙中所填充小粒子之表面係固定有電子 捕獲粒子者* 1 2 .如申請專利範圔第1 1項之多功能材料,其中 該光觸媒層係由金紅石型T i 02薄膜所成,該電子捕獲 粒子係爲至少一種銅,銀,氧化亞銅· 1 3 .如申請專利範圍第9項之多功能材料,其中 T i 0 2表面固定有電子捕獲粒子者· 經濟部智慧財產局興工消费合作社印製 14. 如申請專利範圍第13項之多功能材料,其中 該光觸媒層係由金紅石型T i 02薄膜所成,該電子@獲 粒子係爲至少一種銅,銀,氧化亞銅· 15. 如申請專利範圍第3,5,11或13項之多 功能材料,其中該電子捕獲粒子係爲至少一種銅,銀,氧 化亞銅· 1 6.如申請專利範圔第1 2或1 4項之多功能材料 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐〉 震08 406031 六、申請專利範圍 ,其中該至少一種之銅,銀,氧化亞銅之粒徑較T i〇2 之間隙小· (請先閲讀啃面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 17.如申請專利範圍第12或14項之多功能材料 ’其中被固定於該T i 02薄膜之物質係至少一種銅或氧 化亞銅,每單位面稹T i 02薄膜固定之該物質固定化量 係 0. 12#g/cm2 〜1· 2//g/cm2· 18·如申請專利範圍第12或14項之多功能材料 ’其中被固定於該T i 02薄膜之物質係至少一種銅或氧 化亞銅,每單位面積T i 02薄膜固定之該物質固定化量 係 0. 7#g/cm 2 〜1. 2Aig/cm2* 19.如申請專利範圔第12或14項之多功能材料 ,其中被固定於該T i 02薄膜之金靥係銀,每單位面稹 T i 02薄膜固定之銀置係〇 . 〇 5 # g/cm2〜1仁g /cm1· 2 0.如申請專利範圔第9項之多功能材料,其中該 光觸媒層表餍部之孔隙度係1 096〜4 0% · 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 2 1 .如申請專利範圍第9項之多功能材料,其中該 光觸媒層表層部之孔隙度係1 0〜2 0% · 2 2.如申請專利範園第9項之多功能材料,其中構 成該光觸媒層之粒子係0. 008#m〜0.1#m粒徑 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐) 1 3.如申請專利範園第9項之多功能材料,其中該 基材表面所形成之粘結劑層係非晶質層,在此非晶質粘結 劑層與光觸媒層係在其間具有連續地改變雙方成份之濃度 406031 六、申請專利範圍 的中間層· 2 4.如申請專利範困第9之多功能材料,其中該基 材係由含鹼金靥成份之玻璃所成,在此含鹼金屬成份之玻 璃基#之表面所形成粘結劑層係由矽材料所成· 25. 如申請專利範圍第24項之具有光觸媒功能的 多功能材料,其中該光觸媒層係以鈦醇鹽做爲起始原料予 以形成,又,上述低熔點基材之軟化點係較該鈦醇鹽之晶 化溫度高,又,該中間餍之軟化點係同等於醇鹽之晶化溫 度或較其髙· 26. 如申請專利範圍第9項之多功能材料,其中該 粘結劑層係由釉藥,無機玻璃,熱塑性樹脂*焊料等熱塑 性材料所成者· 27. 如申請專利範圍第9項之之多功能材料,其中 以該T i 02之比重爲t ,該粘結劑層之比重爲<5b時 ,係爲 0 彡 <5t-5bS3.0。 28. 如申請專利範園第1項之多功能材料,其中該 多功能材料係做爲水循環方式之人造瀑布或噴水之舖石所 用之磁磚,石材· 2 9 · —種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料,其特徵爲 在基材表面直接設置具有光觸媒功能之光觸媒靥,此光觸 媒層係其表層部爲被露出於外部,同時此表層部係 T i 02以固相燒結予以結合,而T i 〇2之平均粒徑爲 〇 . 3 # m以下者· 30.如申請專利範圍第29項之多功能材料,其中 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格<210 * 297公釐) 請 先 闓 讀 .背 Sj 之 注 意 事 項 再 填 I裝 頁I 訂 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消f合作社印裂 -4 - A8 B8 C8 D8 4CSQ31 六、申請專利範圍 T i 02表面固定有電子捕獲粒子者· 3 1 .如申請專利範团第3 0項之多功能材料,其中 該基材係由釉藥,無機玻璃,熱塑性樹脂,焊料等熱塑性 材料所.成並爲薄片狀者· 32.如申請專利範園第29項之多功能材料,其中 在基材表面所設置之光觸媒層中,設置該光觸媒靥以埋設 前述光觸媒册之下層部· 3 3 .如申請專利範圔第3 2項之多功能材料,其中 T i 02表面更固定有電子捕獲粒子者· 34.如申請專利範圍第33項之多功能材料,其中 該光觸媒層係由金紅石型T i 02薄膜所成,該電子捕獲 粒子係爲至少一種銅,銀,氧化亞銅· 3 5 .如申請專利範園第3 4項之多功能材料,其中 該至少一種之銅,銀,氧化亞銅之粒徑係較T i 0 2薄膜 中T i 0 2之間隙小· 36. 如申請專利範圍第34項之多功能材料,其中 被固定於該T i 02薄膜之物質係至少一種銅或氧化亞銅 ,每單位面稹Ti02薄膜固定之該物質固定化量係 0. 12Aig/cm 2 〜1. 2Aig/cm2· 一 37. 如申請專利範園第34項之多功能材料,其中 被固定於該T i 02薄膜之物質係至少一種銅或氧化亞銅 ,每單位面稹T i02薄膜固定之該物質固定化量係 0. 7jtig/cm2~l. 2 β g / c m 2 · 38\如申請專利範團第34項之多功能材料,其中 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公萤) (請先閲讀臂面之沒意事項再填寫本頁) . II--I I I 訂· I------ 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Μ 406031_______ 六、申請專利範圍 被固定於該T i 02薄膜之金属係銀,每單位面稹T i 〇2 薄膜固定之銀量係0 . 0 5烊g/cm2〜1仁g/cm2 〇 39.如申請專利範圍第30項或33項之多功能材 料,其中構成該光觸媒層之T i 02係金紅石型T i 02· 4 0.如申請專利範圍第3 0或3 3項之多功能材料 ,其中該光觸媒層表層部之孔隙度係1 0%〜4 0%,在 該氣孔內載持有粒徑0.0035〜0.1从m以下之粒子· 4 1 .如申腈專利範圍第3 0或3 3項之多功能材料 ,其中在該T i 0 2間所形成空隙中所填充之粒子係 0. 0 1 以下之粒徑者· 4 2.如申請專利範圔第3 0或3 3項之多功能材料 ,其中該電子捕獲粒子係爲至少一種銅,銀,氧化亞銅· 4 3 .如申請專利範圔第3 2項之多功能材料,其中 該光觸媒層表層部之孔隙度係1 0〜2 0% · 4 4.如申請專利範園第3 2項之多功能材料,其中 該光觸媒層表層部之孔隙度係1 0%〜4 0% · 4 5 .如申請專利範困第3 2項之多功能材料,其中 該基材表面所形成之粘結劑層係非晶質層,在此非晶_質粘 結劑層與光觸媒層係在其間具有連續地改變雙方成份之濃 度的中間餍· 46.如申請專利範困第32項之多功能材料,其中 該基材爲含鹼金屬成份之玻璃所形成,含該鹼金靥成份之 玻璃基材表面所形成之黏結劑靥係由矽所成· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 * 297公釐) I n I Βϋ 1 n ϋ ϋ 1 . · it ϋ 1 awf I y (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印契 406031 六、申請專利範圍 47. 如申請專利範國第46項之多功能材料,其中 該光觸媒層係以鈦醇鹽做爲起始原料予以形成,又,上述 低熔點基材之軟化黏係較該鈦酵鹽之晶化溫度高,又,該 中間學_之軟化點係同等於醇鹽之晶化溫度或較其高· 48. 如申請專利範圍第32之多功能材料,其中該 粘結劑層係由釉蕖,無機玻璃,熱塑性樹脂,焊料等熱塑 性材料所成並爲薄片狀者· 49. 如申請專利範圍第32項之多功能材料,其中 以該T i 02之比重爲5 t,該粘結劑層之比重爲5b時 ,係爲 0 彡(5t-<5b 螽 3. 0 · 50. 如申請專利範圍第29項之多功能材料,其中 構成該光觸媒層之粒子係0 . 1 # m〜0 . 之粒徑 ,光觸媒層之厚度係0. 5μπι〜0. 9μιη且構成光觸 媒層之粒子間形成有頸部· 5 1 .如申請專利範困第2 9項之多功能材料,其中 以固相燒結予以結合之T i 02係銳鈦礦型氧化鈦粒子, 氧化鈦粒子之間隔係在燒結前後大約相等,且氧化鈦粒子 間的頸部係凝固其蒸汽壓較氧化鈦高之物質· 52.如申請專利範園第29項之多功能材料,其中 該多功能材料係做爲水循環方式之人造瀑布或噴水之舖石 所用之磁磚,石材* 5 3 ·—種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料,其特徵爲 在基材表面直接設置具有光觸媒功能之光觸媒靥,此光觸 媒層係其表層部爲被霣出於外部,同時構成此表層部之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) -— — — II - — — — — — ·1111111 ^ * — — — — — — — (锖先閱讀背面之沒意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 406031 § 六、申請專利範圍 T i 02間所形成之空隙中’被填充較該空隙更小之粒子 ,該Ti02之平均粒徑爲〇· 3jum以下· 54. 如申請專利範圍第53項之多功能材料,其中 ’在T i 〇2表面或間隙所充填之小粒子表面,固定有電 子捕獲粒子· 55. 如申請專利範圍第54項之多功能材料,其中 構成該光觸媒層之T i 02係銳鈦確型T i 02· 5 6 .如申請專利範团第5 4項之多功能材料*其中 該電子捕獲粒子係爲至少一種銅,銀,氧化亞銅· 57. 如申請專利範圍第53項之多功能材料,其中 在基材表面所設置之黏結劑層中,設置光觸媒層以埋設前 述光觸媒層之下層部· 58. 如申請專利範圔第57項之多功能材料,其中 ,T i 02表面或空嫌中所填充小粒子之表面係固定有電 子捕獲粒子者· 5 9 .如申請專利範園第5 8頂之多功能材料,其中 該電子捕獲粒子係爲至少一種銅,銀*氧化亞銅· 60.如申請專利範圍第58項之多功能材料,其中 該光觸媒層係由金紅石型T i 02薄膜所成,該電子g獲 粒子係爲至少一種銅,銀,氧化亞銅· 6 1 .如申請專利範園第6 0項之多功能材料,其中 該金紅石型Ti02薄膜之厚度係0. l#m〜 0 . 9 μ m · 62.如申請專利範圍第60項之多功能材料,其中 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公t) ----111---- 裝!—訂! 4 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -8 - I ο 4 A8B8C8D8 六、申請專利範圍 該至少一種之銅,銀,氧化亞銅之粒徑係較Ti〇 2薄膜 氣孔徑小* (請先閱讀嘴面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 63. 如申請專利範困第60項之多功能材料,其中 被固定於該T i 02薄膜之物質係至少一種銅或氧化亞銅 ’毎單位面稹T i 02薄膜固定之該物質固定化置係 〇 · 12#g/cm2〜1. 2#g/cm2· 64. 如申請專利範圍第60項之多功能材料,其中 被固定於該T i 02薄膜之物質係至少一種銅或氧化亞銅 ’每單位面稹T i 0 2薄膜固定之該物質固定化量係 0 . 7 从 g/cm2 〜1. 2itzg/cm2· 65. 如申請專利範圍第60項之多功能材料,其中 被固定於該T i 02薄膜之金屬係銀,每單位面稹T i 〇2 薄膜固定之銀置係0 . 0 5烊g/cm2〜1仁g/cm2 〇 6 6 .如申請專利範困第5 7項之多功能材料,其中 構成該光觸媒餍之Ti 02係銳鈦磧型T i 02。 67. 如申請專利範圔第57項之多功能材料,其中 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 該光觭媒靥表厝部之孔隙度係1 0%〜2 0% · 68. 如申請專利範圍第57項之多功能材料,其中 該光觸媒層表層部之孔隙度係1 0%〜4 0% · 69. 如申請專利範圍第57項之多功能材料,其中 該基材表面所形成之粘結劑層係非晶質層*在此非晶質粘 結劑層與光觸媒層係在其間具有連續地改變雙方成份之濃 度的中間Μ · 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公爱) A8B8C8D8 406031 六、申請專利範圍 70. 如申請專利範困第57項之多功能材料,其中 該基材係由含鹸金靥成份之玻璃所成,在此含有該鹼金屬 成份之玻璃基材之表面所形成黏結劑層係由矽所成· 71. 如申請專利範困第70項之多功能材料,其中 該光觸媒層係以鈦醇鹽做爲起始原料予以形成,又,上述 低熔點基材之軟化黏係較該鈦酵鹽之晶化溫度髙•又,該 中間層之軟化點係同等於醇盥之晶化溫度或較其高· 72. 如申請專利範圏第57項之多功能材料,其中 該粘結劑層係由釉藥,無機玻璃,熱塑性樹脂,焊料等熱 塑性材料所成並爲薄片狀者* 7 3 .如申請專利範圍第5 7項之多功能材料,其中 以該T i 02之比重爲<5 t,該粘結劑層之比重爲<5b時 ,係爲0S5t-5bS3. 0· 74. 如申請專利範圍第53項之多功能材料,其中 構成該光觸媒層之粒子係0. 008#m〜0. l#m之 粒徑· 75. 如申請專利範第53項之多功能材料,其中 該光觸媒層表層部之孔隙度係1 0%〜4 0% ·在該氣孔 內載持有粒徑0 0035//m〜0· l/im之粒子^ 76. 如申請專利範圈第53項之多功能材料,其中 在該T i 0 2間所形成空隙中所填充之粒子係 0. 0 1 μιη以下之粒徑者· 77. 如申請專利範園第53之多功能材料’其中該 基材係由釉槊,無機玻璃,熱塑性樹脂,焊料等熱塑性材 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 111 — 11 — 111· * — — — — — — — ·1111111 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 -10 - A8B8C8D8 406031 六、申請專利範圍 料所成並爲薄片狀者· 7 8 .如申請專利範圍第5 3項之多功能材料,其中 該T i 02間所形成空隙中所填充之粒子係平均粒徑爲τ i〇 a平均粒徑之4/5以下· 79.如申請專利範圍第78項之多功能材料,其中 該T i 〇2之空隙中所填充粒子係對τ i 02與填充粒子的 合計置而言,以莫爾比爲1 0%〜6 0% · 8 0.如申請專利範圍第7 8項之多功能材料,其中 構成該T i 02之空隙中所填充粒子之物質的蒸汽壓係較 構成T i 〇2之物質的蒸汽壓髙,T i 02之空隙所填充之 粒子係凝聚於T i 〇2間之頸部· 8 1 .如申請專利範圍第8 0項之多功能材料,其中 該T i 〇2之空隙中所填充之粒子係氧化錫· 82. 如申請專利範圍第78項之多功能材料*其中 該T i 02之空隙中所填充之粒子係含至少一種銀,氧化 銀,銅*氧化亞銅者· 83. 如申請專利範圍第78項之多功能材料,其中 該T i 0 2之空隙中所填充之粒子係氧化錫· 84. 如申請專利範園第83項之多功能材料,其中 該T i 02係金紅石型T i 02,被填充於T i 02之空隙 的氧化錫粒子的結晶粒徑係0. Oliim以下* 8 5 .如申請專利範圍第8 3項之多功能材料,其中 該T i 02係金紅石型T i 02,被填充於T i 〇2之空隙 的氧化錫粒子的結晶粒徑係0. 01#m以下,光觸媒層 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公* ) ------ - - - - · I I II I I I 訂·1111!· ·;^ ': <請先閱讀·1Τ面之·>!意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消t合作社印製 -II - 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印5取 406031___m____ 六、申請專利範圍 上更有至少一種銅,銀,氧化亞銅· 86. 如申請專利範圍第83項之多功能材料,其中 該氣化錫之重置比爲1 0%以上,8 0%以下· 87. 如申請專利範圍第78項之多功能材料,其中 被填充於該T i 02之空隙的粒子係具有光觸媒活性者· 88. 如申請專利範圍第53項之多功能材料,其中 該多功能材料係做爲水循環方式之人造瀑布或噴水之舖石 所用之磁磚,石材· 8 9 . —種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方法 ,其特徴爲在基材表面形成光觸媒層後,塗佈金屬醇鹽或 有機金屬鹽於此光觸媒層之表面,繼而乾燥,熱處理,在 Ti〇2間所形成空隙,填充粒徑0. 0035j^m〜 0 . 1 # m之粒子· 9 0 . —種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方法 ,其特徴爲在基材表面形成光觸媒層後,塗佈金屬醇鹽或 有機金屬鹽於此光觸媒層之表面,繼而乾燥,熱處理,在 T i 02間所形成空隙填充較該空隙更小之粒子,然後塗 佈含至少一種銅,銀,氧化亞銅之金屬離子的水溶液,藉 由照射含紫外線之光以析出固定金羼粒子· 91.一種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方法 ,其特徵爲在玻璃基材上形成T i 0 2所成光觸媒餍,然 後軟化該玻璃基材,埋設光觸媒層之一部份下層於玻璃基 材,繼而予以固化· 9 2 .如申請專利範園第9 1項之多功能材料之製造 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐) — — — — — — — — — — — 裝· I I! I I 訂.! I — I ! 4 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -12 - A8B8C8D8 406031 六、申請專利範圍 (請先闓讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 方法,其中塗佈τ i 〇 2於玻瑪基材之步思[之前具備分散 步驟做爲預備步篇[,在此分散步驊中使應該成爲T i 02 之溶膠或先質物分散於溶液中所用分散劑係只使用可以在 較軟化玻璃基材之熱處理溫度更低之溫度下氣化之成份· 9 3 . —種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方法 ,係Ti〇2之空隙被填充粒徑〇. 0035〜 0.之粒子,Ti02互相被結合以製造具有光觸 媒功能之多功能材料的方法中,其特徴爲以溶膠或先質物 或懸濁液之狀態混合丁102與該粒徑〇. 〇〇35μιη 〜0. l#m之粒子成爲混合物,塗佈此混合物於玻璃基 材上,以形成光觸媒層,其後使上述玻璃基材軟化*使光 觸媒層之一部份下層埋入玻璃基材,繼而固化· 94.一種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方法 ,係Ti02之空隙被填充粒徑0. 〇〇35#πι~ 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 0. l#m之金屬粒子,Ti02互相被結合以製造具有 光觸媒功能之多功能材料的方法中,其特徵爲以玻璃基材 上形成T i 02所成光觸媒層,其後使上述玻璃基材軟化 ,使光觸媒層之一部份下層埋入玻璃基材,繼而固化玻璃 基材,於光觸媒層再塗佈含上述粒徑0. 0035 jam〜 0. ljtzm之金靥粒子的溶液,經熱處理以固定該粒徑 0. 0035#m〜0. Ιμιη之金靥粒子於Ti02· 9 5 種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方法 ,係Ti02之空隙被填充粒徑0. 0035μιη〜 0. Ιμιη之粒子,Ti〇2互相被結合以製造具有光觸 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公« ) -13 - A8 B8 C8 D8 406031 六、申請專利範圍 媒功能之多功能材料的方法中,其特徵爲以玻璃基材上形 成T i 0 2所成光觸媒層,其後使上述玻璃基材軟化,使 光觸媒層之一部份下層埋入玻璃基材,繼而固化玻璃基材 •於光觸媒層再塗佈含上述粒徑0 . 0 0 3 5 # m〜 0. l#m之金屬粒子的離子溶液·然後照射含紫外線之 光線以還原金雇離子•固定於Ti02· 9 6 .如申請專利範圔第9 5項之多功能材料之製造 方法,其中含被填充於該T i 02之空隙的金属粒子離子 的溶液,其金靥種之至少一種爲銅,銅載持量爲 0. 7jag/cm2 〜l〇#g/cm2e 9 7 .如申請專利範圍第9 5項之多功能材料之製造 方法,其中含被填充於該T i 02之空隙的金靥粒子離子 的溶液,其金屬種之至少一種爲銀,銀載持量爲0. 05 夂 g/cm2〜1/zg/cm2· 9 8 .如申請專利範困第9 5項之多功能材料的製造 方法,其中照射含紫外線之光以還原金靥粒子以固定於 T i 02之前,使含該金屬粒子之離子溶液所塗佈之光觸 •媒層乾燥· 9 9 .如申請專利範園第9 8項之多功能材料的製造 方法,其中含該金屬粒子之離子的溶液,其溶劑爲乙醇* 1 0 0 .如申請專利範圍第9 5項之多功能材料的製 造方法,其中爲形成光觸媒厝於玻璃基材,噴塗T i 02 之溶膠或先質物或懸濁液*這時玻璃基材之溫度係爲 2 0。〇 〜8 0 eC · 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) — — — — — — — — — — — · I _ ! — 丨訂·!! |*^ (請先《讀贵面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 -14 - A8B8C8D8 4060S1 六、申請專利範圍 1 0 1 . —種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法,係Ti〇2之空隙被填充粒徑0. 0035jtim〜 0. ljum之金屬粒子,Ti02互相被結合以製造具有 光觸媒功能之多功能材料的方法中•其特徵爲在玻璃基材 上形成T i Ο 2所成光觸媒層,塗佈含該粒徑 0 . 0 0 3 5〜0 . 1 # m之金屬粒子的離子溶液於此光 觸媒層,然後照射含紫外線之光線以還原金屬離子,並固 定於T i 02,再軟化該玻璃基材使光觸媒層之一部份下 層埋入玻璃基材·繼而固化玻璃基材· 1 0 2 . —種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法,其特撤爲形成玻璃*釉苐所成粘結劑層於基材表面, 繼而在此粘結劑層上形成T i 02所成光觸媒層,其後軟 化該粘結劑層使光觸媒層之一部份下層埋入粘結劑層,雄 而固化· 1 0 3 種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法,其特徴在玻璃,釉薬所成薄片狀粘結劑層上形成 T i 02所成光觸媒層,載置或粘貼此薄片狀粘結劑層於 I 基材表面,然後軟化該粘結劑層,使光觸媒層之一部份下 層埋入粘結劑層,繼而固化· 1 0 4 . —種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法,其特徵爲在基材表面形成粘結劑層,在其上形成光觸 媒層使粘結劑層之一部份下層被埋入其中後,照射含 1.7m W/cm2以上390nm以下波長之光線, 優先分解、氣化光觸媒表面附著之表面處理劑’使 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) — — — — — — — — — — — * I I I I ! I 訂 i I I — II 吟 (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 -15 - A8 B8 C8 D8 4060S1 六、申請專利範圍 Ti〇2霣出至外界氣體· 1 0 5 .如申請專利範困第1 0 4項之多功能材料的 製造方法•其中該粘結劑層係由軟化溫度爲3 0 0 °C以下 之玻瑪,釉薬所成•塗佈該粘結劑層於基材,再於其上塗 佈T i 02後,以較基材之軟化溫度低,較粘結劑層之軟 化溫度高的溫度熱處理,以軟化粘結劑,使光觸媒層之一 部份下層被埋設於粘著劑層以形成光觸媒層· 1 0 6 .如申請專利範圔第1 0 4項之多功能材料的 製造方法,其中該粘結劑係由熱硬化性材料所成,使上述 粘著劑層與硬化劑混合而塗佈於基材*經由熱處理或放置 使其增粘後塗佈T i 02,使一部份光觸媒層之下層被埋 入粘結劑層,其後經熱處理使其硬化· 107.如申請專利範圍第104項之多功能材料的 製造方法*其中具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料上形成空隙 ,在該空隙填充粒徑0. 0035〜0. 1 β m之粒子》 1 0 8 . —種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法,其特徵爲在基材表面形成主要由T i 0 2與熱硬化性 樹脂所成層後,照射含1. 7m W/cm2以上390 nm以下波長之光,優先地分解,氣化T i 0 2上之巧硬 化性樹脂,使T i 02曝霣於外界氣體· 1 0 9 .如申請專利範圔第1 0 8項之多功能材料的 製造方法,其中該T i 02與熱硬化性樹脂所成層中之熱 硬化性樹脂,係矽氧烷樹脂,含氟樹脂中之至少一種所成 本紙張尺度適用申國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公* ) — — — — — — — — — — — ·1111111 — — — — — — — —— - (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -16 - A8 B8 六、申請專利範圍 1 1 0 .—種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 (請先閱讀嘴面之注意事項再填寫本頁> •.. 法,其特徵爲在基材表面藉著熱硬化性樹脂層或光硬化性 樹脂以形成主要由T i 02與熱硬化性樹脂所成餍後,照 射含7m W/cm2以上390nm以下波長之光 ,優先地分解,氣化T i 02上之熱硬化性樹脂,使 Ti02曝霣於外界氣體· 1 1 1 .一種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法,係在互相被結合之T i 0 2的空隙填充粒徑 0. 00 35〜0. 1/im之粒子,以製造具有光觸媒功 能之多功能材料的方法中,其特徵爲在基材表面形成玻璃 *釉薬所成粘結劑層,繼而在此粘結劑層上塗佈以溶膠或 先質體或懸濁液之狀態混合T i 02與上述粒徑小之粒子 所成混合物,以形成光觸媒層,其後軟化上述粘結劑層使 光觸媒層之一部份下層埋入粘結劑層,繼而予以固化· 1 1 2 . —種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法,係在互相被結合之T i 02的空隙填充粒徑 0. 0035#m〜0. ljum之粒子,以製造具有光觸 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 媒功能之多功能材料的方法中,其特徴爲在玻璃,釉薬所 成薄片狀粘結劑層上,塗佈以溶膠或先質體或懸濁液之狀 態混合T i 02與上述粒徑小之粒子所成混合物,以形成 光觸媒層,將此形成光觸媒層之薄片狀粘結劑層載置或粘 貼於基材表面,其後軟化上述粘結劑層使光觸媒層之一部 份下層埋入粘結劑層,繼而固化· 1 13 . —種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -17 - A8B8C8D8 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 六、申請專利範圍 法,係在互相被結合之丁1〇2的空隙填充粒徑 0. 0035#m〜0.l#m之粒子,以製造具有光觸 媒功能之多功能材料的方法中,其特徵爲在基材上形成玻 璃,釉藥所成粘結劑層,繼而在此粘結劑層上形成 T i 02所成光觸媒層,其後軟化上述粘結劑層使光觸媒 餍之一部份下層埋入粘結劑層*繼而固化粘結劑層,再於 光觸媒層上塗佈含上述粒徑0 . 0 0 3 5 // m〜 0. l#m之粒子的溶液,經熱處理,以固定上述粒徑 0. 0035 〜0· lium 之粒子於 Ti02· 1 1 4 . 一種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法,係在互相被結合之T i 02的空隙填充有 0. 0035〜0. l#m粒徑之粒子,以製造具有光觸 媒功能之多功能材料的方法中,其特徴爲在玻璃,釉藥所 成薄片狀粘結劑層上形成光觸媒粒子所成光觸媒層,繼而 將此形成光觸媒層之薄片狀粘結劑層載置或粘貼於基材表 面,其後軟化上述粘結劑層使光觸媒層之一部份下層埋入 粘結劑層,繼而固化粘結劑層,再於光觸媒層上塗佈含上 述粒徑0. 0035#m〜0. 1/im之粒子的溶液,經 熱處理,以固定上述粒徑0. 0035〜0. l#m之粒 子於T i 0 2 · 1 1 5 . —種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法,係在互相被結合之T i 02的空隙填充有粒徑 0. 0035〜0. l#m之粒子,以製造具有光觸媒功 能之多功能材料的方法中,其特徴爲在基材表面形成玻璃 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) — — — — — — — — — —— ·1111111 « — — — — — — I— ^ (請先W讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -18 - 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A8 B8 -^mou------- 六、申請專利範圍 ,釉藥所成粘結劑餍,繼而於此粘結劑層上形成T i 〇2 所成光觸媒層*其後軟化上述粘結劑層使光觸媒層之一部 份下層埋入粘結劑層,繼而固化粘結劑層,再於光觸媒層 上塗佈含上述粒徑0, 0035/im〜〇. l#m之金靥 粒子的離子溶液,其後照射含紫外線之光,還原金靥離子 以固定於T i ◦ 2 · 1 1 6 .如申請專利範圍第1 1 5項之多功能材料的 製迤方法,其中將可與被填充於上述T i 02空隙之金靥 離子之間含有形成不溶性且無色或白色鹽之鹽類的溶液與 光觸媒接觸,然後照射含紫外線之光線· 1 1 7.如申請專利範圍第1 1 6項之多功能材料的 製造方法,其中該T i 〇2之空隙中所填充之金靥粒子係 銀,在與此金屬之離子之間,含有可形成不溶性且無色或 白色鹽之鹽類的溶液係K I ,KCj?,F e C)?3等鹵化 物水溶液· 1 1 8 . —種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法*係在互相被結合之T i 0 2的空隙填充有粒徑 0. 0035#m〜0.l#m之粒子,以製造具有光觸 媒功能之多功能材料的方法中,其特徴爲在玻璃,釉藥所 成薄片狀粘結劑層上形成T i 02所成光觸媒層•繼而將 此形成光觸媒層之薄片狀粘結劑層載罝或粘貼於基材表面 ,其後軟化上述粘結劑靥使光觸媒層之一部份下層埋入粘 結劑層,繼而固化粘結劑層,再於光觸媒屉上塗佈含上述 粒徑0. 0 035#m〜0. liim之金屬粒子的離子溶 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公t) — — II - — — — — — — ·1111111 — — — — — — — I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -19 - 經濟部智慧財產局負工消費合作社印製 A8 406031 1 六、申請專利範圍 液’其後照射含紫外線之光,還原金靥離子以固定於光觸 媒粒子· 1 1 9 . 一種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法,係在互相被結合之T i 〇2的空隙填充有粒徑 0. 0035μιη〜〇· l#m之粒子,以製造具有光 觸媒功能之多功能材料的方法中,其特徵爲在基材表面形 成玻璃、釉槊所成粘結劑層,雄而於此粘結劑層上形成 T i 02所成光觸媒餍,將含上述粒徑之較小金屬粒子離 子的溶液塗佈於此光觸媒層,然後照射含紫外線之光線以 還原金靥粒子並固定於T i 02,其後軟化上述粘結劑層 使光觸媒層之一部份下層埋入粘結劑層,繼而固化· 1 2 0 種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法,係在互相被結合之T i 02的空隙填充有粒徑 0. 0035#m〜〇. 1从m之粒子,以製造具有光觸 媒功能之多功能材料的方法中,其特徵爲在玻璃,釉薬所 成薄片粘結劑層上形成T i 02所成光觸媒層,塗佈該含 粒徑小之金屬粒子的離子溶液於此光觸媒層,然後照射含 •紫外線之光線還原金靥離子以固定T i 02,再將形成光 觸媒層之薄片狀粘結劑層載置或粘貼於基材表面,其^後軟 化上述粘結劑層使光觸媒層之一部份下層埋入粘結劑層, 雄而固化粘結劑層· 1 2 1 種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法,其特徵爲在基材表面形成粘結劑厝,繼而形成表層部 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐〉 — — —— — — — —--I · I I I I — I I 訂· I I I I I I I > (請先Μ讀嘴面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -20 - A8B8C8D8 406031 六、申請專利範圍 可以自粘結劑層露出,下層部可被埋入粘結劑層之光觸媒 層後,在此光觸媒層表面塗佈金羼醇鹽或有機金屬鹽,繼 而經乾燥熱處理在T i 0 2間所形成之空隙,填充粒徑 0.0 0 35〜0.1卩111之粒子· 1 2 2 . —種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法,其特徵爲在基材表面形成粘結劑層,雄而形成表層部 可以自粘結劑層露出,下層部可被埋入粘結劑層之光觸媒 層後,在此光觸媒層表面塗佈金靥酵鹽或有機金屬鹽,繼 而經乾燥熱處理在T i 02間所形成空隙,填充粒徑 0. 0 0 3 5〜0. 1 # m之粒子,其後塗佈含至少一種 銅,銀,氧化亞銅之金屬離子的水溶液,經光還原以析出 固定金屬粒子。 1 2 3 . —種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料之製造方 法,其爲:在含有鐮金屬之玻璃基材上形成光觸媒層,以 製造多功能材料之方法,其特徵爲含有:在前述基材上形 成矽層;在前述矽層上塗佈鈦醇鹽:乾燥而得到不定型二 氧化鈦:藉加熱使不定型二氧化鈦結晶化者· 124.如申請專利範圍第123項之具有光觸媒功 能之多功能材料的製造方法,其中塗佈於該光觸媒層表面 之鈦酵鹽塗佈量係換算成T i 02爲1 0 # g/cm2〜 1 00“g/cm2· 1 2 5 .如申請專利範圍第1 2 3項之具有光觸媒功 能之多功能材料的製造方法,其中塗佈於該光觸媒層表面 之鈦醇鹽之熱處理溫度係4 0 0 °C〜8 0 0eC · 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) — — — — — — — — — — I. · I I I I _ (請先《讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局負工消費合作社印製 -21 - A8B8C8D8 六、申請專利範圍 1 2 6 .如申請專利範園第1 2 3項之多功能材料的 製造方法,其中塗佈於該光觸媒層表面之塗佈液中之鈦醇 鹽而言,鹽酸置爲1重童%〜1 〇重量% * 12 7 .—種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法’其特徵爲混合氧化鈦之溶膠與較氧化鈦之蒸汽壓更高 物質的溶膠,塗佈此混合溶膠於基板上後,以相轉移溫度 爲金紅石之溫度以下的溫度予以燒結· 1 2 8 . —種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法*其特徵爲由:在基材表面固定具有T i 0 2與有色金 屬微粒子之步思;使上述金屬微粒子與溶液或氣體反應, 至少在金屬微粒子表面形成無色或白色之鹽的步驟*所成 〇 1 2 9 .如申請專利範圍第1 2 8項之多功能材料的 製造方法,其中與上述金屬粒子反應之液體係鹵化鹽溶液 ,過氧化氫水,臭氧水· 1 3 0 .如申請專利範圍第1 2 8項之之多功能材料 的製造方法,其中與上述金靥粒子反應之氣體係氧,臭氧 豢 1 3 1 .如申請專利範國第1 28項之多功能材料的 製造方法*其中與上述金靥粒子反應之液體或氣體係氧化 劑· 1 3 2 種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法,其特徴爲在基板表面形成金紅石型T i 02薄膜,繼 而在此薄膜上塗佈至少一種鎳,鈀,鉑之金屬鹽水溶液或 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS〉A4規格(210x297公麓) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ---I I I I 丨訂· I !!_^ 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 -22 - A8B8C8D8 406031 六、申請專利範圍 金屬鹽之乙醇溶液,然後照射含紫外線之光,還原金屬離 子,以固定金靥於金紅石型T i 02薄膜· 1 3 3 .如申請專利範圍第1 3 2項之多功能材料的 製造方法,其中照射含紫外線之光源的金靥離子還原,係 使塗佈之金屬鹽的水溶液或金靥鹽之乙醇溶液乾燥後進行 1 3 4 .如申請專利範圍第1 3 2項之之多功能材料 的製造方法,其中該金紅石型T i 0 2薄膜係藉著粘結劑 層形成於基板表面· 135.如申請專利範圔第132項之之多功能材料 的製造方法,其中該金紅石型T i 02薄膜之厚度係 0. l#m 〜0. 9#in· 1 3 6 . —種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法,其特徵爲在基板表面形成金紅石型T i 02薄膜,緦 而在此薄膜上塗佈銅鹽水溶液,其後照射含紫外線之光以 還原銅離子,固定1. 2#g/cm2〜l〇//g/cm2 銅金羼於金紅石型T i 0 2薄膜· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1 3 7 . —種具有光觸媒功能之多功能材料的製造方 法,其特徵爲在基板表面形成金紅石型T i 02薄膜,雄 而在此薄膜上塗佈銀鹽水溶液,其後照射含紫外線之光以 還原銀離子,固定0 . 1 # g/ cm2〜1 # g/cm2銀 金屬於金紅石型T i 0 2薄膜· 138·如申請專利範圍第102,115或119 項之多功能材料的製造方法,其可以使粘結劑餍軟化之熱 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公爱) -23 - 5 C A C A8B8C8D8 六、申請專利範圍 處理溫度係800 eC〜l 0〇〇ec · 139. 如申請專利範圍第i〇2,115或119 項之多功能材料的製造方法,其中該粘結劑靥係選擇其軟 化溫度較基材之軟化溫度低者,在高於此粘結劑之軟化溫 度2 0eC,3 2 0 1以下範圍,且較基材軟化溫度低之氣 氛圍溫度下加熱處理· 140. 如申請專利範圍第1〇2,103或119 項之多功能材料的製造方法,其中具備在塗佈T i 02於 粘結劑層上之步騄前的預備分散步驟•在此分散步驟中可 在成爲T i 02之溶膠,先質體或懸濁液於溶液中所分散 之分散劑係僅使用於在較軟化粘結劑餍所用熱處理溫度低 之溫度下可以氣化之成份· 141. 如申請專利範圍第1〇2或115項之多功 能材料的製造方法,其中以該T i 02之比重爲<5 t,該 粘結劑層之比重爲<5b時,係爲〇彡δ t — 5b彡3. 0 1 4 2 .如申請專利範圍第1 1 9項具有光觸媒功能 之多功能材料的製造方法,其中該光觸媒粒子係Z nO, 此T i 02之空隙所填充之金觸粒子係銀或氧化銀* 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS〉A4規格(210 X 297公笼) 先 閲 讀 .背 面 之 注 項 再 I裝 本 頁I I I I 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -24 -L Version-Amendment 6. Application for Patent No. 8311001 Patent Application 4〇e〇3i Chinese Patent Application Amendment < Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page > Revised in March, 1989_ 1. A multifunctional material with photocatalyst function * It is characterized by directly setting a photocatalyst layer with photocatalyst function on the surface of the substrate. The surface layer of the photocatalyst layer is taken out from the outside, and at the same time, the fine τ i 02 of the surface layer is combined with each other based on the adsorption position, and the average particle diameter of the T i 02 is 0.3 # m or less · 2. For example, the multifunctional material of the first patent application, in which the gap formed between at least T i 02 constituting the outermost layer is filled with particles smaller than the gap. 3. As in the second scope of the patent application Multifunctional materials * Among them, those on which the electron-trapping particles are fixed on the surface of Ti02 or the small particles filled by the gap. 4. The multifunctional material as described in the second item of the patent application, where T of the photocatalyst layer is formed i 02 is an anatase T i 02. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. If the multifunctional material of the patent application scope item 1 is applied, in which the electron capture particles are fixed on the surface of T i 02 · 6. As many as the patent application scope area item 5 Functional materials, wherein the porosity of the surface layer portion of the photocatalyst layer is 10% to 40%, and particles with a particle size of 0.1 #m or less 〇〇〇35 / zm or more are contained in the pores. 7. Such as The multi-functional material with the scope of patent application No. 5 in which the particles filled in the gap formed between Ti0 2 have a particle size of less than 0.01 jam. The paper size is applicable to Chinese national standards (CNS > A4 specifications ( 210 X 297 mm) Μ0808 406031 6. Scope of patent application (please read the precautions of your noodles before filling out this page) 8. Multi-functional materials such as patent application No. 5 • where the substrate is made of glaze Inorganic glass, thermoplastic resin, solder and other thermoplastic materials are formed into a thin sheet · 9 · Multifunctional materials such as the scope of the first patent application, where the photocatalyst is provided in the adhesive layer provided on the surface of the substrate 餍To bury the aforementioned photocatalyst layer · 1 0 · If the multifunctional material of item 9 of the scope of patent application, in which the gap formed between Ti 02 constituting the outermost surface portion is filled with particles smaller than the gap · 1 1. As of patent application scope 1 The multifunctional material of item 0, wherein the surface of the τ i 02 or the surface of the small particles filled in the void is fixed with electron capture particles * 1 2. The multifunctional material of item 11 of the patent application, wherein the photocatalyst layer It is made of rutile-type Ti 02 thin film, and the electron-trapping particles are at least one kind of copper, silver, and cuprous oxide. 1 3. Such as the multifunctional material of the scope of patent application No. 9, where T i 0 2 is fixed on the surface Those who have electron-trapping particles · Printed by the Industrial and Commercial Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 14. If the multifunctional material of the patent application No. 13 is used, the photocatalyst layer is made of rutile T i 02 film, and the electron @ 得The particle system is at least one kind of copper, silver, and cuprous oxide. 15. The multifunctional material according to item 3, 5, 11, or 13 of the patent application scope, wherein the electron trapping particle system is at least one kind of copper, silver, and cuprous oxide. 1 6.If applying for Fan Xi's multi-functional materials according to item 12 or 14 This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 mm> Zhen 08 406031) 6. Scope of patent application, of which at least one kind of copper, silver, The particle size of cuprous oxide is smaller than the gap of T i〇2. (Please read the precautions on the front surface before filling out this page.) 17. If the multifunctional material of the patent application No. 12 or 14 'is fixed in the The material of the T i 02 film is at least one kind of copper or cuprous oxide, and the amount of the substance fixed by the T i 02 film per unit surface is 0. 12 # g / cm2 ~ 1 · 2 // g / cm2 · 18 · For example, if the multifunctional material of the patent application No. 12 or 14 is used, the substance fixed to the Ti 02 film is at least one kind of copper or cuprous oxide, and the fixed amount of the substance fixed to the Ti 02 film per unit area is 0. 7 # g / cm 2 ~ 1.2 Aig / cm2 * 19. Multifunctional material such as patent application No. 12 or 14, in which gold 靥 is silver fixed to the T i 02 film, per unit face 稹Ti 02 film fixed silver set 〇5 〇5 # g / cm2 ~ 1 仁 g / cm1 · 2 0. Multifunctional material such as the patent application No. 9 The surface porosity of the photocatalyst layer is 1 096 ~ 4 0%. • Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 2. For example, the multifunctional material of the 9th scope of the patent application, where the photocatalyst layer surface layer The porosity of the part is 1 0 ~ 2 0% · 2 2. As the multifunctional material of the patent application No. 9, the particle system constituting the photocatalyst layer is 0. 008 # m〜0.1 # mSIZE This paper size Applicable Chinese national standards < CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 mm) 1 3. The multifunctional material according to item 9 of the patent application park, wherein the adhesive layer formed on the surface of the substrate is an amorphous layer. The crystalline adhesive layer and the photocatalyst layer have a continuous change in the concentration of the components of the two sides in between 406031 6. Intermediate layer in the scope of patent application · 2 4. The multifunctional material such as the ninth patent application, wherein the substrate is It is made of glass containing alkali gold tincture, and the adhesive layer formed on the surface of the glass base # containing alkali metal is made of silicon material. A multifunctional material, in which the photocatalyst layer is formed using titanium alkoxide as a starting material, and the softening point of the low melting point substrate is higher than the crystallization temperature of the titanium alkoxide, and the softening of the intermediate rhenium The point is the same as or higher than the crystallization temperature of the alkoxide. 26. For example, the multifunctional material of the 9th scope of the patent application, wherein the adhesive layer is made of glaze, inorganic glass, thermoplastic resin * solder and other thermoplastic materials Authors · 27. If applying for a patent 9 of the multifunctional material, wherein the specific gravity of the T i 02 is t, the specific gravity of the adhesive layer is < 5b is 0 彡 < 5t-5bS3.0. 28. For example, the multifunctional material for the first item of the patent application park, where the multifunctional material is used as a tile for water-circulating artificial waterfalls or water-jet paving, stone · 2 9 · — many kinds of photocatalyst function A functional material is characterized in that a photocatalyst with photocatalyst function is directly provided on the surface of the substrate. This photocatalyst layer has its surface layer portion exposed to the outside, and this surface layer portion T i 02 is combined by solid phase sintering, and T i The average particle size of 〇2 is 0.3 # m or less. 30. If the multifunctional material of the 29th scope of the patent application, the paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS > A4 specifications) < 210 * 297 mm) Please read it first. Fill in the notes of Sj and then fill in the page I. I order the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Fifth Cooperative Press-4-A8 B8 C8 D8 4CSQ31 6. Scope of Patent Application Electron-trapping particles are fixed on the surface of T i 02 · 31. Multifunctional materials such as the 30th patent application group, where the substrate is made of thermoplastic materials such as glaze, inorganic glass, thermoplastic resin, solder, etc. 32. The multifunctional material according to item 29 of the patent application park, wherein in the photocatalyst layer provided on the surface of the substrate, the photocatalyst is arranged to bury the lower part of the aforementioned photocatalyst book. 3 3. The multifunctional material of the patent application No. 32, in which the electron capture particles are more fixed on the surface of Ti 02. 34. The multifunctional material of the patent application No. 33, wherein the photocatalyst layer is made of rutile T i 02 thin film, the electron-trapping particles are at least one kind of copper, silver, cuprous oxide. 35. Such as the multifunctional material of the patent application No. 34, wherein the at least one kind of copper, silver, and The particle size of copper is The gap between T i 0 2 in the T i 0 2 film is small. 36. For example, the multifunctional material of item 34 of the patent application, wherein the substance fixed to the T i 02 film is at least one copper or cuprous oxide per unit. The amount of immobilization of the material fixed on the surface of Ti02 film is 0.12Aig / cm 2 ~ 1.2Aig / cm2 · 37. Such as the multifunctional material of the patent application No. 34, which is fixed to the Ti 02 film The substance is at least one kind of copper or cuprous oxide, and the immobilization amount of the substance per unit surface of T i02 film is 0.7 jtig / cm2 ~ l. 2 β g / cm 2 · 38 Item of multifunctional materials, in which the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 male fluorescent) (please read the unintentional matters on the arm surface before filling out this page). II--III Order I- ----- Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and printed M 406031 _______ 6. The scope of the patent application is fixed to the metal silver of the T i 02 film, per unit face T i 〇2 The amount of silver fixed by the film is 0.05 g / cm2 to 1 g / cm2 〇39. The multifunctional material with the scope of patent application No. 30 or 33, among which T i 02 constituting the photocatalyst layer is a rutile type Ti 02 · 40. If the multifunctional material with the scope of patent application No. 30 or 33 is applied, The porosity of the surface layer of the photocatalyst layer is 10% to 40%, and particles with a particle diameter of 0.0035 to 0.1 and less than m are held in the pores. 4 1. Such as the application of the nitrile patent No. 30 or 3 3 The multifunctional material according to item 1, wherein the particles filled in the gap formed between T i 0 2 are those having a particle size of less than 0 1 · 4 2. As many as item 30 or 33 of the patent application scope Functional materials, wherein the electron-trapping particles are at least one kind of copper, silver, and cuprous oxide. 43. The multifunctional material according to item 32 of the patent application, wherein the porosity of the surface layer of the photocatalyst layer is 10 ~ 2 0% · 4 4. The multifunctional material according to item 32 of the patent application park, wherein the porosity of the surface layer portion of the photocatalyst layer is 10% ~ 4 0% · 4 5. The multifunctional material of item, wherein the adhesive layer formed on the surface of the substrate is an amorphous layer, and the amorphous adhesive layer and the photocatalyst layer are formed between There is an intermediate 餍 that continuously changes the concentration of both components. 46. The multifunctional material according to item 32 of the patent application, wherein the substrate is formed of a glass containing an alkali metal component and a glass containing the alkali metal rhenium component The bonding agent formed on the surface of the substrate is made of silicon. The paper size applies to the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 * 297 mm). I n I Βϋ 1 n ϋ ϋ 1. · It ϋ 1 awf I y (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Seal of the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China 406031 VI. Application for a patent 47. For example, if you apply for a multifunctional material of the 46th national patent, the photocatalyst layer is Titanium alkoxide is formed as a starting material, and the softening viscosity of the above-mentioned low-melting substrate is higher than the crystallization temperature of the titanium fermentate, and the softening point of the intermediate _ is equal to the crystallization of the alkoxide. Temperature or higher than 48. For example, the multifunctional material of the 32nd application range, wherein the adhesive layer is made of thermoplastic materials such as glaze, inorganic glass, thermoplastic resin, solder and the like. 49. If you apply for The range of the 32 multi-functional material, wherein the specific gravity of the T i 02 5 t, the specific gravity of the adhesive layer is 5b, based San 0 (the 5 T- < 5b 螽 3. 0 · 50. Such as the multifunctional material of the scope of application of the patent No. 29, wherein the particle size of the photocatalyst layer is 0. 1 # m ~ 0. The particle size of the photocatalyst layer is 0. 5μπι ~ 0. 9μιη and a neck is formed between the particles constituting the photocatalyst layer. 5 1. As a multifunctional material of the patent application No. 29, the Ti 02 anatase type oxidation combined with solid phase sintering The interval between titanium particles and titanium oxide particles is approximately the same before and after sintering, and the neck between the titanium oxide particles is solidified and its vapor pressure is higher than that of titanium oxide. 52. Such as the multifunctional material of the 29th patent application park, Among them, the multifunctional material is a tile used for artificial waterfalls or water spraying paving in water circulation mode. Stone * 5 3 · A multifunctional material with photocatalyst function, which is characterized in that the photocatalyst function is directly installed on the surface of the substrate. The photocatalyst layer, the photocatalyst layer is the surface layer of the photocatalyst layer, and the paper size constituting the surface layer portion is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public love)----II-- — — — · 1111111 ^ * — — — — — — — (锖 Read the unintentional matter on the back before filling in this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 406031 § VI. The scope of patent application T i 02 The voids are filled with particles smaller than the voids, and the average particle size of the Ti02 is less than 0.3jum. 54. For example, the multifunctional material in the 53rd aspect of the patent application, where 'is on the surface or gap of T i 〇2 The surface of the filled small particles is fixed with electron-trapping particles. 55. For example, the multifunctional material of the 54th scope of the patent application, where the photocatalyst layer T i 02 is anatase Ti 02 · 5 6. The multifunctional material of item 54 of the patent group *, wherein the electron-trapping particles are at least one kind of copper, silver, and cuprous oxide. 57. The multifunctional material of item 53 in the scope of patent application, which is provided on the surface of the substrate In the adhesive layer, a photocatalyst layer is provided to bury the lower layer of the aforementioned photocatalyst layer. 58. For example, the multifunctional material of the 57th patent application, wherein the surface of T i 02 or the surface of the small particles filled in the air system is solid Those who have electron-trapping particles · 59. Such as the multifunctional material of the 58th top of the patent application range, wherein the electron-trapping particles are at least one kind of copper, silver * cuprous oxide · 60. Such as the scope of the patent application No. 58 Multifunctional material, in which the photocatalyst layer is made of rutile-type Ti 02 thin film, and the electron-g obtained particles are at least one kind of copper, silver, and cuprous oxide. 6 1. Multifunctional materials, where the thickness of the rutile Ti02 film is 0.1 l # m to 0.9 μm. 62. For multifunctional materials with the scope of patent application No. 60, the paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS ) A4 size (210 X 297 male t) ---- 111 ---- installed! —Order! 4 (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) -8-I ο 4 A8B8C8D8 VI. Patent application scope The particle size of the at least one type of copper, silver, and cuprous oxide is smaller than the pore size of Ti〇2 film * (Please read the notes on the mouth first, and then fill out this page) 63. If you apply for the multifunctional material of item 60 in the patent application, the material fixed to the Ti 02 film is at least one copper or cuprous oxide '毎Unit surface 稹 T 02 film fixation system of the substance 〇 12 # g / cm2 ~ 1.2 # g / cm2 · 64. For example, the multifunctional material of the 60th scope of the patent application, which is fixed to the The material of T i 02 film is at least one kind of copper or cuprous oxide per unit surface. T i 0 2 The fixed amount of the substance fixed by the film is 0.7 from g / cm2 to 1. 2itzg / cm2. 65. If applied The multifunctional material of the 60th item of the patent, in which the metal-based silver fixed to the Ti 02 thin film is 稹 T i 〇2 per unit surface of the silver-fixed silver fixed system of 0. 0 5 g / cm2 to 1 inch g / cm2 〇6 6. The multifunctional material according to item 57 of the patent application, wherein the photocatalyst 餍 Ti 02 anatase 构成Type T i 02. 67. For example, if you apply for the multifunctional material of item 57 of the patent, in which the employee's cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs prints the porosity of the optical media table, the porosity is 10% ~ 20%. 68. If you apply The multifunctional material of the 57th aspect of the patent, wherein the porosity of the surface layer portion of the photocatalyst layer is 10% to 40%. 69. The multifunctional material of the 57th aspect of the patent application, wherein the substrate surface The adhesive layer is an amorphous layer. Here, the amorphous adhesive layer and the photocatalyst layer have an intermediate M between them that continuously changes the concentration of the components of both sides. · This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( 210 * 297 public love) A8B8C8D8 406031 VI. Application for patent scope 70. The multifunctional material of item 57 such as patent application, where the substrate is made of glass containing rhenium and gold osmium, which contains the alkali metal The adhesive layer formed on the surface of the glass substrate of the composition is made of silicon. 71. For example, the multifunctional material of item 70 of the patent application, wherein the photocatalyst layer is formed using titanium alkoxide as a starting material. In addition, the above-mentioned low melting point substrate The softening viscosity is higher than the crystallization temperature of the titanium ferment salt. Also, the softening point of the intermediate layer is equal to or higher than the crystallization temperature of the alcohol toilet. 72. Such as the multifunctional material of the 57th patent application Among them, the adhesive layer is made of thermoplastic materials such as glaze, inorganic glass, thermoplastic resin, solder, etc. and is sheet-like * 7 3. Such as the multifunctional material of the scope of patent application No. 57, where the T The proportion of i 02 is < 5 t, the specific gravity of the adhesive layer is < 5b, the system is 0S5t-5bS3. 0. 74. Such as the application of the scope of the 53rd aspect of the multifunctional material, wherein the particles constituting the photocatalyst layer is 0. 008 # m ~ 0. l # m 的 particle size · 75. The multifunctional material according to item 53 of the patent application, wherein the porosity of the surface layer portion of the photocatalyst layer is 10% ~ 4 0%. A particle size of 0 0035 // m to 0 is contained in the pores. / im 的 particles ^ 76. Such as the multifunctional material of the patent application circle item 53, wherein the particles filled in the gap formed between T i 0 2 is a particle size of 0. 0 1 μιη or less. 77. For example, the application of the patent No. 53 of the multifunctional material 'where the substrate is made of thermoplastic materials such as glaze, inorganic glass, thermoplastic resin, solder, etc. The paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 111 — 11 — 111 · * — — — — — — — 1111111 (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -10-A8B8C8D8 406031 Formed into a thin sheet · 7 8. Multifunctional as the scope of the patent application No. 53 Materials, in which the particles filled in the gap formed between T i 02 have an average particle diameter of 4/5 or less of the average particle diameter of τ i〇a. 79. The multifunctional material according to item 78 of the patent application, wherein The particle filled in the gap of T i 〇2 is based on the total of τ i 02 and the filled particles. The Mohr ratio is 10% to 60%. Functional materials, in which the vapor pressure of the substance constituting the particles filled in the gap of T i 02 is higher than the vapor pressure of the substance constituting T i 〇2, and the particle system filled in the gap of T i 02 is condensed at T i 〇2 Between the neck · 81. The multifunctional material according to the scope of patent application No. 80, wherein the particles filled in the void of T i 〇2 are tin oxide. 82. The multifunctionality like the scope of patent application No. 78 Material * The particle filled in the gap of T i 02 contains at least one kind of silver, silver oxide, copper * cuprous oxide · 83. The multifunctional material as claimed in the scope of patent application No. 78, wherein the T i 0 2 The particles filled in the voids are tin oxide. 84. Such as the multifunctional material of the patent application No. 83, where The Ti 02 is a rutile Ti 02, and the crystalline size of the tin oxide particles filled in the voids of Ti 02 is less than or equal to Oliim * 8 5. As a multifunctional material in the scope of the patent application No. 83, The T i 02 is a rutile T i 02, and the crystalline particle size of the tin oxide particles filled in the voids of T i 〇2 is less than 0.01 # m. The photocatalyst layer is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) on the paper scale. A4 specification (210 X 297 male *) ----------· II II III order · 1111! ·;; ^ ': < Please read the 1T side first >! Matters needing attention before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-II-Printed by the Consumers’ Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5 Get 406031___m____ VI. Patent Application There is at least one kind of copper, silver, cuprous oxide in the scope. 86. If the multifunctional material of the scope of application for the patent No. 83, the reset ratio of the vaporized tin is more than 10%, less than 80%. 87. For example, the multifunctional material with the scope of patent application No. 78, in which the particles filled in the gap of T i 02 have photocatalytic activity. 88. The multifunctional material with the scope of patent application No. 53, where the multifunctional material is As a water circulation method of artificial waterfalls or tiles for water spraying paving, stone · 8 9. —A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function, which is specifically coated with metal after forming a photocatalyst layer on the surface of a substrate An alkoxide or an organometallic salt is on the surface of the photocatalyst layer, and is then dried, heat-treated, and a gap is formed between Ti〇2, filled with particles having a particle size of 0.035j ^ m to 0.1 #m. 9 0. Photocatalyst A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material capable of forming a photocatalyst layer on the surface of a substrate, and coating a metal alkoxide or an organometallic salt on the surface of the photocatalyst layer, followed by drying, heat treatment, and forming a gap between T i 02 Fill particles smaller than the gap, and then apply an aqueous solution containing at least one kind of metal ions of copper, silver, and cuprous oxide, and irradiate light containing ultraviolet rays to precipitate fixed gold ions. 91. A photocatalyst A method for manufacturing a functional material, which is characterized in that a photocatalyst made of T i 0 2 is formed on a glass substrate, and then the glass substrate is softened, and a portion of the photocatalyst layer is buried under the glass substrate and then cured. 9 2 .If the patent application Fanyuan Item 91 is used for the manufacture of multifunctional materials, the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 mm) — — — — — — — — — — — · II! Order II! I — I! 4 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -12-A8B8C8D8 406031 VI. Application for patents (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Method, which is coated with τ i 〇 2 In the thinking of the substrate of Pomar [previously provided with a dispersing step as a preliminary step], in this dispersing step, the sol or precursor that should be T i 02 is dispersed in the solution. The dispersant used can only be used in 0035〜 0. The component vaporized at a temperature lower than the heat treatment temperature of the softened glass substrate. · 9 3. — A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function, the gap of Ti〇2 is filled with a particle size of 0.035 ~ 0. L, Ti02 is combined with each other to produce a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function, which is characterized by mixing Ding 102 with the particle size of sol or precursor or suspension in the state of 〇〇〇〇35μιη ~ 0. L #m 的 particles become a mixture, apply this mixture on a glass substrate to form a photocatalyst layer, and then soften the above glass substrate * make a part of the lower layer of the photocatalyst layer buried in the glass substrate, and then cure. 94. One with light L # m 的 金属 particles, Ti02 are combined with each other The method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function is characterized in that a photocatalyst layer made of T i 02 is formed on a glass substrate, and then the above-mentioned glass substrate is softened, and a part of the photocatalyst layer is buried in glass. 0035 # m〜0. Ιμιη The substrate, followed by curing the glass substrate, is then coated with a solution containing the above-mentioned particle size of 0. 0035 jam ~ 0. ljtzm in the photocatalyst layer, and heat-treated to fix the particle size of 0. 0035 # m ~ 0. Ιμιη靥 金 靥 particles in Ti02 · 9 5 manufacturing methods of multifunctional materials with photocatalyst function, the voids of Ti02 are filled with particles with a particle size of 0. 0035μιη to 0. Ιμιη, and Ti〇2 is combined with each other to produce a photocatalyst This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male «) -13-A8 B8 C8 D8 406031 VI. The method of multifunctional material with media function in the scope of patent application is characterized by glass substrate shape The photocatalyst layer formed by T i 0 2 then softens the above-mentioned glass substrate, so that a part of the lower portion of the photocatalyst layer is buried in the glass substrate, and then the glass substrate is cured. The photocatalyst layer is then coated with the above particle size 0. 0 0 3 5 # m ~ 0. l # m of ionic solution of metal particles · Then irradiate with ultraviolet rays to reduce the gold ion ions. · Fixed to Ti02 · 9 6. If the application for the patent 圔 多功能 9 5 multifunctional 7jag / cm2 〜l〇 # g / cm2e A method for manufacturing a material, in which a solution containing metal particle ions filled in the voids of T i 02, at least one of the species of gold tin is copper, and the copper carrying capacity is 0.7jag / cm2 ~ l〇 # g / cm2e 97. The method for manufacturing a multifunctional material according to item 95 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the solution containing gold ions particles filled in the voids of T i 02, at least one of the metal species of which is silver, is supported by silver. The amount is 0.05 夂 g / cm2 ~ 1 / zg / cm2 · 9 8. The method for manufacturing a multifunctional material such as the patent application item 95, wherein the light containing ultraviolet rays is irradiated to reduce the gold osmium particles to be fixed to Before T i 02, the photocatalyst coated with the ion solution containing the metal particles is dried. 9 9 . The method for manufacturing a multifunctional material according to item 98 of the patent application, wherein the solution containing the ions of the metal particles is ethanol * 1 0 0. The manufacturing method, in order to form a photocatalyst on a glass substrate, spray the sol or precursor or suspension of T i 02 * At this time, the temperature of the glass substrate is 20. 〇 ~ 8 0 eC · This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS > A4 size (210 X 297 mm) — — — — — — — — — — — I _! — 丨 ·! | * ^ ( Please read "Precautions for Your Face before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -14-A8B8C8D8 4060S1 VI. Application for patent scope 1 0 1. —A method for manufacturing multifunctional materials with photocatalyst function The gap of Ti〇2 is filled with metal particles with a particle size of 0.035jtim ~ 0.1 ljum, and Ti02 is combined with each other to produce a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function. It is characterized by the formation of T i on a glass substrate The photocatalyst layer formed by 〇2 is coated with an ion solution containing metal particles having a particle size of 0.03 to 5 to 0.1 m in this photocatalyst layer, and then irradiated with light containing ultraviolet rays to reduce metal ions and fixed to the photocatalyst layer. T i 02, re-soften the glass base material to embed a part of the photocatalyst layer underneath the glass base material · and then cure the glass base material · 102. — A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with photocatalyst function, its special removal For forming glass * The adhesive layer made of glaze tincture is on the surface of the substrate, and then the photocatalyst layer made of T i 02 is formed on this adhesive layer, and then the adhesive layer is softened so that a part of the lower part of the photocatalyst layer is buried in the adhesive. Bonding agent layer, solidified · 103 kinds of multi-functional materials with photocatalyst manufacturing method, which are specially formed on glass and glaze to form a thin layer of adhesive layer made of Ti 02 photocatalyst layer, placed or Paste this sheet-like adhesive layer on the surface of the I substrate, then soften the adhesive layer, so that a part of the photocatalyst layer is embedded in the adhesive layer, and then cured. 1 0 4. —A kind of photocatalyst A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material is characterized in that an adhesive layer is formed on the surface of a substrate, and a photocatalyst layer is formed thereon so that a part of the lower layer of the adhesive layer is buried therein, and the irradiation contains 1.7m W / cm2 or more Surface treatment agents that preferentially decompose and vaporize photocatalysts on surfaces with wavelengths below 390nm make this paper standard applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) — — — — — — — — — — — * IIII! I order i II — II Yin (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -15-A8 B8 C8 D8 4060S1 VI. The scope of patent application Ti〇2 outgas to the outside world · 1 0 5. The manufacturing method of the multifunctional material according to item 104 of the patent application • wherein the adhesive layer is made of glass fiber with a softening temperature below 300 ° C and glaze 薬 Coating the adhesive After the bonding agent layer is coated on the substrate, T i 02 is coated thereon, and then heat-treated at a temperature lower than the softening temperature of the substrate and higher than the softening temperature of the adhesive layer to soften the adhesive and make the photocatalyst layer A part of the lower layer is buried in the adhesive layer to form a photocatalyst layer. 106. A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material such as the patent application No. 104, wherein the adhesive is made of a thermosetting material. So that the above-mentioned adhesive layer is mixed with the hardener and coated on the substrate * and then coated with T i 02 after heat treatment or leaving to thicken, so that a part of the lower layer of the photocatalyst layer is buried in the adhesive layer, After that, it is heat-treated to harden it.的 制造 方法 * Wherein a void is formed on a multifunctional material having a photocatalyst function, and the void is filled with particles having a particle diameter of 0.035 ~ 0.1 μm. 1 0 8. —A method for producing a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function It is characterized in that after forming a layer mainly composed of T i 0 2 and a thermosetting resin on the surface of the substrate, it is irradiated with light containing a wavelength of 1. 7 m W / cm 2 or more and 390 nm or less to preferentially decompose and vaporize T i 0 2 The above-mentioned ingeniously hardening resin exposes Ti 02 to the outside air · 10 9. A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material such as the patent application No. 108, wherein the Ti 02 and the thermosetting resin are The thermosetting resin in the layer is at least one of silicone resin and fluororesin. The paper size is applicable to the national standard of China (CNS) A4 (210 * 297mm *). — — — — — — — — — — — · 1111111 — — — — — — — — — (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -16-A8 B8 6. Scope of Patent Application 1 1 0 .—A kind of photocatalyst Manufacturers of functional materials (Please read the notes on the mouth surface before filling in this page> • .. method, which is characterized in that the surface of the substrate is formed by a thermosetting resin layer or a photocuring resin to form mainly T i After forming a plutonium with a thermosetting resin, it is irradiated with light containing a wavelength of 7 m W / cm2 and less than 390 nm to preferentially decompose and vaporize the thermosetting resin on Ti 02, exposing Ti02 to outside air. 1 1 1. A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material having a photocatalyst function, which is filled with particles having a particle diameter of 0.005 to 0.1 / im in a gap of T i 0 2 which is combined with each other to produce a multifunction having a photocatalyst function. The material method is characterized in that an adhesive layer made of glass * glaze is formed on the surface of the substrate, and then the adhesive layer is coated with sol or precursor or suspension in a state of mixing T i 02 and A mixture of the above-mentioned small-sized particles to form a photocatalyst layer, and then soften the adhesive layer so that a part of the photocatalyst layer is buried in the adhesive layer, and then cured. 1 1 2 — Photocatalyst Functional multifunctional material manufacturing method, system In the method of combining the voids of T i 02 which are combined with each other, a particle size of 0035 # m ~ 0.ljum, in a method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with the function of printing media of the employee's cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy and Trade, its Specially, a mixture of T i 02 and particles having a small particle size as described above is coated on a thin-layer adhesive layer made of glass or glaze to form a photocatalyst layer. Place or stick the sheet-shaped adhesive layer forming the photocatalyst layer on the surface of the substrate, and then soften the adhesive layer so that a part of the photocatalyst layer is embedded in the adhesive layer, and then cured. 1 13. —Manufacture of a kind of multifunctional material with photocatalyst function. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -17-A8B8C8D8 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 6. Scope of patent application The method is based on the method of filling the voids of the butadiene 102 bonded to each other with a particle diameter of 0.035 # m ~ 0.l # m to produce a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function. Form The adhesive layer made of glass and glaze is then formed on this adhesive layer to form a photocatalyst layer made of T i 02. Then, the above adhesive layer is softened so that a part of the photocatalyst is buried in the adhesive layer. 0035 * Then cure the adhesive layer, and then coat the photocatalyst layer with a solution containing the above-mentioned particle size of 0. 0 0 3 5 // m ~ 0. l # m, after heat treatment to fix the above-mentioned particle size of 0. 0035 ~ 0 · lium particles in Ti02 · 1 1 4. A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function, which is filled with 0. 0035 ~ 0. L # mSIZE 的Particles, in the method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with photocatalyst function, it is characterized in that a photocatalyst layer made of photocatalyst particles is formed on a sheet-shaped adhesive layer made of glass and glaze, and then the sheet-shaped adhesive of the photocatalyst layer is formed The bonding agent layer is placed or pasted on the surface of the substrate, and then the above-mentioned adhesive layer is softened so that a part of the photocatalyst layer is embedded in the adhesive layer, and then the adhesive layer is cured, and then the photocatalyst layer is coated with 0035 # m〜0. 1 / im 的 粒 的 溶液。 After heat treatment To fix the above-mentioned particle size of 0.035 ~ 0. L # m to T i 0 2 · 1 1 5. — A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with photocatalyst function, which is in the gap of T i 02 which is combined with each other Filled with particles with a particle size of 0035 ~ 0. L # m to produce a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function, which is characterized in that glass is formed on the surface of the substrate. The paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications. (210 X 297 mm) — — — — — — — — — — — 1111111 «— — — — — — I — ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) -18-Ministry of Economy Wisdom A8 B8 printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Property Bureau-^ mou ------- 6. Scope of patent application, adhesive 餍 made by glaze, and then T i 〇2 photocatalyst formed on this adhesive layer Layer * Then soften the adhesive layer so that a part of the lower part of the photocatalyst layer is buried in the adhesive layer, and then the adhesive layer is cured, and then the photocatalyst layer is coated with the above particle diameter of 0,035 / im ~ 〇 l # m ion solution of gold osmium particles, and then irradiate with ultraviolet light to reduce gold ions It is fixed to T i ◦ 2 · 1 16. The method of making multifunctional materials such as the item 115 of the scope of patent application, wherein it will form with the gold ions that can be filled in the gap of T i 02 The insoluble and colorless or white salt salt solution is contacted with the photocatalyst, and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays. 1 1 7. The method for manufacturing a multifunctional material according to item 1 16 of the patent application scope, wherein the T i 〇2 The gold 靥 particles filled in the space are silver, and between the metal ion and the metal ions, a solution containing KI, KCj ?, F e C)? 3, which is an insoluble, colorless or white salt, is used. · 1 1.. — A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function * The voids of T i 0 2 that are combined with each other are filled with particles having a particle diameter of 0035 # m ~ 0.l # m to produce In the method of a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function, the method is specifically to form a photocatalyst layer made of T i 02 on a sheet-shaped adhesive layer made of glass or glaze. Then, this is used to form a sheet-shaped adhesive layer made of photocatalyst. Carry or stick on the surface of the substrate, and then soften the adhesive 0 035 # m〜0. Liim 的 金属 particle 的 铁。 I bury a part of the lower part of the photocatalyst layer into the adhesive layer, and then cure the adhesive layer, and then coat the photocatalyst drawer with the above-mentioned particle size of 0. 035 # m ~ 0. Liim of metal particles The size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 g) — — II-— — — — — — 1111111 — — — — — — — I (Please read the notes on the back before filling (This page) -19-Printed A8 406031 by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1 VI. The patent application liquid 'is then irradiated with ultraviolet light to reduce the gold ion to fix it to the photocatalyst particles 1 1 9. A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function, which is a method of manufacturing a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function in a gap of T i 〇2 that is bonded to each other and filled with particles having a particle diameter of 0.035μιη ~ 〇 · l # m. It is characterized in that an adhesive layer made of glass and glaze is formed on the surface of the substrate, and a photocatalyst made of T i 02 is formed on the adhesive layer. Small metal particles containing the above-mentioned particle size are ionized. The solution is applied on Photocatalyst layer, and then irradiate with ultraviolet rays to reduce Au particles and fix to T i 02, then soften the adhesive layer so that a part of the photocatalyst layer is buried in the adhesive layer, and then cured. 1 2 0 A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function, in which the voids of T i 02 that are combined with each other are filled with a particle diameter of 0035 # m ~ 0.1. From the particles of m to produce a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function The method is characterized in that a photocatalyst layer made of T i 02 is formed on a thin film adhesive layer made of glass and glaze. The ionic solution containing metal particles having a small particle size is coated on the photocatalyst layer, and then the photocatalyst layer is irradiated. Ultraviolet light reduces gold ions to fix T i 02, and then the thin adhesive layer forming the photocatalyst layer is placed or pasted on the surface of the substrate, and then the above adhesive layer is softened to make a part of the photocatalyst layer The lower layer is embedded with an adhesive layer, and the adhesive layer is solidified. 1 2 1 A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function, which is characterized in that an adhesive bond is formed on the surface of the substrate, and then a surface paper is formed. Scale Use Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 mm) — — — — — — — — — I · IIII — II order · IIIIIII > (Please read the notes on the mouth first and then fill out this page ) -20-A8B8C8D8 406031 6. The scope of the patent application can be exposed from the adhesive layer. After the lower part can be buried in the photocatalyst layer of the adhesive layer, the surface of this photocatalyst layer is coated with gold alkoxide or organic metal salt. Then, the space formed between T i 0 2 by dry heat treatment is filled with particles with a particle diameter of 0.0 0 35 ~ 0.1 卩 111 · 1 2. — A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with photocatalyst function, which is characterized in An adhesive layer is formed on the surface of the material, and the surface layer portion can be exposed from the adhesive layer. After the lower layer portion can be buried in the photocatalyst layer of the adhesive layer, the surface of the photocatalyst layer is coated with gold fermented salt or organic metal. Salt, followed by drying heat treatment to form a gap between T i 02, filled with particles of 0. 0 0 3 5 ~ 0. 1 # m, and then coated with metal ions containing at least one copper, silver, cuprous oxide Aqueous solution, reduced by light to precipitate fixed metal particle. 1 2 3. — A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function, which is: a method for forming a photocatalyst layer on a glass substrate containing sickle metal to manufacture a multifunctional material, characterized in that it contains: A silicon layer is formed on top; a titanium alkoxide is coated on the aforementioned silicon layer: dried to obtain amorphous titanium dioxide: those who crystallize amorphous titanium dioxide by heating. 124. Multifunctional material with photocatalytic function, such as the scope of application for patent 123 The manufacturing method, wherein the coating amount of the titanium ferment salt coated on the surface of the photocatalyst layer is converted into T i 02 as 1 0 # g / cm2 ~ 100 “g / cm2 · 1 2 5. 23 The method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with photocatalyst function according to item 3, wherein the heat treatment temperature of the titanium alkoxide coated on the surface of the photocatalyst layer is 4 0 ° C ~ 8 0 0eC. · This paper size is applicable to Chinese national standards (CNS ) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) — — — — — — — — — — I. · IIII _ (Please read the “Notes on the back before filling this page”) Printed by the Consumer Property Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -twenty one -A8B8C8D8 VI. Application scope of patent 1 26. For the manufacturing method of the multifunctional material of the patent application No. 1 23, in which the titanium alkoxide in the coating solution coated on the surface of the photocatalyst layer is hydrochloric acid, Set to 1% by weight% ~ 10% by weight * 12 7 .—A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with photocatalyst function, which is characterized by mixing a sol of titanium oxide with a sol having a higher vapor pressure than titanium oxide, and coating After disposing the mixed sol on a substrate, it is sintered at a phase transition temperature lower than the temperature of rutile. 1 2 8. —A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function * It is characterized by: on the surface of the substrate Steps for fixing Ti 02 and non-ferrous metal particles; the step of reacting the above metal particles with a solution or gas to form a colorless or white salt at least on the surface of the metal particles A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material according to item 1, wherein the halogenated salt solution of the liquid system reacting with the above-mentioned metal particles, hydrogen peroxide water, ozone water, 1 3 0. Such as the scope of the application for the patent No. 1 2 8 The manufacturing method of the multifunctional material, wherein the gas system oxygen reacting with the above-mentioned gold rhenium particles, ozone , 1 3 1. The manufacturing method of the multi-functional material such as the patent application country No. 1 28 * Among which reacts with the above-mentioned gold rhenium particles Liquid or gas system oxidant · 1 2 2 manufacturing methods of multifunctional materials with photocatalyst function, which is characterized by forming a rutile T i 02 film on the substrate surface, and then coating at least one kind of nickel, palladium on the film, Aqueous solution of platinum metal salt or the size of this paper applies Chinese national standard (CNS> A4 size (210x297 feet) (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) --- IIII 丨 order · I !! _ ^ Ministry of Economy Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau's Consumer Cooperatives -22-A8B8C8D8 406031 VI. Patent application scope of metal salt in ethanol solution, and then irradiate with ultraviolet light to reduce metal ions, to fix gold tincture on rutile T i 02 film · 1 3 3. The method for manufacturing a multifunctional material according to item 132 of the scope of patent application, wherein the gold ions irradiated with a light source containing ultraviolet rays are reduced to make the coated metal After drying the aqueous solution or ethanol solution of the ruthenium salt, perform 134. The method for manufacturing a multifunctional material such as the 134th patent application scope, wherein the rutile T i 0 2 thin film is through a binder L # m 〜0. 9 # in · 1 The layer is formed on the surface of the substrate. 135. A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material, such as the patent application No. 132, wherein the thickness of the rutile T i 02 film is 0. l # m ~ 0. 9 # in · 1 36. — A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function, which is characterized in that a rutile T i 02 film is formed on the substrate surface, and a copper salt aqueous solution is coated on the film, followed by irradiation with ultraviolet light 1.2 # g / cm2 ~ 10 // g / cm2 copper-gold tincture was fixed on rutile T i 0 2 film by reducing copper ions. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with a photocatalyst function is characterized in that a rutile T i 02 film is formed on the surface of a substrate, and a silver salt aqueous solution is coated on the film, followed by irradiation with ultraviolet light to reduce silver ions. Fixed 0. 1 # g / cm2 ~ 1 # g / cm2 silver metal to gold red Stone-type T i 0 2 film · 138 · A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material such as the scope of application for patents No. 102, 115 or 119, which can soften the heat of the adhesive bond. Specification (210 * 297 public love) -23-5 CAC A8B8C8D8 VI. Application scope of patent application The processing temperature is 800 eC ~ l 00〇ec · 139. If the patent application scope is i02, 115 or 119 multifunctional material The manufacturing method, wherein the binder is selected from those whose softening temperature is lower than the softening temperature of the substrate, in a range higher than the softening temperature of the binder by 20 eC, 3 2 0 1 and lower than the softening temperature of the substrate Heat treatment at low air temperature · 140. A method for manufacturing a multifunctional material such as patent application No. 102, 103 or 119, which includes the step of applying T i 02 on the adhesive layer Preparatory dispersing step • In this dispersing step, the dispersant that can become T i 02 sol, precursor or suspension in solution is used only in the softer binder 用 lower heat treatment temperature Components that can be gasified at temperature · 141. Rushen The patentable scope of 1〇2 115 or as many as a method for producing a functional material, wherein the specific gravity of the T i 02 < 5 t, the specific gravity of the adhesive layer is < 5b, it is 0 tδ t — 5b 彡 3. 0 1 4 2. For example, the method for manufacturing a multifunctional material with photocatalyst function in item 119 of the patent application scope, wherein the photocatalyst particles are Z nO, and The gold contact particles filled in the voids of T i 02 are silver or silver oxide. * This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS> A4 size (210 X 297 male cage). Read first. Remarks on the back, then I install this page IIII order Printed by the Employees' Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-24-
TW083112001A 1993-12-10 1994-12-21 Multi-functional material having photo-catalytic function and production method therefor TW406031B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP5310165A JPH07155598A (en) 1993-12-10 1993-12-10 Photocatalyst coating film and its formation
JP31306193 1993-12-14
JP31306293 1993-12-14
JP5348073A JPH07191011A (en) 1993-12-24 1993-12-24 Method and film for measuring activity of thin photocatalyst film
JP14347394 1994-06-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW406031B true TW406031B (en) 2000-09-21

Family

ID=27527676

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW083112001A TW406031B (en) 1993-12-10 1994-12-21 Multi-functional material having photo-catalytic function and production method therefor

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW406031B (en)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR100357482B1 (en) Multi-functional material with photo-catalytic functions and method of manufacturing same
TWI229617B (en) Method for manufacturing functional material having photo-catalystic functional and apparatus therefor
JP3309591B2 (en) Multifunctional material with photocatalytic function
EP0684075A1 (en) Multi-functional material having photo-catalytic function and production method therefor
JP3559892B2 (en) Photocatalytic film and method for forming the same
TWI441678B (en) Photocatalyst coating and photocatalyst coating solution
CZ301921B6 (en) Use of composite material for removing nitrogen oxides, ammonia gas, carbon monooxide and/or sulfur oxides from air
JP6352527B2 (en) Photocatalytic functional film and method for producing the same
JP5916645B2 (en) Method for producing interior material having photocatalytic function
JPH0866635A (en) Photocatalytic thin film and its formation
CN102653639A (en) Composite titanium dioxide photocatalyst sol coating material component and coating method thereof
JP6352526B2 (en) Photocatalytic functional film and method for producing the same
JP4011705B2 (en) Photocatalyst compound, photocatalyst-containing material, photocatalyst function material and method for producing the same
TW406031B (en) Multi-functional material having photo-catalytic function and production method therefor
JP3246235B2 (en) Multifunctional material having photocatalytic function and method for producing the same
JPH07222928A (en) Production of member having catalyst containing metal fine particles
JP3885248B2 (en) Photocatalyst composition
JPH08131834A (en) Titanium oxide sol for photocatalyst and multifunctional member having photocatalytic action
JP3806998B2 (en) PHOTOCATALYST COMPOSITION, FORMING AGENT THEREOF, AND SUBSTRATE WITH PHOTOCATALYST COMPOSITION
JPH08131841A (en) Member having photocatalytic action
JPH08131842A (en) Formation of member having photocatalytic action
JP2002079109A (en) Optical semiconductor metal-organic substance mixed body, composition containing optical semiconductor metal, method for producing photocatalytic film and photocatalytic member
JP2004154779A (en) Substrate coated with photocatalytic film and method for forming photocatalytic film thereon
KR100631104B1 (en) Hydrophilic glass coated with metal oxide and method for producing it
JPH11290696A (en) Photocatalyst base material

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
GD4A Issue of patent certificate for granted invention patent
MK4A Expiration of patent term of an invention patent